Monarch: The New Phoenix Program ALSO go to http://www.mireilletorjman.com for US Supreme court case and press release and join me in this fight for humanity at its root of all evil. Also documents at whiteroseII@wordpress.com
Biological click here for ELF/EMF affects to kill us all. Directed Energy Weapon of Mass Destruction.
HISTORY of US Government Human Experimentation:
Human Radiation Studies
Elmer Allen Granddaughter Testimony
Brainwashing- USSR, China, US
MKULTRA-1960’s, 1970’s –
MKULTRA VICTIM TESTIMONY:
Valerie Wolfe, Claudia Mullen, Chris DeNicola
Guatemala organ donors
Directed Energy Weapons USSR
Directed Energy Weapons Scientists
Weed and Seed
MONARCH: THE NEW PHOENIX PROGRAM
The Phoenix Program, created by the CIA in 1967, was aimed at “neutralizing”—through assassination, kidnapping, and torture, the civilian infrastructure that supported the Viet Cong insurgency in South Vietnam. It was a terrifying “final solution” that violated the Geneva Conventions. The Phoenix Program’s civilian targets of assassination were VC tax collectors, supply officers, political cadre, local military officials, and suspected sympathizers. Faulty intelligence often led to the murder of innocent civilians, rival Vietnamese would report their enemies as “VC” in order for US troops to kill them. In 1971, William Colby, head of CIA in Vietnam, testified the number killed was 20,857. South Vietnamese government figures were 40,994 dead. CIA officer Ted Shackley managed (600 military and (40-50) CIA liaison officers) who were working with South Vietnamese officers in 44 provinces. Ted Shackley and Robert Komer played key roles in recruiting Phoenix Program personnel. Many Covert Action officers were Cuban refugees from the Bay of Pigs fiasco. They ran the CIA’s Counter-Terror (CT) Teams, which were in fact assassination squads. Colby, Komer, and Shackley reported to DCI Richard Helms and the White House. From the beginning the Phoenix Program was conceived by the White House and supported by the CIA. Phoenix called for “neutralizing” 1800 targets a month. About one third of VC targeted for arrest were summarily executed. Green Berets and Navy SEALs would assassinate suspected VC sympathizers or cadres, as well as South Vietnamese collaborators and double agents. In 1982 an Ex-Phoenix operative revealed that sometimes orders were given to kill U.S. military personnel who were considered security risks. He suspects the orders came not from “division”, but from a higher authority such as the CIA or the Office of Naval Intelligence.
The following is testimony of Vincent Okamoto, combat officer (Lieutenant) in Vietnam in 1968, and recipient of Distinguished Service Cross, the second highest award conferred by the US Army. Wounded 3 times. “The problem was, how do you find the people on the blacklist? It’s not like you had their address and telephone number. The
normal procedure would be to go into a village and just grab someone and say, ‘Where’s Nguyen so-and-so?’ Half the time the people were so afraid they would say anything. Then a Phoenix team would take the informant, put a sandbag over his head, poke out two holes so he could see, put commo wire around his neck like a long leash, and walk him through the village and say, ‘When we go by Nguyen’s house scratch your head.’ Then that night Phoenix would come back, knock on the door, and say, ‘April Fool, motherfucker.’ Whoever answered the door would get wasted. As far as they were concerned whoever answered was a Communist, including family members. Sometimes they’d come back to camp with ears to prove that they killed people.”
Penetrations into the Viet Cong Infrastructure was accomplished by blackmailing or terrorizing a member of a targeted individual’s family to gathering information. Every Vietnamese 15 and over had to register and carry identity cards, these records were computerized and eventually it evolved into a highly computerized and statistical means of generating 1800 names a month for the target list, coordinating the information on suspects from 30,000 plus informants. When the strategic Hamlet program failed, CIA and military intelligence concentrated on the Phoenix Program, a terror campaign aimed at the civilian population. Instead of winning hearts and minds, using the threat of assassination and a state of terror to defeat the NV. Many non-political Vietnamese were arrested and tortured and in effect forced into the resistance army. Phoenix Program architect Robert Komer, after leaving the Pentagon said, “I would have done a lot of things differently and been more cautious about getting us involved.” He called the war “a strategic disaster which cost us 57,000 lives and a half trillion dollars.”
Phoenix USA: The Vietnam War was the formative experience for a generation of CIA and military intelligence personnel involved in the Phoenix Program. They viewed the military defeat in Vietnam as a betrayal on the home front, a loss of will by domestic political enemies, not a military failure against a nationalist revolution fought as a guerilla war. The Phoenix Program, assassinating suspected VC sympathizers in a systematic manner, worked well and is the blueprint for the current black op targeting thousands of loyal Americans using state of the art microwave (MW) and radio frequency radiation (RFR) weapons. The motivation to suppress domestic dissidents and to assassinate loyal American opposition stems from the perception of dissent against the war as treason. This philosophy is stated very clearly in the MindWar paper written by NSA General Aquino. The DOD has a huge stake in futuristic technology that kills by ionizing and non-ionizing radiation, leaving little or no trace. The indiscriminant killing of the Phoenix Program continues on American soil. The terms soft kill, slow kill and silent kill refer to the new way of killing the enemy in conflicts short of war and the small wars of the future. The counterinsurgency doctrine has now been applied to the home front, so that the perceived betrayal of the military in Vietnam will not be repeated. The generation of CIA and military intelligence led by Shackley, Helms, Casey, Abrams, Singlaub, Secord, John B. Alexander, Michael Aquino, Paul Vallely, and others have built the perfect beast, using selective assassination that leaves no trace. The ability to cull the human herd with Silent Kill technology allows a few personalities to remake the entire society in their own image. Extremely Low Frequency (ELF) technology kills with ionizing and non-ionizing radiation or slowly drives the target crazy with silent sound, similar to CIA MKULTRA psychiatrist Ewen Camerons psychic driving technique used
to break down the targets personality. The new buzzwords at the Pentagon are silent kill, synthetic telepathy and psychotronics. Another means of attack on targets is the Smirnov patent that uses subliminal suggestion to manipulate human behavior. This patent was purchased by the remote viewing company Psi Tech Corporation. Military intelligence officers involved in developing these “non-lethal weapons” include Col. John B. Alexander, NSA General Michael Aquino, Harold Puthoff, and others, also control Psi Tech. Emotional manipulation is accomplished using Dr. Michael Persinger’s work to remotely project emotional states that the brain entrains or locks onto and emulates. One can broadcast rage or fear at an individual target to manipulate and control them. As if these methods were not enough to torture and murder people, add to this nightmarish toolbox, active gang stalking. CIA created cults and other cause-oriented groups are used to induce further trauma in the target by actively harassing them in public in a neutralization technique described in counterintelligence operations manuals that are aimed at enemy agents. In the race to develop a new weapon system it has always been necessary to test it on human beings. Perfecting the latest weapons designed to kill slowly and silently as well as perfecting the process of controlling the human mind are no different. Once the weaponry has been perfected on these few thousand people the same techniques will be applied en mass to the general population, and then to humanity as a whole.
Col. John B. Alexander stated in an interview with the Washington Post in 2007,
…The military and intelligence agencies were still scared by the excesses of MK-ULTRA, the infamous CIA program that involved, in part, slipping LSD to unsuspecting victims. “Until recently, anything that smacked of [mind control] was extremely dangerous” because Congress would simply take the money away, he said. Alexander acknowledged that “there were some abuses that took place,” but added that, on the whole, “I would argue we threw the baby out with the bath water.” But September 11, 2001, changed the mood in Washington, and some in the national security community are again expressing interest in mind control, particularly a younger generation of officials who weren’t around for MK-ULTRA. “It’s interesting, that it’s coming back,” Alexander observed. While Alexander scoffs at the notion that he is somehow part of an elaborate plot to control people’s minds, he acknowledges support for learning how to tap into a potential enemy’s brain. He gives as an example the possible use of functional magnetic resonance imaging, or fMRI, for lie detection. “Brain mapping” with fMRI theoretically could allow interrogators to know when someone is lying by watching for activity in particular parts of the brain. For interrogating terrorists, fMRI could come in handy.
Alexander also is intrigued by the possibility of using electronic means to modify behavior. The dilemma of the war on terrorism, he notes, is that it never ends. So what do you do with enemies, such as those at Guantanamo: keep them there forever? That’s impractical. Behavior modification could be an alternative, he says. “Maybe I can fix you, or electronically neuter you, so it’s safe to release you into society, so you won’t come back and kill me,” Alexander says. It’s only a matter of time before technology allows that scenario to come true, he continues. “We’re now getting to where we can do that.” “Where does that fall in the ethics spectrum? That’s a really tough question.”
HISTORY OF US GOVT HUMAN EXPERIMENTATION:
In order to understand the current state sponsored human experimentation, it is necessary to begin with previous programs that began in the early 1900’s, and continued to the present day.
Eugenics originated in England with the work of Francis Galton who studied hereditary traits in families and began the nature versus nurture debate and its ultimate focus on twins to answer the question of what was more powerful heredity or environment. He proposed positive Eugenics, encouraging the reproduction of eminent men and families. He cautioned against drawing premature and harmful conclusions from his work, but like his cousin, Charles Darwin, his work was used as justification for some of the greatest crimes in history. Negative Eugenics is the application of means to discourage the breeding of the ―unfit‖, including anti-race mixing marriage laws, segregation (institutionalization), sterilization, and euthanasia. Eugenics is not a true science and though it is dressed up in mathematics to give it legitimacy it has more in common with the quack science of Phrenology. Phrenology was the study of the head size and shape to determine intelligence and character.
The industrial age had thrown millions of people off the farm and into the city to work in low paying factory jobs. The sheer scale of the problems of mental illness, alcoholism and crime seemed overwhelming. Added to this, millions of Eastern Europeans and Italians came to America and made native the population uneasy. They were viewed as bad stock compared to the more ―Nordic types‖ that made up earlier waves of immigration from Western Europe. Suggestions for solving these problems took the form of segregation, sterilization, and mass euthanasia, however the Eugenics movement leaders were smart enough to realize that America was not prepared for euthanasia.
The Eugenics movement took shape in America with the founding of the Eugenics Recording Office at Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory in 1910 by Charles Davenport with money from the Carnegie Institution. The ERO compiled millions of files on ordinary Americans.
The adherents of Eugenics included some of the most influential doctors and scientists of the era, including Alexander Graham Bell, Luther Burbank, W.M. Kellogg, David Starr Jordan, the President of Stanford University, William Welch of Johns Hopkins University. Professors at Harvard, Columbia, Yale, and other universities taught 375 courses on Eugenics. The hypothesis that mental illness, crime, and poverty were inherited factors and could be cured through negative Eugenics had by the 1920‘s been accepted by American Society as fact. Contests for Fitter family were common at state fairs and Eugenics publications and ideas were widespread. This could not have been possible without the hard work of many eminent men and the application of large amounts of money.
The great fortunes of The Carnegie Institution, The Rockefeller Foundation, Harriman family, Ford foundation, Milbank Memorial Fund, and others funded the ERO, The American Eugenics Society, The American Eugenics Party and others. The American Eugenics movement actively encouraged foreign countries to participate, concentrating most heavily on Germany. The opening address of the Second International Congress of Eugenics in 1921 was repeated in German.
Only 3,000 people had been forcibly sterilized by the time the famous case of Buck vs. Bell reached the Supreme Court. Carrie Buck was a 17 year old girl who became pregnant out of wedlock in 1920‘s Virginia. She was ostracized by her community and her baby Vivian Buck, was reported to the ERO as appearing not normal. Carrie and her mother‘s files were examined, both had previously been classified as MORONS and court proceedings were begun to have Carrie forcibly sterilized without examination. Justice Oliver Wendell Holmes delivered the verdict of the court in 1927.
“It is better for all the world, if instead of waiting to execute degenerate offspring for crime, or to let them starve for their imbecility, society can prevent those who are manifestly unfit from continuing their kind. The principle that sustains compulsory vaccination is broad enough to cover cutting the Fallopian tubes. Jacobson v. Massachusetts, 197 U.S. 11, 25 S. Ct. 358, 3 Ann. Cas. 765. Three generations of imbeciles are enough.”
This decision validated Virginia‘s Eugenical Sterilization Act and set in motion the forced sterilization of 30-60k American citizens. Eventually similar laws were passed in 34 other states. Carrie Buck was not a promiscuous and disruptive moronic slut as she had been portrayed at trial by the testimony of her school superintendent. She had been raped by her foster family‘s son. She had been on the honor roll. Her forcible sterilization was a result of lies, incorrect diagnosis, and a plot to pass the Virginia Law.
A review of the case uncovered a conspiracy between Carrie‘s defense lawyer and the Colony of Virginia to ensure the constitutionality of Virginia‘s new law. The state was trying to save money by sterilizing the growing population at its mental health facilities.
The greatest impact of Buck vs. Bell was in Germany. In 1933 the Nazi government adopted the Prevention of Hereditarily Ill Offspring Act which was based on Buck vs. Bell and led to the forced sterilization of 375,000 people and the banning of marriage and sexual relations between Germans and Jews. The Rockefeller Foundation funded the Eugenicists at the Kaiser Wilhelm Institute including the work of Ernst Rudin, a leading psychiatrist who became an architect and prime director of the murderous medical experimentation programs conducted on thousands of Jews, Gypsies, and others. American money also endowed the work of Otmar Freiherr von Verchuer who headed the Institute for Anthropology, Human Heredity and Eugenics. He wrote in his Eugenics Journal that ―Germany‘s war would yield a total solution to the Jewish Problem.‖ Verschuer had a longtime assistant. His name was Josef Mengele. On May 30, 1943, Mengele arrived at Auschwitz. Verschuer notified the German Research Society, “My assistant, Dr. Josef Mengele (M.D., Ph.D.) joined me in this branch of research. He is presently employed as Hauptsturmführer (captain) and camp physician in the Auschwitz
concentration camp. Anthropological testing of the most diverse racial groups in this concentration camp is being carried out with permission of the SS Reichsführer (Himmler).” Mengele began searching the boxcar arrivals for twins. When he found them, he performed beastly experiments, scrupulously wrote up the reports and sent the paperwork back to Verschuer’s institute for evaluation. Often, cadavers, eyes and other body parts were also dispatched to Berlin’s eugenic institutes. Several doctors who had been sent to Auschwitz for aiding Jews were forced to work as his assistants and described him thus…His experiments and observations were carried out in an abnormal fashion. When he made transfusions he purposely used incorrect blood types. He would inject substances and then ignore the results. He did what he pleased and conducted his experiments like a mad amateur. He was not a savant. He had the mania of a collector. He was also fascinated with gypsies and dwarfs as human specimens. His experiments, lacking scientific value, were no more than foolish playing and all his activities were full of contradiction.
In other words, he was a hack with an MD and a Ph.D. in Eugenics, a quack science.
―The toll of Eugenics Laws would fall heavily on non-Jewish Germans as well. The chronology of events is instructive. First patients in German mental facilities were sterilized, then it was decided to gas them. CO gas was used in the beginning but was discarded in favor of Zyklon B gas for reasons of economy and effectiveness. Next all the residents of the old age homes in Germany were either starved, given lethal injection, or gassed and then cremated. Finally German citizens who had physical disabilities, many quite mild or correctable, were euthanized. Between 50,000 and 100,000 were eventually killed.
The program was referred to as a mercy death however nothing could be farther from the truth. Witnesses said that the floor, walls, and even ceiling of the gas chamber were stained with blood, vomit, urine and feces. At the center of the room would be an enormous pile of bodies in the general shape of a pyramid as people struggled to climb on top of each other to reach the last remaining breathable air near the ceiling.
American Eugenics movement leaders went underground and changed the name of their organizations. The lifelong friendships between people like Verschuer and the leading members of the American Eugenics Movement continued even after the Holocaust. He and many others were never punished and remained influential men in society. Their portraits hang in many major universities, both in Germany and America. The names of their victims are mostly lost to history. They included the powerless, people who couldn‘t fight back. Carrie Buck‘s daughter died at the age of 8 years old due to an illness. In her short school career she had made the honor roll.
Human radiation studies:
In December 1939 as Europe was poised on the brink of war, two German radiochemists split the uranium atom in their Berlin laboratory. They confided the results to Lise Meitner and Otto Fritsch who calculated the released energy at 200 million electron volts for one atom. The significance of the event was understood immediately in scientific
communities in all nations. Virtually unlimited energy could be produced in a controlled reaction and an uncontrolled reaction would yield an explosive of incredible power. The University of California at Berkeley was where plutonium 238 half life 86 years and plutonium 239 half life 24,000 years were first created. Seaborg, Segre and McMillan used cyclotrons to produce one microgram of plutonium. After months of work their product could be detected but was too small to be seen. Plutonium was described as a crazy metal, small amounts spontaneously combust in air so it must be handled in an environment free of oxygen. Depending on the chemical form it might be blue, green, purple, yellow, red, brown or pink. Seaborg said ―under some conditions it might be brittle like glass or soft like lead. It will disintegrate at room temperature, undergoing five phase changes between room temperature and the melting point. It is fiendishly toxic, even in small amounts.‖ Robley Evans who studied women exposed on the job to radium wrote that as little two micrograms, two millionths of a gram, was fatal. Ernest Lawrence told government officials that plutonium 239 ―could be used to make a super bomb.‖ It was 1941 and the United States would be in the war in a matter of months. Albert Einstein, Leo Szilard, and Arthur Compton were instrumental in persuading FDR to study the feasibility of building a nuclear bomb. The Manhattan Project was the secret effort to build the atomic bomb. It was a gamble that represented several billion dollars and a significant percentage of the war time budget. The Oak Ridge plant in Tennessee was 56,000 acres devoted to making uranium-235 and the Hanford Washington site made plutonium. These facilities had taken the bench scale process and increased it a billion fold. General Leslie Groves was tapped to head the massive project. He appointed Robert Oppenheimer to be in charge of the design, construction, and testing of the weapon. Los Alamos, New Mexico was chosen as the site of the facility to build and test such a weapon.
Quantum Physics was a science that had been invented by twenty year olds and the staff Oppenheimer assembled for the Manhattan Project reflected that. The bomb might not work and if the high explosive failed to ignite the fission reaction $2.5 billion dollars (1945) worth of plutonium would be scattered across the Jimenez Mountains. Jumbo was the largest fabricated object ever built, designed to contain the plutonium if ignition failed. At dawn on July 16, 1945 the Trinity site witnessed the detonation of the device code named Gadget. The remaining two devices, named Little Boy and Fat Man, were used on Hiroshima and Nagasaki on August 6 and 9th killing approximately 200,000 people. WWII terror bombing of civilians began with the London Blitz killing 30,000 people and culminated in the firebombing of Dresden Germany and Tokyo. Napalm was used in 1,000 plane raids that incinerated approximately 200,000 people. The atomic bomb did not add to the scale of mass murder of civilian populations, but it certainly made it more efficient. Many of the scientists were appalled at the result, some had urged a demonstration shot. The scientists declared publicly that the U.S. possessed only a few years head start before another nation followed suit. Many of the scientists and some generals advocated international control and the eventual banning of nuclear weapons. Those that tried to head off a nuclear arms race in the end failed as events and personalities took on a momentum of their own. Edward Teller advocated the super-heavy, the Hydrogen bomb. Oppenheimer objected to the development of the Hydrogen bomb and stated that these were genocidal weapons. He was promptly replaced. Teller assumed the scientific leadership of the weapons program and remained influential for
the entire Cold War. The largest Hydrogen bomb ever tested by the U.S. was around 40 megatons, 4,000 times more powerful than the 10 kiloton Hiroshima bomb. The nuclear arms race that followed has resulted in the doctrine of MAD, mutually assured destruction. If either the US or USSR launch any or all of their half of the 20,000 nuclear weapons they have aimed at each other, then they can rest assured that they too would be completely destroyed in a retaliatory strike. The nuclear arms race consumed much of the wealth of the US leaving the civilian population living in very real fear that the world could end in a matter of minutes.
Nuclear testing began in the Pacific and the continental US. Residents of the Marshall Islands were forcibly relocated and dozens of devices were tested there, some so enormous they obliterated large parts of the islands. Captured and obsolete ships were placed in the blast zone with test animals on board. After the detonations thousands of observers and military moved near ground zero to decontaminate equipment. The military brass wanted to know how equipment and men would fare in a nuclear war. At what point are the ships too hot or the men too poisoned to continue to fight. The Air Force sent planes into radioactive clouds that registered 800 rad per hour or higher adopting lead helmets and special shielding in an effort to protect the pilots. The Army placed troops in trenches 1,000 yards from the blast and immediately after the explosion walked them on line through ground zero in an effort to prepare them psychologically for fighting with nuclear weapons.
General James Cooney was the foremost advocate of testing and took authority away from the AEC Atomic Energy Commission for the responsibility of setting exposure limits on troops. Scientists were allowed exposure of no more than 3 rad for a 13 week period while limits for military personnel were officially set at 5 rad per test. The badges given to troops to wear measured only external beta radiation and were not used extensively. The scientists working for the AEC wore protective gear while the troops did not. The health effects of radiation were fairly well known to the scientists involved due to their animal studies, industrial accidents, and the very public deaths of Madame Curie and others. By the 1920‘s it was known that hundreds of the early pioneers in radiation studies were dead. A single dose of 350 rad was the human LD-50, the dose that caused death to half those exposed. One millionth of a gram, once inside the human body could cause death. A nuclear explosion immediately produces Alpha, Beta, Gamma, and X-ray radiation. Hundreds of different radioactive isotopic particles are formed as residual contamination that is absorbed into different body tissues with varying degrees of longevity and toxicity. One example is radioiodine that collects in the thyroid. This kaleidoscope of sources make it difficult to gage what dose has been delivered and to what effect. Inhalation of a small particle of plutonium would collect in the bone marrow and emit energies on the order of 200 million electron volts. The normal energy level of the human cell is 10 electron volts, and under such an assault the cell either dies, becomes inoperable, or grows uncontrollably, in other words, cancer.
Arthur Compton and the other physicist knew what had happened to the earlier experimenters with radioactive materials. Compton chose Robert Stone in Berkeley and Joseph Hamilton at Chicago to research the biological aspects. The scientists who conducted these experiments were not from the inner sanctum trying to build the Bomb,
they reported their findings to them. Joseph Hamilton began to study radiation effects in rats in the summer of 1942. In 1943 the first human test subjects would be used without their knowledge or consent. All the experiments were conducted for the express purpose of answering the unknowns, how much radiation could kill a man? Could blood tests detect exposure? Are there treatments for exposure? Long before radiological warfare was used on enemy populations in war it was purposefully tested on American civilians. By 1945 the war was over but these questions remained unanswered. The experiments would have to continue for the next thirty years.
Admiral James Cooney became the leading advocate for an experiment on 200 healthy ―volunteers‖ using up to 150 rad or more. Col. Shields Warren opposed the idea as did other civilian scientists. He argued that 200 was too small a number to base a study on, a real study would have to include 10,000 or more subjects. While this argument raged the School of Aviation Medicine in San Antonio, Texas quietly began to do the tests for the Air Force. Randolph Lee Clarke, the director of the MD Anderson, oversaw the first study irradiating sick cancer patients with hundreds of rads using TBI or total body irradiation. Human subjects were chosen with tumors that did not respond to treatment with radiation. Patients that would have been helped by radiation would have shown altered levels of blood cells, amino acids, enzymes, plasma proteins and lipids that would have clouded the results in the search for a biological dosimeter. Col. Shields Warren did not object to the use of cancer patients but many of these people were not very ill or had been misdiagnosed. At least two of the twenty people injected with plutonium had been misdiagnosed as having cancer when they did not. Many of the others were not cancer patients but suffered from illnesses such as scleroderma or Cushing‘s disease. These errors were repeated in the Total Body Irradiation experiments that were sponsored by the military. Many of the cancer patients had been well enough to work and live normally. After doses of 100 to 2,000 rad many died within days or weeks and had in fact been killed by radiation poisoning. Those that lived were often debilitated and in constant pain.
Surprisingly or not, 34 Nazi scientists were employed at Randolph AFB in San Antonio and involved in these lethal experiments. These were just a few of the thousands of Nazi scientists who had secretly been smuggled into the US under operation ―Paperclip‖ to help the US destroy the USSR. Dr Hubertus Strughold was their intellectual and spiritual leader in radiation studies. He brought in Dr Herbert Gerstner who had used human subjects during the war to study at what point human hearing is completely destroyed due to explosions from shelling. He also used people to study the exact cause of death in cases of electrocution. He found that death resulted from a tremendous increase in blood pressure that forced blood from the peripheral vessels into the heart and abdominal cavity. These men had all experimented on Jews, gypsies, intellectuals, homosexuals, allied pow‘s, and others and were now in San Antonio doing lethal TBI experiments on American citizens for the military.
Gerstner and Eugene Saenger collaborated on the TBI studies, Gerstner did the first one and Saenger did the last one. The locations included MD Anderson Cancer Center in Houston, Baylor College of Medicine in Houston, Sloan-Kettering in New York, University of Cincinnati College of Medicine, and Oak Ridge Tennessee between the
years 1951 and 1974 studying about 500 patients. The TBI experiments were only a subset of the radiation experiments on human subjects that included plutonium injections, radioactive isotope studies, and many others.
Vanderbilt University Hospital Prenatal Clinic hosted 850 pregnant women to a secret study using radioactive isotopes iron-55 and iron-59. The pregnant women were given a cocktail and told it was vitamins for their unborn child. Free health care was the lure used on the economically disadvantaged women. Helen Hutchison was 6 months pregnant and visited the clinic in July, 1946 seeking treatment for nausea. She was given a cocktail by the doctor and told to drink it, that it would make her feel better. Several months after the birth of her daughter her hair fell out and she developed blisters, anemia, and later had life threatening complications after several miscarriages. Her daughter Barbara was always tired as a child, developed an immune system disorder and skin cancer. Many of the mothers and children exposed to radioactive iron developed strange afflictions, rashes, anemia, blood disorders, and cancer. Paul Hahn, the principle investigator in the study, was a protégé of Stafford Warren and had worked with Robly Evans. Hahn wrote that iron-55 with a half life of 5 years was too hazardous to be given to humans and had no therapeutic value, yet he used it in this study which was partially funded by the Rockefeller Foundation. Helen Hutchison‘s husband had landed in Europe on D-Day, and had personally helped liberate Buchenwald concentration camp. The Nazi doctors who worked in the camp may have been some of the very men who participated in the radiation experiment on his wife and unborn child.
One study conducted at the Fernald State School in Waltham, Massachusetts used radioactive iron and calcium secretly given to 74 orphans in their oatmeal using the ruse of a nutrition study. Robley Evans produced the radioactive isotopes in the MIT cyclotron and supervised the experiment. The lure used by the MIT scientists was membership in a science club that went on school outings to baseball games and even Christmas parties at the MIT faculty club. The scientists may not have believed that the amount of radiation involved was harmful, but they would not have allowed this experiment to be conducted on their own families.
At Washington State Penitentiary and Oregon State Prison about 200 prisoners had their testicles irradiated with 8 to 600 rads with the lure of a little money and extra privileges. Carl Heller, one of the world‘s leading endocrinologists, and his protégé C. Alvin Paulsen ran the two studies from 1963 until 1971. These and similar experiments on thousands of people continued for 30 years in the vain search for a biological dosimeter. The identities and ultimate fates of the test subjects will never be known, most going to their graves never knowing they had been used as human guinea pigs by their government.
Elmer Allen was designated experimental test subject CAL-13. On July 18, 1947 in a San Francisco Hospital he was injected with plutonium in the left leg. Three days later the leg was amputated at mid thigh. Elmer was a porter for the Pullman Company who injured his leg while stepping off a train. He was diagnosed with a fracture that developed into a cyst. The first test for cancer was negative, a second test indicated cancer. Unable to work after the amputation, he was forced to return to Italy, Texas with his wife and three children. His wife recalled that he began having epileptic seizures, ―he
would chew the spoon to pieces, his tongue too‖. Elmer began drinking heavily and told his best friend that he had been used as a guinea pig, but no one not even his family doctor believed him. The doctor later diagnosed him as a paranoid schizophrenic. During an effort to collect the bodies of the people injected with plutonium it was discovered to their amazement that 4 of them were still alive. In 1973 Austin Bues, from the Center for Human Radiobiology wrote to Elmer and asked him to be in a metabolism study. He and his wife were brought to Chicago and Elmer‘s urine and feces were collected for two weeks. The trip was paid for and Elmer received $140 plus $13 a day expenses. X-rays revealed bone damage consisted with radiation. One year after Elmer‘s death the family was contacted by a reporter and learned that Elmer had been a human experimental subject and the family had been lied to for 44 years. Elmer Allen died in 1991, his head stone reads Elmer Allen 1911-1947 CAL-13 1947- 1991 One of America‘s nuclear guinea pigs.
On 7 December 1993, Secretary of Energy Hazel O‘Leary ordered her department to open classified files covering projects that had involved the use of human beings as guinea pigs since WWII. A major project was initiated to identify relevant documents. The index itself runs to 150 pages.
The following is testimony from Elmer Allen‘s granddaughter before the President‘s Advisory Committee on Human Radiation Experiments, March, 1995.
I saw him as a depressing sight. Joyless, unanimated,
with a damaged head and a broken spirit. During his lifetime, I
saw him as a burden rather than as an asset to my grandmother, as
she waited on him, pampered him.
My mother, I recall, resented this treatment while she
contended that he didn’t do his share for the family. She
recalled a life of living with a father who, when not on an
alcoholic binge, suffered from frequent seizures which had to be
endured by the rest of the family.
My uncle, on the other hand, did not seem resentful,
but I often felt he must have been disappointed in a father
incapable of playing a simple bat and ball game or merely
offering a positive life outlook.
My grandmother said it wasn’t always like this. She
said my grandfather was once a vibrant and handsome Pullman
porter, a hard worker who wanted only the best for his family.
When I was younger, I liked to do puzzles from the
newspaper, where you find words hidden among randomly-arranged
letters. Since my grandfather spent most of his time sitting
alone, he would sometimes complete these puzzles — we would
sometimes complete these puzzles together, and eventually he
began saving them in a neat stack and worked on completing them
In the springtime, I saw him take brown paper bags and
make kites for the kids down the street. He once made a pen for
my pet rabbit. He often talked of feelings in his missing leg
and would shudder and make comments like “they must be working on
my leg today”.
Years later, when I was home on breaks from college,
the sight of my grandfather was horrible. He seemed useless and
frail. He had lost more of life’s joy. He seemed angry and sad.
The pain was obvious, and he was sometimes furious and irate,
mean and spiteful.
I often have dreams about my grandfather. Before his
death, I had a dream that he was in his old house in a coffin,
open with the body in full view, dead, but alive somehow. After
his death, another dream revealed him through a doorway, sitting
in his wheelchair, looking feeble, yet in good spirits. He
seemed to have a newfound joy, laughing and joking with male
When Eileen Welsome presented my family with the fact
that this man was indeed CAL-13, a human nuclear guinea pig, I
wondered, could this be the reason, the origin, the root cause of
this depressed character that I considered all along to be my
grand-father. He lived over 40 years without a zest for life and
with a pain I imagine was without equal.
For I understand that the reality of life for the
African American man of the 1940s was already a pre-determined
bleak one, dictated by the white man’s tyrannical power of
economics, politics, and, to a certain degree, basic freedom.
Being born a black male was already a handicap, having a limited
education was a further handicap. Then to add a physical
handicap, due to being basically tricked into donating a body
limb for science.
With all of this in mind, I now understand how alcohol
could relieve his reality, how depression and schizophrenia could
take control of his life, how his feelings of hopelessness
shattered such a promising future.
In my most recent dream, I saw my grandfather with both
legs, standing with confidence and strength of character I never
saw in real life. He had a young appearance. He had a look of
joy on his face, and he seemed content.
This statement is signed April D. Whitfield,
granddaughter of Elmer Allen, March 15th, 1995.
Good afternoon. My daughter, April Whitfield, and the
other survivors of Elmer Allen are determined that the truth
about his plutonium injection and subsequent leg amputation be
made a part of the public record.
We continue to be appalled by the apparent attempts at
cover-ups, the inferences that the nature of the times, the
1940s, allowed scientists to conduct experiments without getting
a patient’s consent or without mentioning risks. We contend that
my father was not an informed participant in the plutonium
He was asked to sign his name several times while a
patient at the University of California hospital in San
Francisco. Why was he not asked to sign his name permitting
scientists to inject him with plutonium? Why was his wife, who
was college trained, not consulted in this matter?
It is my hope that history will not be rewritten in
committees who claim that they do not understand the actions of
the scientists of the 1940s, those who claim that poor and
disenfranchised African American men could not be hoodwinked by
I hope you will understand that just as Jewish fathers
were placed in the ovens at Auschwitz, my father, Elmer Allen,
was placed in his own private oven here in the United States of
America. He was left there for 44 years, and the scientists
occasionally took a peek inside to see if he was still alive.
His survivors are pledged to tell the truth about this
experiment for the next 50 or even 100 years, if necessary, so
that future generations will have more than lies, half truths,
and inconclusive reports, when attempting to recount this real-
life horror story.
Thank you. I didn’t know I had 10 minutes because I
would have a lot more to say, but I thank you.
While these secret experiments on thousands of Americans were going on in hospitals, the very public testing of nuclear weapons lasted from 1945 until the Test Ban treaty in 1963. Approximately 253 above ground tests were conducted in the Pacific and the US. In which nearly 400,000 military personnel took part. The external dose of beta radiation was measured by badges but these were not distributed in significant numbers. The badge did not measure the dose from other external particles such as Alpha, Gamma, or X-ray radiation, nor did it measure the ingestion of small particles that lodge in tissues and do continuous damage. Some of the troops felt immediate effects of radiation poisoning and developed lifelong complications while others became sick many years later. Bill Scott of Camarillo, California was a former army air force photographer who filmed some of the nuclear tests. According to Helena, his widow, ―Starting in 1955, Bill had nosebleeds, backaches, and coughing attacks, followed by vomiting, nausea, and
upset stomach. His nosebleeds would last for days at a time. His teeth rapidly decayed and his feet became dry and scaly. In 1971, he was hospitalized for tests that found bone cancer that spread… rapidly and six months later he was gone.‖
The Atomic Veterans Newsletter published the following statement.
We were the victims of radiation experiments too. They exposed over 200,000 of us in over 200 atmospheric atomic and hydrogen bomb tests between 1945-1962. They deliberately bombed us with nuclear weapons and exposed us to deadly radioactivity to see how it would affect us and our equipment in nuclear warfare on land sea and air. They didn‘t need our informed consent because we were under military discipline. They devalued our lives too! They made us sterile! They crippled and killed our children! They made widows of our wives! Then denied repeatedly and publicly that there was ever any danger! ―Say the lie often enough and people will believe it‖.
The third group of experimental human subjects are the Down Winders. This term refers to all the people exposed to radiation as a result of atmospheric testing. This group in essence comprises the entire US and in fact the entire world. Fallout from all 2,000 nuclear tests has deposited plutonium and other radioactive substances in the bodies of every human being on earth. At what point this experiment would prove fatal for all human life is unknown, but it is known that the human embryo is very vulnerable and that 1-2 rads is sufficient to produce deformity or death. A quick look at radiation fallout maps show that this much radiation and more has been deposited across the continental US. Brenda Weaver lived most of her life seven miles from Hanford in an area known as Death Mile. Her family always seemed sick, she was developed thyroid disease at 12 and had an ovary removed at 14. Her brother had to be taken to the hospital with his eyes bleeding. In the early 1960‘s the sheep on her farm were born with missing legs, body parts, missing eyes. Her daughter, Jaime, was born in 1965 without eyes. Says Weaver, ―She has eyelashes and eyelids and tear ducts, but no eyes. It makes life difficult, it‘s hard to be blind.‖
One study documents an unexplained increase in child mortality in the US that began shortly after testing began and decreased when atmospheric testing ended. It was acknowledged that a full scale nuclear exchange could have ended the Human Race but it is also possible that continued testing could eventually accomplish the same result. It should be noted that underground tests do vent radiation and that these tests are ongoing.
The government held hearings in the 1990‘s and gave monetary compensation to several individuals injected with plutonium but not the hundreds of thousands of others injured in secret testing. The governments report is largely a whitewash, few victims were compensated, and no scientist or government employee was ever punished. The institutions involved all claimed ignorance or that the patients were fully informed, which was patently false in all cases. They have largely dodged their responsibility for participating in these acts.
After the Advisory Committee‘s final report the children of the deceased plutonium victims had the following statements: ―I guess the government really won, all the culprits that planned and executed this thing got away with it‖. ―For them to say that a little apology is enough… is just beyond belief‖. ―I do feel betrayed and I feel abused by this committee‘s report‖.
Nuclear explosions produce plutonium oxide which is deposited in the lungs and lymph nodes and cannot be detected in the urine. The human experimental subjects were injected with plutonium citrate or nitrate which does show up in the urine. Thirty years of testing urine from those exposed in above ground tests has led to thousands of useless tests that show a false negative and false evidence that could be used to claim that these human exposures were low or non-existent. The search for a biological dosimeter lasted 30 years at dozens of labs costing many millions of dollars and produced no answer. Just how much radiation is a safe dose in the human body, and how to measure the amount the body has received is still unknown. The current answer in science is that there is no such thing as a safe dose of radiation.
Mary Jean Connell , the only living victim of the plutonium experiments, when asked how she felt after receiving $100,000 dollars, merely replied ―I‘m afraid it‘s going to happen again, you know‖
Operation Hades was developed by the Pentagon‘s Advanced Research Projects Agency (ARPA) as a scheme to defoliate guerilla controlled areas of Vietnam. Objectives of defoliation were to destroy the triple canopy jungle that would flush out the guerilla fighter for conventional warfare, to clear the waterways and roads of areas of concealment for ambush, establish fields of fire around bases and to avoid infiltration and surprise attacks, and finally, to deny food to the enemy. The Vietnamese charged that defoliation was a weapon of mass destruction and ecocide that was not aimed at the fighter, but employed against the entire people and their environment, causing death by poisoning and starvation. C-47 aircraft sprayed 2,4,5-T and 2,4-D on 5,000 acres in 1962. In 1967 1.5 million acres of jungle and 221,000 acres of crop land were sprayed. Spraying ended in 1971 with 6 million acres covered with 107 million pounds of herbicide. About 10 to 15 percent of the total area sprayed was crop lands. Annual sales of herbicide increased from 12.5 million in 1966 to 79.8 million in 1969. Dow, Hercules, Monsanto, Diamond Shamrock, and seven other companies shared the war time profits. The name of the spray operation was changed to Operation Ranch Hand but the insignia patch retained the satanic symbol of a devil with a pitch fork.
During WWII the University of Chicago studied chlorophenols for their affect on plant metabolism. A small application will promote rapid growth while a larger dose will make the plant grow so fast it literally explodes and dies.
The special mixture of Agent Orange used in Vietnam consisted of 2,4,5-T and 2,4-D in equal amounts. The mixture was thirteen times more concentrated than that used domestically. Agent White added Picloram which was made by DOW but so long lasting in the environment it was never allowed to be used on US soil. Agent Blue contained highly poisonous cacodylic acid and was 54 percent arsenic.
The affects of spraying 2500 acres and 1000 inhabitants were reported by a doctor in October 1964. ―At first the people felt sick and had some diarrhea, then difficulty breathing followed by low blood pressure; some cases had trouble with their optic nerve and went blind. Pregnant women gave birth to still born or premature children. Most of
the affected cattle died from serious diarrhea, and river fish floated on the surface of the water belly-up, soon after the chemicals were spread.‖ Reports of human poisoning brought diplomatic pressure on the US from other nations to respond. The US State Dept replied in March 1966 stating, ―The herbicides used are non-toxic and not dangerous to man or animal life. The land is not affected for future use.‖
The National Academy of Sciences received 80% of their money from the DOD and was considered an arm of the government. The elite organization determined that it was inconclusive whether Agent Orange caused human deaths and that it was important that the matter receive further scrutiny in the future to determine the question. In response Professors Pfeiffer and Orians from the University of Washington independently obtained funding and did a field study on their own in Vietnam at the height of the war. They reported on cases of illness in humans and animals living in sprayed areas, widespread ecological damage and permanent destruction of ancient forests, commercial timberlands and rubber tree cultures. In late 1969 the American Academy of Arts and Sciences (AAAS) formed a committee headed up by Mathew Meselson, a Harvard biologist with a mandate to study Agent Orange in Vietnam. Through their efforts LBJ received a petition with 5,000 signatures of scientists urging him to stop spraying on the grounds of establishing a dangerous precedent in chemical and biological warfare. The Food and Drug Administration had finished a study in 1965 but the report was concealed. In 1969 the report was leaked to Meselson. It showed that in 1964, the prestigious Bionetics Research Laboratory tested industrial compounds for carcinogenic and fetus deforming affects in lab animals. The tests showed small doses of 2,4,5-T caused birth defects in rats and mice. The FDA, DOD and DOA knew about the report but no one else saw it. DOW Chemical had applied pressure to the FDA to bury the report. The strategy that DOW chemical used to combat the now public report was to claim that chemical impurities in the test batch were responsible for the alarming results. The contamination was an impurity produced during manufacture referred to as 2,3,7,8-tetrachlorodibenzo-para-dioxin, or simply Dioxin.
The newly formed EPA issued a ban on the use of 2,4,5-T in the US and the military claimed they would use other agents for defoliation when available, then continued spraying Agent Orange. DOW claimed that Agent Orange normally contained none or a few parts per million of Dioxin. Domestic stocks tested at approx. 13 ppm Dioxin while the chemical used in Vietnam contained 47 ppm or higher. Scientific reports that showed evidence of harm were either ignored or actively suppressed while studies that were inconclusive were used by the government to justify continued spraying.
Dioxin is the most toxic man made chemical on earth. FDA researcher Dr. Jacqueline Verrett proved that only 1 part per Trillion was sufficient to cause deformity in embryos and if it were diluted one million times it would still be as toxic to a fetus as thalidomide, using the same tests. There is no safe dose of dioxin, no matter how small. The agents 2,4,5-T and 2,4-D were shown to cause cancer in lab animals by themselves, without the dioxin present. DOW chemical agreed to a temporary halt in the use of 2,4,5-T but was fighting to protect the pervasive domestic use of 2,4-D. Dow was able to go to court and successfully fight the ban on 2,4,5-T and thus saved their lucrative sales in the American market as well as worldwide sales of both herbicides. The burden of scientific proof was successfully shifted from the manufacturer of the toxic chemicals onto the plaintiffs who
were forced to prove conclusively that dioxin and the herbicides caused disease and mutation in humans. Studies funded by industry showed 2,4,5-T without dioxin was safe while independent studies such as the Bionetics study showed that ―pure‖ 2,4,5-T without dioxin was mutagenic. The 1970 Meselson report carried the greatest weight in the scientific community because of its thoroughness‘. In one heavily sprayed province still births and miscarriages were disproportionately high. In Saigon there was an epidemic of spina bifida, a birth defect linked to Agent Orange. This prestigious report prompted congress in 1970 to fund a new study by the National Academy of Sciences which would be administered by the DOD. The result would again be inconclusive on the question of human illness and death.
The Rand Corporation is a government ―think tank‖ that in 1967 estimated 325,000 Vietnamese villagers had been affected by spraying. Millions had been forcibly relocated by the spraying and bombing into ―Strategic Hamlets‖ or resettlement camps under US control. Strategic Hamlets had been designed to separate the civilian population from the guerilla fighters and deny them support in the field. The program had been a dismal failure as the hamlets themselves were infiltrated. When victory began to turn to stalemate and defeat, the defoliation operation was used as a means of punishment. The Rand study indicated that one answer to wars of liberation was to force farmers into urban centers. Conventional military victory and counter-insurgency techniques did not ensure victory. By driving the people off the land the spray program would not allow rural revolutionary movements to gather sufficient strength to succeed. Air Force General Curtis LeMay advocated using nuclear weapons to bomb the Vietnamese ―back to the stone age‖. This same psychology was the driving force behind the strategy to drive people off the land in order to achieve victory. The ―battle for hearts and minds‖ had long been given up. Rand estimated that 88 percent of the villagers blamed the US for the destruction of their crops and 74 percent expressed outright hatred. Agent Orange was a used as a chemical warfare agent to drive the people into the cities and deny the enemy recruits and support.
Industrial accidents with Agent Orange manufacture had occurred with some regularity since 1937. DOW was the site of the first such accident that poisoned plant workers and caused a primary symptom, chloracne. DOW refused to fund a company doctor‘s request to test the chemicals on lab animals.
In 1949, 228 workers at the Monsanto plant in Nitro, West Virginia developed chloracne, severe pain in skeletal muscles, shortness of breath, intolerance to cold, swollen liver, loss of sensation in extremities, fatigue, irritability, insomnia, loss of libido, and vertigo. These symptoms are virtually identical to those of the Vietnam veterans.
An accident in Germany in 1954 led to the identification of dioxin as the cause of illness and the results on its toxicity were made known with the publication of the results in scientific journals in 1957.
In 1964 as the major phase of spraying was about to get underway an accident at a DOW facility led to an investigation that identified dioxin as the source of poisoning and illness. Results of the accident were not published but were communicated to the other manufacturers of the herbicide. 1964 is the date at which it can be proved that DOW knew about the chemical toxicity of dioxin and suppressed this information.
DOW and the other producers COULD have known about dioxin decades before the war. The scientific and medical literature was clear by 1957 and DOW SHOULD have known about the toxicity. By 1964 DOW DID know about the health effects of dioxin and chose to conceal this information even though it knew US armed forces were spraying millions of Vietnamese people and 3 million GI‘s sent to fight for their country.
Since the end of the war, science has continued to progress despite obstructions. Sweden showed that exposed workers had a much higher cancer mortality rate than unexposed workers. University of Wisconsin found that rats fed on a diet containing 5 ppt Dioxin, half developed malignancies. In Vietnam, a type of liver cancer that was unknown before Operation Ranch Hand is now the second most common type of cancer in the country.
The Meselson report substantiated the affect of miscarriages and still births in Vietnam, but the 2,4,5-T poisoning of Alsea, Oregon was proof positive. In March 1979, the EPA ordered suspension of some uses of 2,4,5-T after studies of pregnant women in Alsea, Oregon linked increases in miscarriages to periods of defoliant spraying. These unnecessary events are the result of the vested interest industry has in the use of 2,4,5-trichlorophenol in consumer products. Manufacture of paper, adhesives, paints, varnish and lacquer incorporates dioxin contaminated chlorophenols. Today Dioxin is found by scientists in mother‘s milk and beef near sprayed range lands and forest woodlands.
Nearly 3 million Americans served in Vietnam and many thousands of veterans and their families have paid a terrible price for that service. A study of these vets concluded that 40 percent had serious emotional difficulties such as alcohol or narcotics abuse and 75 percent complain of nightmares, problems maintaining relationships or jobs. Routine exposure to dioxin was more deadly than war itself and may have already claimed more American lives than the war.
Mike Asman was eighteen when he enlisted in the marines in 1966. He was living in a small town in Texas, feeling restless, wanting to get way. He left Texas for basic training and was immediately sent to Danang. He was a weapons repairman who went out on patrols, sat inside fortified ―firebases‖, and generally tried to learn how not to get killed. On his first night in country he and his buddy from basic were in separate fox holes when several Vietnamese children approached selling cokes. The Marines overpaid in a gesture of generosity. One of the children, no more than eight years old, dropped a grenade in his buddy‘s foxhole and killed him. He rarely spoke of his experiences in Vietnam, but he did note that a lot of the people who got killed were the best people around him, death it seemed, did not play favorites. When Mike returned home after his tour in Vietnam he returned with a heroin habit and an inability to sleep. When family members entered a room where Mike was sleeping he would roll out of bed and reach for the .45 under the pillow that was no longer there. Occasional brushes with the law, marital trouble and an ongoing drug and alcohol problem followed him for the next 20 years. Mike eventually came to terms with the demons that haunted him from Vietnam, he beat his addictions and moved his family into a house in the country. Time, group therapy, and family helped Mike to turn his life around. About 5 years later Mike began to feel tired all the time. Mike Asman was told he had Non-Hodgkin‘s Lymphoma, due to an error reading an x-ray it had been found too late, and he had 6 months to live. Before he became too weak, Mike sold his house and all his belongings and moved his wife and five young children to Utah to be near his wife‘s parents for emotional support, then he prepared to die. In six months his 6‘2‖ frame had shrunk to a skeletal form and
Mike‘s face was barely recognizable. He was being given morphine and oxygen around the clock. Mike died on November 11th, on his 51st birthday leaving a wife and 5 children. His name does not appear on the Vietnam Memorial, nor do the names of thousands of others. Shortly after his death the government program set up to compensate the veteran victims of Agent Orange related disease was shut down, and compensation was no longer available. Since most Agent Orange related disease takes 20-30 years to emerge, the vast majority of affected veterans were never compensated. DOW Chemical continues to sell 2,4,5-T and 2,4-D all over the world. Danang remains a heavily contaminated ―hot spot‖ to this day.
Cold War 1945-1995
On the eve of the Cold War with Russia the mood was grim and the evaluation of the American military was summed up in the words of General Doolittle.
―It is now clear that we are facing an implacable enemy whose avowed objective is world domination by whatever means and at whatever cost. There are no rules in such a game…if the United States is to survive, long-standing American concepts of ―fair play‖ must be reconsidered. We must develop effective espionage and counterespionage services and must learn to subvert, sabotage and destroy our enemies by more clever means than those used against us. It may become necessary that the American people be made acquainted with, understand and support this fundamentally repugnant philosophy.‖
General Doolittle stated the post war environment between the US and USSR when he declared that a dirty war was going to be waged using the most un-American of methods to achieve victory over the USSR at any cost. The American public, should they examine these methods would repudiate them, so these methods must be kept from them, the alternative being the risk of losing the war against Communism. In short a secret war had begun between desperate men who would stop at nothing to win. The most obvious results of the 50 year war were the tens of thousands of nuclear warheads aimed at US and USSR population centers and military installations and the trillions of dollars spent to create the strategy of Mutually Assured Destruction. The most important legacy of this undeclared war are the patriotic crimes carried out in our name without the knowledge of the American people, and the erosive effect of a sustained war on democratic institutions. The declaration by Barry Goldwater that, ―extremism in defense of liberty is no vice‖ may have been a bit premature in its conclusion. The nature of these patriotic crimes are largely unknown due to the cult of secrecy created by US intelligence agencies, but certain crimes against the American people and crimes against humanity can be identified, namely, the subversion of democratic institutions and the race to control the human mind. A revolution in military affairs has occurred that has driven a mini-Manhattan Project in the quest for total domination of our enemies. Using human beings as guinea pigs has been the fallout of all modern weapons development, from the radiation studies, biological weapons, chemical weapons, all necessitated their testing on unwitting human beings to understand how they kill and how to apply them. The race to create mind control, the ultimate weapon, what one scientist involved referred to as ―more dangerous than atomic destruction‖, has led to thousands of human beings again being used as one uses laboratory animals.
A climate of incredible fear was instilled in Americans during the McCarthy hearings that sought to root out communist infiltration of American government and society. This witch hunt that ruined the lives of thousands of loyal Americans was in essence a counterinsurgency operation waged against elements of society that were deemed as disloyal, or ―red‖. The anti-Communist hysteria was whipped up in a time of uncertainty and fear of the USSR. Loyal Americans who held dissident or ―leftist‖ leanings were targeted for destruction, in effect an ―American purge‖ in the style of the show trials and purges in the USSR during the 1930‘s. State Department employees and progressive writers in Hollywood were the primary targets of public and private smear campaigns that painted moderate and liberal personalities as disloyal and treasonous. High profile personalities like actors and directors, as well as loyal progressive citizens trying to promote positive change in society were singled out and accused of being communist agents engaged in an effort to subvert Democracy. Society was filled with the fear of being singled out as disloyal or of being perceived as insufficiently anti-communist in attitude. Loyalty oaths were mandatory for many people to sign in order to keep their jobs. The conformity of thought demanded by the anti-communist purges were eerily similar to those imposed on communist Totalitarian societies that the US was in opposition to. Senator Joseph R. McCarthy was a little-known junior senator from Wisconsin until February 1950 when he claimed to possess a list of 205 card-carrying Communists employed in the U.S. Department of State. From that moment Senator McCarthy became a tireless crusader against Communism in the early 1950s, a period that has been commonly referred to as the “Red Scare.” As chairman of the Senate Permanent Investigation Subcommittee, Senator McCarthy conducted hearings on communist subversion in America and investigated alleged communist infiltration of the Armed Forces. His subsequent exile from politics coincided with a conversion of his name into a modern English noun “McCarthyism,” or adjective, “McCarthy tactics,” when describing similar witch hunts in recent American history. The dictionary gives the definition of McCarthyism as: 1. The political practice of publicizing accusations of disloyalty or subversion with insufficient regard to evidence. 2. The use of methods of investigation and accusation regarded as unfair, in order to suppress opposition.] Senator McCarthy was censured by the U.S. Senate on December 2, 1954 and died May 2, 1957.
Following the conclusion of the war, the U.S. Naval Technical Mission was tasked with obtaining pertinent industrial and scientific material that had been produced by the Third Reich and which may be of benefit to U.S. interests. Following a lengthy report, the Navy instigated Project CHATTER in 1947. Many of the Nazi scientists and medical doctors who conducted hideous experiments were later recruited by the U.S. Army and worked out of Heidelberg prior to being secretly relocated to the United States under the Project PAPERCLIP program. Under the leadership of Dr. Hubertus Strughold, 34 ex-Nazi scientists accepted “Paperclip” contracts, authorized by the Joint Chiefs of Staff, and were put to work at Randolph Air Force Base, San Antonio, Texas. By 1953 the CIA, U.S. Navy and the U.S. Army Chemical Corps were conducting their own narco-hypnosis programs on unwilling victims that included prisoners, mental patients, foreigners, ethnic minorities and those classified as sexual deviants.
The Nuremberg Tribunal brought to light that some of the most respected figures in the medical profession were involved in the vast crime network of the SS. Only 23 persons were charged with criminal activity in this area, despite the fact that hundreds of medical personnel were involved. The defendants were charged with crimes against humanity. They were found guilty of planning and executing experiments on humans without their consent, in a cruel and brutal manner which involved severe torture, deliberate murder and with the full knowledge of the gravity of their deeds. Only seven of the defendants were sentenced to death and hanged, others received life sentences. Five who were involved in the experiments were not tried.
There were 200 German medical doctors conducting these medical experiments. Most of these doctors were friends of the United States before the war, and despite their inhuman experiments, the U.S. attempted to rebuild a relationship with them after the war. The knowledge the Germans had accumulated at the expense of human life and suffering, was considered a “booty of war”, by the Americans and the Russians. The Americans tracked down Dr. Strughold, the aviation doctor who was in charge of the Dachau experiments. With full knowledge that the experiments were conducted on captive humans, the U.S. recruited the doctors to work for them. General Dwight D. Eisenhower gave his personal approval to exploit the work and research of the Nazi’s in the death camps. The German doctors were brought to the U.S. and went to work for Project Paperclip. All these doctors had been insulated against war crime charges. The Nuremberg prosecutors were shocked that U.S. authorities were using the German doctors despite their criminal past. Under the leadership of Strughold, 34 scientists accepted contracts from Project Paperclip, and were moved to Randolph Air Force Base at San Antonio, Texas. The authorization to hire these Nazi scientists came directly for the Joint Chiefs of Staff. The top military brass stated that they wished to exploit these rare minds. Project Paperclip, ironically, would use Nazi doctors to develop methods of interrogating German prisoners of war. As hostilities began to build after the war between the Americans and the Russians, the U.S. imported as many as 9,000 former Nazi scientists and technicians. In 1969, Americans landed on the moon, and two groups of scientist in the control center shared the credit, the rocket team from Peenemunde, Germany, under the leadership of Werner von Braun, these men had perfected the V-2s which were built in the Nordhausen caves where 20,000 slave laborers from prison camp Dora had been worked to death. The second group were the space doctors, lead by Dr. Hubertus Strughold, whose work was pioneered in Experimental Block No. 5 of the Dachau concentration camp and the torture and death of hundreds of inmates. The torture chambers that were used to slowly kill the prisoners of the Nazi’s were the test beds for the apparatus that protected Neil Armstrong from harm, from lack of oxygen, and pressure, when he walked on the moon.
Despite our lessons from Nuremberg and the death camps, the CIA, U.S. Navy, Air Force, and the U.S. Army Chemical Corps targeted specific groups of people for experimentation who were not able to resist, prisoners, mental patients, foreigners, ethnic minorities, political dissidents, sex deviants, the terminally ill, children and U.S. military personnel and prisoners of war. They violated the Nuremberg Code for conducting and subsidizing experiments on unwitting citizens. The CIA began its mind control projects in 1953, the very year that the U.S. signed the Nuremberg Code and pledged with the international community of nations to respect basic human rights and to prohibit
experimentation on captive populations without full and free consent. (Harry V. Martin) (Marks)
Hitler‘s spy chief for the eastern front created a network of agents inside Russia and the Eastern Block during WWII. According to Victor Marchetti, former CIA chief of Soviet strategic war plans and capabilities, ―The Gehlen Organization was the one group that did have networks inside Eastern Europe, and that is why we hired them.‖ ―Hiring Gehlen was the biggest mistake the US ever made. Our allies said, ―You are putting Nazis at the senior levels of your intelligence, and they were right.‖ The Gehlen organization was the primary source of intelligence that claimed that, ―The Soviets were about to attack West Germany…that was the biggest bunch of baloney then and it is still a bunch of baloney today.‖ ―Gehlen had to make his money by creating a threat that we were afraid of, so we would give him more money to tell us about it.‖ ―In my opinion, the Gehlen Organization provided nothing worthwhile for understanding or estimating Soviet military or political capabilities in Eastern Europe or anywhere else.‖ The Gehlen organization had been penetrated by Soviet intelligence and many of the US Nazi assets were now double agents, taking CIA wages and turning around and selling information to the enemy. Gehlen had a major sponsor in CIA director Allen Dulles who facilitated the Paperclip ―rat lines‖ that brought former Nazis into the country. Gehlen wrote out the equivalent of the daily presidential briefing for Dulles who often placed it directly before Truman with few changes. The tenor of the Cold War owes much to this very influential source of information. Gehlen was instrumental in the early formation of the CIA and did not retire until 1969. Geheln set up and ran the West German CIA (BND) that used his contacts in secret Nazi organizations like the Thule and The Spider to sell arms to third world hot spots. Otto Skorzeny (Scarface) was a hero of the fatherland and an agent of Gehlen‘s who set up arms smuggling operations as well as murder incorporated type operations. Skorzeny helped found the Merex Company to peddle arms and had close ties to the Virginia-based Interarms Company run by the CIA. US special forces were formed and trained by Skorzeny to emulate the Nazi special forces known as werewolves. When the OSS was disbanded and the CIA formed, it was married to the Eastern Block network of Nazi sympathizers run by Gehlen, in effect the CIA at that point was the Gehlen organization. (Christopher Simpson, Blowback pg 55)
The National Security Act of 1947 was written by Democratic insider Clark Clifford in an effort to contain Communism and save Democracy. The 1947 NSA Act has in fact undermined the Republic to an extent unimaginable. Part of this sabotage of Democracy was the subversion of the free press by Operation Mockingbird. The CIA was charged with controlling the public debate and thus controlling public opinion in the US. The CIA began a very expensive operation to buy up the corporate press and in effect, program public opinion. Early in 1955, 25 newspapers had consented to act as sources of right wing propaganda. Men with reactionary views that agreed to front for the CIA propaganda mill included William Paley (CBS), C.D. Jackson (Fortune), Henry Luce (Time), A.H. Sulzberger (N.Y. Times). The Congress of Cultural Freedom (CCF) was the CIA cut out that began operations in June 1950. Respected ―liberal‖ journalist Tom
Braden was the founder of CCF and later became a co-host of CNN‘s Crossfire opposite Ultracon Pat Buchanon. In Europe the CIA financed about 20 periodicals, driving many legitimate ones out of business. In 1967 the source of CCF funds (CIA) and its influence over intellectual life was made public in Europe, exposing a literary bay of pigs. Melvin Lasky, a former Army captain and editor of the influential magazine named Encounter had, for the last 32 years, shaped the careers of many influential foreign policy experts and intelligence officers. In 1965 the CCF was renamed Forum World Features and purchased by another CIA cut out, the publisher of the International Herald Tribune. The CIA, in collaboration with USIA published over a thousand books of anti-Soviet propaganda by 1967. Global propaganda cost the CIA one third of their covert operations budget. Disinformation cost taxpayers $265 million a year by 1978, a budget larger than the expenditures of Reuters, UPI, and AP, engaging 3,000 salaried and contract CIA employees. Only the largest advertisers on television spend these vast sums of money, so the CIA may have only General Motors and a few others to compete with. In 1954 CapCities (ABC) was formed by investors with Mafia and CIA connections, whose chief council was William Casey, a former director of the CIA. In 1952, at MCA, Actors Guild president Ronald Reagan allowed the Mob controlled company a labor monopoly and in exchange Reagan was made part owner of MCA. In 1987 the N.Y. Times reported that Reagan ―fed the names of suspect people in his organization to the FBI secretly and regularly enough to be assigned ―an informer‘s code number, ―T-10‖. His FBI file indicates intense collaboration with producers to ―purge‖ the industry of subversives.
Fox television has its roots in Metromedia Co., founded by German born John Kluge, an Army intelligence officer in WWII. Kluge bought his first radio station in 1946 and went on to become one of the world‘s richest men with a personal fortune of $5.6 billion. Franklin Murphy is the CEO of Times Mirror Square, the parent company of the Los Angeles Times. He is also a member of the Foreign Intelligence Advisory Board, Federal Commission on Government Security, National War College, and US Air Force Air University. His ties to the CIA and Pentagon are conflicts of interest. The editorial pages of the paper are planted with ―scholars‖ from ―think tanks‖ cranking out opinions to program public opinion for military industrial clients. The American Enterprise Institute draws heavily on ―scholars‖ from the intelligence pool. The Asian studies director is James Lilly, a veteran of the NSC and director of operations at CIA with 27 years experience. Former DCIA William Colby of the Phoenix Program was ―an old friend‖. The CIA‘s infiltration of the press by the late 1950‘s was such a success that the executive branch established a propaganda machine of its own, Operation Candor, for creating a ―national will‖ in support of military objectives. The Pike Hearings revealed the takeover of the American press by the CIA virtual government and was told by the CIA special council ―Pike will pay for this-you wait and see. Any political ambitions that Senator Pike had in N.Y. are through. We will destroy him for this‖. Pike and Church, who investigated the CIA, were both defeated in bids for re-election, due largely to adverse publicity from MOCKINGBIRD‘s Op-Ed branch. (Constantine VG pg41)
The Joint Chiefs of Staff was the source of the plan known as Operation Northwoods. General Lemnitzer, who was considered a master planner, was upset with the Kennedy
Administrations stance towards Communism in general, and Cuba in particular. In the name of anticommunism they proposed launching a secret and bloody war of terrorism against their own country in order to trick the American public into supporting an ill-conceived war they intended to launch against Cuba. The plan which had the written approval of every member of the JC‘s , called for innocent people to be shot down on American streets in a sniper campaign, people would be framed for bombings they didn‘t commit, civilian airliners would be hijacked, and much more. Lemnitzer and the other Chiefs knew that there was only one option left that would ensure their war. They would have to trick the American public and world opinion into hating Cuba so much that they would not only go along, but would insist that he and his generals launch their war against Castro. ―World opinion and the United Nations forum‖, said a secret JCS document, ―should be favorably affected by developing the international image of the Cuban government as rash, irresponsible, and as an alarming and unpredictable threat to the peace of the Western Hemisphere.‖ This was one of the most corrupt plans ever created by the US government. Lemnitzer and the JCS were heavily politicized, joining Far Right Wing political organizations and holding seminars on bases. The Senate Foreign Relations Committee, in a report on the problem of right-wing extremism in the military, warned that there was ―considerable danger‖ in the ―education and propaganda activities of military personnel.‖ ―Running through all of them is a central theme that the primary, if not exclusive, danger to this country is internal Communist Infiltration.‖ The ―thesis of the nature of the Communist threat often is developed by equating social legislation with socialism, and the latter with Communism…much of the administration‘s (Kennedy) domestic legislative programs, including graduated income tax, social security, Federal aid to education, etc. under this philosophy would be characterized as steps toward Communism.‖ Finally the committee specifically pointed to General Limnitzer and called for an examination of the relationship between him, his Chiefs, and the extreme right groups. McNamara demoted Lemnitzer and transferred him to Europe as chief of NATO, Gerald Ford promoted the darling of the Republican right to the President‘s Foreign Intelligence Advisory Board, while his Cuba chief, General Craig, became chief of the NSA‘s military arm, the Army Security Agency. (Bamford pg83)
Soviet and Chinese Brainwashing techniques:
By the end of the Korean War, 70% of the 7,190 US POW‘s signed confessions, 15% cooperated fully, and only 5% steadfastly resisted confession or indoctrination. Wolf and Hinkle submitted a secret report to Director of Central Intelligence, Allen Dulles, about communist methods of brainwashing that was the definitive work on the subject in 1953. It stated that no magical weapons were used, no drugs, exotic mental ray-guns, or machines were used. Intense psychological pressure and human weakness were the key, beginning with solitary confinement. Guards constantly reminded the prisoner that he was totally cut off from outside support, ordered him to stand for long periods, dictated the position allowed for sleep, waking him if he moved while sleeping, banned all outside stimuli such as books, conversation or news of the outside world. After 4-6 weeks the prisoner would break down, ―He weeps, he mutters, and prays aloud in his cell‖. At this
stage the interrogation began in a special room. The guard told him that he knew his own crimes-all too well. The prisoner is in the position of trying to prove his innocence to he knew not what. The interrogator and the prisoner bond in their shared ransacking of the captives soul. As the interrogation proceeded the prisoner realized that he could end his ordeal only with a full confession. ―The prisoner feels the something must be done to end this‖, ―He must find a way out‖. According to a KGB man, more than 99 percent of prisoners sign a confession at this stage. Then the subject was either shot or sent to a labor camp after sentencing. Chinese techniques would move on to re-education of prisoners by moving them into a group cell for political indoctrination. Incessant study of Marx and Mao, lectures, and self-criticism led to conversion by group pressure. Prisoners demonstrated their commitment by ferociously attacking any deviations. Constant intimacy with prisoners who reviled him for his resistance pushed the prisoner beyond his emotional endurance. As the prisoner conformed, cellmates gave increased acceptance and esteem, which reinforced his commitment to the Party, for he learned that only his acceptance allowed him to live successfully in the cell. The American mind control effort was a mini Manhattan Project with the conviction that the keys to brainwashing lay in technology. The Agency‘s brainwashing experts gravitated to people in the mold of the brilliant and sometimes mad scientist, obsessed by the wonders of the brain. (Marks)
MKULTRA USA 1953:
In 1953 CIA officer Richard Helms chose Dr. Sidney Gottlieb to run the TSS, (Technical Service Staff). TSS was given the job of developing poisons to assassinate political opponents, truth serum drugs for interrogating spies, and mind control techniques to create robot assassins, or unwitting double agents. Gottlieb used Nazi scientists and their state of the art mind control techniques that had been perfected in concentration camps using victims of the Holocaust. Operation Paperclip recruited 9,000 Nazi scientists to help the US destroy the USSR. Some of these scientists were known as programmers, people skilled in the art of breaking down and controlling the human mind. Joseph Mengele and others experimented extensively with children and adults using mescaline, electro-shock therapy, hypnosis, sensory deprivation, torture, rape, starvation, and trauma bonding. Mengele was so successful using the technique of trauma bonding that survivors today still exhibit a profound affection for their torturer, referring to Mengele as ―beautiful Joseph‖. Dr. Greenbaum (Dr. L. Wilson Greene) was a Jewish doctor who the Nazi‘s coerced to participate in their experiments at Auschwitz. This individual, whose code name was Dr. Green, came to the US after WWII and began to experiment on adults and children for the military and CIA. The military and CIA copied the Nazi methodology and began numerous programs of their own. The first CIA program was known as MKULTRA, the MK is an abbreviation for the German words for mind control. To avoid confusion, the dozens of mind control operations will be referred to generically as MKULTRA. According to MKULTRA documents and sources, the methodology of mind control works best when severe trauma is administered by the age of three years old. Severe trauma, such as rape, applied at the age of three will cause the personality to split or dissociate in an attempt to shield the mind from memories of events too painful to endure. The psychiatric term is dissociative identity disorder and can be produced accidentally or purposefully. The Three Faces of Eve is the story of multiple
personality disorder or MPD (DID) that had been created by childhood abuse. The Palle Hardup case is an example of a purposefully created MPD that was used to create a robot assassin. MPD can be created by a therapist in an effort manipulate the human mind. Psychic trauma and creation of multiple personalities may be caused by the ritual sacrifice of animals and humans, trauma causes the dissociation. The programmer will use triggers and hypnosis to call forth the created personality, known as an alter personality. Only 20% of the general population is easily hypnotizable, but trauma at an early age makes people vulnerable to dissociation, and thus hypnotizable. Typically the programmer might wear a rabbit suit and sacrifice a rabbit in front of the child victims. The image of the rabbit, a phrase from Alice in Wonderland, or similar paired images are used as the triggers to call forth the alter personality. The method works best when the trauma is repeated around six years of age. A few years later the child victims IQ test and personality tests are evaluated to determine whether the child may be trained in assassination, sexual blackmail, drug courier, or other role. Years later, the subject may be hypnotized and used for operations but would be consciously aware of the sense of lost time only. Gottlieb concentrated on the use of LSD for mind control, and exotic poisons and drugs for political assassinations. He gave LSD to an unknowing fellow scientist Frank Olsen, who worked for the Army Chemical Corps‘ Special Operations Division (SOD) at Fort Detrick, developing biological weapons. Olsen committed suicide by jumping through a window on the 10th floor of a hotel. Gottlieb concealed his actions and the Olsen family was unaware of the cause of his suicide until 27 years later when the facts emerged during hearings on CIA abuses. The link between Gottlieb and Olsen illustrates how the development of different elements of mind control are intertwined with biological and chemical weapons development, radiation testing, and the building of Manchurian Candidates. (Ross pg 101)
During hearings in the 1970‘s Congress uncovered the fact that the CIA gave LSD to thousands of unwitting US adults and children for 11 years in an effort to perfect mind control techniques, before dropping the technique in favor of more technologically advanced methods. Besides the death of bioweapons expert Frank Olsen, the death of the world‘s best tennis player (Harold Blum) resulted from a mescaline overdose administered by doctors experimenting in mind control research. How many other deaths and injuries resulted besides these high profile cases will never be known. MKULTRA had 149 subprojects that encompassed nearly every aspect of human behavior and social science. In the 1977 Senate hearings former CIA director Stansfield Turner stated that the program took place at 80 institutions, including 44 universities, 15 private companies, 12 hospitals and 3 prisons. The areas explored included radiation, electroshock, paramilitary devices and materials, anthropology, graphology, psychiatry, psychology, and sociology.” (Marks)
MKULTRA Subproject 119 was the foundation of all non-lethal weapons programs currently active and included a summary of five areas:
A: Bioelectric sensors: sources of significant electrical potential and methods of pick-up.
B: Recording: amplification, electronic tape and other multi-channel recording.
C: Analysis: autocorrelators, spectrum analyzers, etc., and coordination with automatic data processing equipment.
D: Standardization of data correlation with biochemical, physiological and behavioral indices.
E: Techniques of activation of the human organism by remote electronic means.
This memo was dated August 17, 1960 and when viewed with other evidence that was not destroyed, shows significant interest in radio frequency (RF) weapons and direct control of human behavior at a distance. This aspect of the research is where the greatest modern emphasis has been, rather than chemical or biological agents, both of which violate existing treaties. (Begich pg67) (Ross pg105)
Allen Dulles and his brother, John Foster Dulles designed the CIA for Clark Clifford, the author of the NSA act of 1947. Allen Dulles had been the top OSS agent in Switzerland during the war, where he met frequently with Nazi officials and monitored US investments in Germany. He held an executive position with Standard Oil. The Dulles brothers were both partners in the Wall Street firm of Sullivan and Cromwell, still the most powerful firm of its kind. John Foster would go on to be Secretary of State for Eisenhower, while Allen was head of the CIA. Allen Dulles was fired by Kennedy in 1961 after the failed Bay of Pigs invasion of Cuba. Allen Dulles became the lead investigator of the Warren Commission that found Oswald to be the lone gunman. (Rupert pg53)
Dr. George Estabrooks was prominent in the American hypnosis scene from the 1920s to the 1970s, head of Colgate University’s Department of Psychology. He published over sixty articles and several books on hypnosis. Estabrooks expertise was used by both the OSS and the FBI. As soon the OSS began, George Estabrooks (b. 1885, d. 1973) started traveling to Washington, D.C. Estabrooks viewed persons who were susceptible to hypnosis, 20% 0f the general population, as fodder for any hypnotist’s notion of higher purpose, be it research, profit, patriotism, or his own personal entertainment. His attitude echoed that of Dr. Cook who, in 1927, advised beginning hypnotists to boldly develop a stable of hypnotic subjects: First secure a good subject and practice upon him until you can hypnotize him with absolutely no difficulty, and then place him in the profound [somnambulistic/amnesic] stages of hypnosis…Next secure two or three more subjects and develop them, and thus gradually add to the number. (Cook, p. 125) The hypnotic state is referred to as somnambulistic/amnesic by Dr. Cook, because the subject was unaware of the missing time and unknowing of his “other life,” the time he spent under hypnosis. Estabrooks promoted the use of hypnoprogrammed spies by both the military and police. He suggested that police agents could gather information from “the criminal class.” If allowed a free hand, the authorities could proceed to plant such prepared subjects… always with the idea of obtaining information which might, sooner or later, be of real use to the police. (Hypnotism, p. 191) During WWII, Estabrooks claimed to have created unwitting couriers. US soldiers were hypnotized and a second shell personality was created and given a detailed message. The soldier reported to his contact, was hypnotized again, and gave his secret message. The couriers were unaware of their mission and could not knowingly divulge its contents. Estabrooks stated that this and other mind control programs were operational during WWII. Estabrooks envisioned an elaborate infiltration operation of a foreign government, targeting key officials who could control events in that nation. Unknowing hypnotic subjects could be placed in key positions and could be controlled without their being aware. Assassins who were programmed to kill, would do so with no memory of the act or their motivation. This was
verified by an MKULTRA subproject that put two 19 year old girls under hypnosis, Convincing one of the girls that she was to wake her friend, and if she did not wake, to pick up a pistol and shoot her. The girl did exactly that and denied the deed when she was brought out of hypnosis. Estabrooks described in detail what it would take to program an unknowing subject. He estimated that ten hours of programming would be enough to accomplish his basic intention, but he recommended a ten month regimen for personalities that were to be highly split and specially trained.
He described a method for programming a double agent, whose unconscious mind would be loyal to his country, but whose conscious mind would be loyal to whatever country that was being infiltrated and reported on. In his normal waking state, which we will call Personality A, or PA, this individual will become a rabid communist. He will join the party, follow the party line and make himself as objectionable as possible to the US authorities. Then we develop Personality B (PB), the secondary personality, the unconscious personality…is rabidly American and anticommunist. It has all the information possessed by Personality A, the normal personality, whereas PA does not know about the shell personality B. “My super spy plays his role as a communist in the waking state, aggressively, consistently, fearlessly. But his PB is a loyal American, and PB has all the memories of PA. As a loyal American, he will not hesitate to divulge these memories.” (Ibid., p. 200)
Dr. Ewen Cameron
Dr. Ewen Cameron was president of the American and Canadian Psychiatric Associations. He ran the Allan Memorial Institute, which was founded in 1943 with funds from the Rockefeller Foundation.
Cameron studied the Nazi‘s at the Nuremberg trials and eventually became one of most influential and powerful psychiatrists in the world. Nazi Paperclip scientists made their way into the CIA and military sponsored mind control programs here in the United States and Canada. Some of these scientists according to Colonel L. Fletcher Prouty, were friends of Dr. Cameron. ―If you get a hold of a directory for the American Psychiatric Association in around 1956 or 1957, you‘ll be surprised to find that an enormous percentage of the individuals listed are foreign-born. Mostly they came out of Germany and Eastern Europe in a big wave. They were all called technical specialists‖, but really they were psychiatrists. They went into jobs at universities mostly, but many were working on these unconventional ―mind control programs for U.S. intelligence…these would go to people like Dr. Cameron in Canada.‖ (Constantine pg3)
Money for Cameron‘s operation came from the CIA funneled through Cornell‘s Society for the Investigation of Human Ecology. The systematic annihilation, or depatterning of a subjects mind and memory was accomplished with overdoses of LSD, barbiturate sleep for 65 days at a stretch and ECT shocks at 75 times the recommended dosage. Psychic driving, the repetition of a recorded message for 16-20 hours a day, programmed the empty mind. The Grid Room was where the patient was forcibly strapped to a chair, paralyzed with a dose of curare, head covered in electrodes and transducers. The subject‘s brain waves were beamed to a nearby reception room filled with radio receivers, voice analyzers, and recorders. Cameron‘s employee, Rubenstein was serious when he said that Dr. Cameron and himself would one day become the world‘s authorities on continuous radio telemetry of human activity. The lanky twenty-eight-year-old ex-Army signalman envisioned the time would come when ―there would be no secrets of the mind
that we cannot probe electrically.‖ All the psychiatrist had to do was ensure a continuous supply of patients and the wisecracking Cockney would create the electronic equipment that ―would enter the deepest corners of their minds.‖ Dr. Cameron had accepted the technician‘s claim without quibble. Cameron had finally given the go-ahead for part of the institute‘s basement to be turned into a radio telemetry laboratory. Rubenstein enthused that its purpose would be not only to measure behavioral activity of patients more closely, but would also provide the groundwork for a system that could be used to monitor human activity at a point remote from the subject under study. In other words, Rubenstein had added, ―we‘ll develop a system that will keep tabs on people without their knowing what we‘re getting from them.‖ Cameron and Rubenstein considered this telemetry lab the foundation of a sprawling psycho political Apparat ―that will keep tabs on people without their knowing‖. (Gordon Thomas)
The Canadian government settled a class action lawsuit by 250 former patients of Dr. Cameron, but no person or institution has ever been disciplined or punished for these activities. Linda McDonald was 25 years old in 1963 when Dr. Cameron treated her for mild post-partum depression. She received 102 ECT treatments, 80 days of drug induced sleep, and emerged completely depatterned…totally incontinent, unable to state her name, recognize her husband and children. She had to relearn how drive, cook, read, and use a toilet. Eventually, unlike many patients of Cameron, she made a complete recovery, but still has no memory of the first 25 years of her life. Cameron was the premier psychiatrist of the 20th Century and having studied Nazi scientists at the Nuremberg trials, replicated many of their methods and sought their assistance in the race to control the human mind. Cameron‘s mind control experiments were one program out of many programs run by the CIA, Navy, Air Force, Army and others. (Kieth pg 91)
MKULTRA-1960’s, 1970’s: Richard Helms was picked by CIA director John McCone to run the dirty tricks department after the Bay of Pigs. Helms became DCI in 1966, destroying the archive on MKULTRA when he left in 1972. Helms was a product of the eastern establishment, his grandfather was president of the Federal Reserve and had interviewed Hitler as a UP reporter. Helms, in the tradition of Gottlieb, was a Machiavellian character that used Paperclip scientists, and would stop at nothing to win. He advocated low intensity warfare transmitting strategic subliminal messages to the brains of enemy populations. He advocated the use of high frequencies to affect memory and the unconscious mind. In a 1964 memo to the Warren Commission he mentions ―biological radio communication‖: ―Cybernetics can be used in molding of a child‘s character, the inculcation of knowledge and techniques, the amassing of experience, the establishment of social behavior patterns…all functions which can be summarized as control of the growth processes of the individual.‖ (Begich)
Dr. Stephen Aldrich
Dr. Stephen Aldrich took control of the Office of Research and Development (ORD) in 1962 from Gottlieb. Aldrich started Operation Often, an investigation into the occult with the help of Houston sorceress Sybil Leek. CIA behaviorists carefully studied every aspect of the occult underground. In 1972 the Scientific Engineering Institute (SEI) sponsored a course at the University of South Carolina in rituals of demonology and
voodoo. SEI was a CIA cut out that had been set up in 1956 to study radar. In 1962 SEI set up a lab to study the effects of electrodes deep in the brain. Aldrich focused on remote brain manipulation and the occult, the thread that runs through SEI. In 1963 a CIA manual focused on Radio-Hypnotic Intracerebral Control (RHIC) that was developed by the Pentagon. ―When a part of your brain receives a tiny electrical impulse from outside sources, such as vision, hearing, etc., an emotion is produced-anger at the sight of a gang of boys beating an old woman, for example. The same emotions of anger can be created by artificial radio signals sent to your brain by a controller. You could instantly feel the same white hot anger without any apparent reason.‖ The term Electronic Dissolution of Memory (EDOM) refers to the ability to erase memory at a distance. Dr. Jose Delgado announced on May 6, 1965 at a closed lecture at the American Museum of Natural History ―science has developed a new electrical methodology for the study and control of cerebral function in animals and humans.‖
In 1965 it was discovered that the US embassy in Moscow was being hit with electromagnetic radiation in the microwave spectrum, but the fact was kept secret from the embassy employees. Ambassador Stoessel contracted a blood disease, bleeding eyes, nausea, and eventually lymphoma. He and other employees eventually died as a result of the microwave attack. Henry Kissinger sent a secret memo giving hazard pay to embassy personnel in the 70‘s after the secret was exposed in a Jack Anderson column. It is possible that the US government used the embassy staff as microwave guinea pigs. The DOD‘s Advanced Research Projects Agency (ARPA) set up a lab at Walter Reed Army Institute of Research and participated in Project Pandora. Scientists began by zapping monkeys to study the biological effects of highly concentrated microwave frequencies. (Constantine pg9) Similar studies were conducted at the V.A. hospital in Kansas City, Univ. of Rochester, Brooks Air Force Base in Texas, Johns Hopkins, MIT, the Mitre corp., Univ. of Pennsylvania, and many other domestic and foreign research labs. The CIA began experimenting with other forms of directed energy in the EM spectrum. Dr. Jose Delgado experimented on four human subjects using radio waves, reporting they experienced different emotions, sensations, and ―colored visions‖. Delgado stated that these weapons were ―more dangerous than atomic destruction.‖ With knowledge of the brain, he said, ―We may transform, we may shape, direct, robotize man. I think the great danger of the future is…that we will have robotized human beings who are not aware they have been robotized.‖ Delgado was in fact responsible for the development of a brain transponder that was used to robotize human subjects.
Dr. Jose Delgado:
Delgado came to Yale University in 1950 and received CIA funds through the Office of Naval Intelligence. He perfected the stimoceiver, an electronic brain implant used to transmit electrical impulses directly to the brain, one version of which uses a radio signal to remotely deliver electrical stimulation of the brain. In one experiment Delgado remotely stimulates the brain of a normal eleven year old boy who becomes confused about his sexual identity, and proceeds to tell Dr. Delgado he wants to marry him. In 1975 Delgado published ―Two way Communication with the Brain‖ that explained his success at linking the implants directly to computers with the ―ability to perform
simultaneous recording and stimulation of brain functions, thereby permitting the establishment of feedbacks and on-demand programs of excitation with the aid of the computer‖. This allowed ―Long-term EEG in unrestrained patients‖, ―provide information directly to the brain, circumventing normal sensory receptors‖, ―Communication from the brain to computer and back to the brain‖, ―Clinical applications to humans of on-demand programs of stimulation, triggered by predetermined electrical pattern‖. (Kieth pg100)
By the 1980‘s Delgado emphasized changing brainwave patterns and physiology through electromagnetic broadcasting that could be utilized at up to three kilometers. In an interview he stated ―This new knowledge is so important that I think is should radically change the philosophy of our education system, which believes in the sanctity of individuals, thinking that an individual exists at birth. This belief is not true… and this science is going to prove the fallacy of democracy in the sense that we talk about the rights of the individual; this democratic belief is not true‖. ―Looking into the future, it may be predicted that telerecording and telestimulation of the brain will be widely used‖. (Kieth pg 101)
Dr. Louis Jolyon “Jolly” West
Air Force Major Louis Jolyon ―Jolly‖ West joined MKULTRA early, concentrating on LSD studies, the most famous of which was a lethal LSD overdose injected into an elephant named Tusko. West lived in Haight-Ashbury in 1967, ostensibly to study the hippie in his native habitat. West was in charge of the Dept. of Psychiatry at UCLA, and director of the Neuro-Psychiatric Institute until his death in 1999.
From 1948 until 1956 he was Chief, Psychiatry Service, 3700th USAF Hospital, Lackland AFB in San Antonio, Texas…not far from Brooks AFB, which houses the Albertus Strughold Library. In 1973 West proposed to then Governor Reagan the creation of a ―Center for the Study and Reduction of Violence‖. Abandoned missile bases were to be the location for ―programs for the alteration of undesirable behavior‖. West identified the factors of violent behavior as ―sex (male), age (youth), ethnicity (black), and urbanicity‖. West planned for the California State Police to share a database that would keep track of ―pre-delinquent‖ children in order to treat them before they became delinquents. One critic at UCLA said, ―They‘re employing the psychiatric armamentarium and a new technological tool set-what has come to be known as psycho-technology. Under the guise of therapeutic behavior modification they‘re applying anything from (the terror drug) Anectine and other aversive drugs to psychosurgery‖. West examined Jack Ruby after the Kennedy assassination and pronounced him mentally ill despite Ruby‘s claims of a conspiracy. Dr. West was the chief medical officer involved in remote viewing projects such as Project Grill Flame. Late in life West became associated with the Cult Awareness Network, which was founded by a former aide to Reagan.
MKULTRA VICTIM TESTIMONY: Presidents Advisory Committee on Human Radiation Experiments March, 1995
MS. WOLF: Okay. I’m going to start. My name is Valerie Wolf.
In listening to the testimony today, it all sounds
really familiar. I am here to talk about a possible link between
radiation and mind-control experimentation that began in the late
The main reason that mind-control research is being
mentioned is because people are alleging that they were exposed
as children to mind-control radiation drugs and chemical
experimentation, which were administered by the same doctors who
are known to have been involved in conducting both radiation and
Written documentation has been provided revealing the
names of people and the names of research projects in statements
from people across the country.
It is also important to understand that mind-control
techniques and follow-ups into adulthood may have been used to
intimidate these particular research subjects into not talking
about their victimization in government research.
As a therapist for the past 22 years, I have
specialized in treating victims and perpetrators of trauma and
their families. When word got out that I was appearing at this
hearing, nearly 40 therapists across the country, and I had about
a week and a half to prepare, contacted me to talk about clients
who had reported being subjects in radiation and mind-control
The consistency of people’s stories about the purpose
of the mind-control and pain-induction techniques, such as
electric shock, use of hallucinogens, sensory deprivation,
hypnosis, dislocation of limbs and sexual abuse, is remarkable.
There is almost nothing published on this aspect of
mind-control used with children, and these clients come from all
over the country, having had no contact with each other.
What was startling was that therapists reported many
of these clients were also physically ill with auto-immune
problems, thyroid problems, multiple sclerosis, and other muscle
and connective tissue diseases as well as mysterious ailments for
which a diagnosis cannot be found.
While somatization disorder is commonly found in these
clients, many of the clients who have been involved in the human
experimentation with the government have multiple medically-
documented physical ailments, and I was really shocked today to
hear one of the speakers talk about the cysts and the teeth
breaking off, because I have a client that that’s happening to.
Many people are afraid to tell their doctors their
histories as mind-control subjects for fear of being considered
to be crazy. These clients have named some of the same people,
particularly a Dr. Green, who was associated with clients’
reports of childhood induction of pain, mind-control techniques,
and childhood sexual abuse.
One of my clients, who had seen him with a name tag,
identified him as Dr. L. Wilson Green. A person with this same
name was the scientific director of the Chemical and Radiological
Laboratories at the Army Chemical Center, and that he was engaged
in doing research for the Army and other intelligence agencies.
Other names that have come to light are Dr. Sidney
Gottlieb and Dr. Martin Orne, who, it is reported, were also
involved in radiation research.
[REPEAT: “…WERE ALSO INVOLVED IN RADIATION RESEARCH”]
It needs to be made clear that people have remembered
these names and events spontaneously with free recall and without
the use of any memory-retrievable techniques, such as hypnosis.
As much as possible, we have tried to verify the memories with
family members, records and experts in the field.
Many attempts have been made through Freedom of
Information Act filings to gain access to the mind-control
research documentation. These requests have generally been
slowed down or denied, although some information has been
obtained, which suggests that at least some of the information
supplied by these clients is true.
It is important that we obtain all of the information
contained in the CIA and military files to verify or deny our
clients’ memories. Although many of the files for MK Ultra may
have been destroyed, whatever is left, along with the files for
other projects, such as Bluebird and Artichoke, to name only two,
contain valuable information.
Furthermore, if, as the evidence suggests, some of
these people were used in radiation experiments, there might be
information in the mind-control experiment file on radiation
We need this information to help in the rehabilitation
and treatment of many people who have severe psychological and
medical problems which interfere with their social, emotional and
Finally, I urge you to recommend an investigation into
these matters. Although there was a commission on mind-control,
it did not include experiments on children because most of them
were too young or still involved in the research in the late
1970s to come forward.
The only way to end the harassment and suffering of
these people is to make public what has happened to them in the
mind-control experiments. Please recommend that there be an
investigation and that the files be opened on the mind-control
experiments as they related to children.
The following is MKULTRA victim testimony by Claudia Mullen about mind control given to the Presidential Advisory Committee on Human Radiation Experiments March 15, 1995.
Good afternoon. Between the years 1957 and 1984 I became a pawn in the government’s game. Its ultimate goal was mind control and to create the perfect spy, all through the use of chemicals, radiation, drugs, hypnosis, electric shock, isolation in tubs of water, sleep deprivation, brainwashing, verbal, physical, emotional and sexual abuse. I was exploited unwittingly for nearly three decades of my life and the only explanations given to me were “that the end justifies the means” and “I was serving my country in their bold effort to fight communism”. I can only summarize my circumstances by saying they took an already abused seven year old child and compounded my suffering beyond belief. The saddest part is, I know for a fact I was not alone. There were countless other children in my same situation and there was no one to help us until now. I have already submitted as much information as possible including conversations overheard at the agencies responsible. I am able to report all of this to you in such detail because of my photographic memory and the arrogance of the people involved. They were certain they would always control my mind. Although the process of recalling these atrocities is not an easy one, nor is it without some danger to myself and my family, I feel the risk is worth taking. Dr. L. Wilson Greene received $50 million dollars from the Edgewood Chemical and Radiology Laboratory as part of the TSD, or Technical Science Division of the CIA, once described to Dr. Charles Brown that “children were used as subjects because they were more fun to work with and cheaper too. They needed lower profile subjects than soldiers and government people so only young willing females would do. Besides,” he said, “I like scaring them. They in the Agency think I am a God, creating subjects in experiments for whatever deviant purposes Sid and James could think up” (Sid being Dr. Sidney Gottlieb; James is Dr. James Hamilton). In 1958 they told me I was
to be tested by some important doctors from the Society, or the Human Ecology Society and I was instructed to cooperate. I was told not to look at anyone’s faces, and to try hard to ignore any names because this was a very secret project. I was told all these things to help me forget. Naturally, as most children do, I did the opposite and remembered as much as I could. A Dr. John Gittinger tested me, Dr. Cameron gave me the shock, and Dr. Greene the x-rays. Then I was told by Sid Gottlieb that “I was ripe for the big A” meaning ARTICHOKE. By the time I left to go home, just like every time from then on, I would remember only whatever explanations Dr. Robert G. Heath, of Tulane Medical University, gave me for the odd bruises, needle marks, burns on my head, fingers, and even the genital soreness. I had no reason to think otherwise. They had already begun to control my mind. The next year I was sent to a lodge in Maryland called Deep Creek Cabins to learn how to sexually please men. I was taught how to coerce them into talking about themselves. It was Richard Helms, who was Deputy Director of the CIA, Dr. Gottlieb, Capt. George White, Morris Allan who all planned on filling as many high government agency officials and heads of academic institutions and foundations as possible so that later when the funding for mind control and radiation started to dwindle, projects would continue. I was used to entrap many unwitting men including themselves, all with the use of a hidden camera. I was only nine years old when the sexual humiliation began. I overheard conversations about part of the Agency called ORD which I found out was Office of Research and Development. It was run by Dr. Greene, Dr. Steven Aldrich, Martin Orne and Morris Allan. Once a crude remark was made by Dr. Gottlieb about a certain possible leak in New Orleans involving a large group of retarded children who had been given massive doses of radiation. He asked why was Wilson so worried about a few retarded kids, after all they would be the least likely to spill the beans. Another time I heard Dr. Martin Orne, who was the director then of the Scientific Office and later head of the Institute for Experimental Research state that “in order to keep more funding coming from different sources for radiation and mind control projects”, he suggested stepping up the amounts of stressors used and also the blackmail portions of the experiments. He said, “it needed to be done faster, then to get rid of the subjects or they were asking for us to come back later and haunt them with our remembrances.” There is much more I could tell you about government sponsored research including project names, sub project numbers, people involved, facilities used, tests, and other forms of pain induction, but I think I have given more than enough information to recommend further investigation of all the mind control projects, especially as they involved so much of the use of the radiation. I would love nothing more than to say that I dreamed this all up and need to just forget it. But that would be a tragic mistake. It would also be a lie. All these atrocities did occur to me and to countless other children, and all under the guise of defending our country. It is because of the cumulative effects of exposure to radiation, chemicals, drugs, pain, subsequent mental and physical distress that I have been robbed of the ability to work and even to bear children of my own. It is blatantly obvious that none of this was needed, nor should ever have been allowed to take place at all, and the only means we have to seek out the awful truth and bring it to light is by opening whatever files remain on all the projects, and through another Presidential Commission on Mind Control. I believe that every citizen of this nation has the right to know what is fact, and what is fiction. It is our greatest
protection against this ever happening again. In conclusion, I can offer you no more than what I have given you today — the truth. And I thank you for your time.
MS. DeNicola: Good afternoon. I’m Christine DeNicola,
born July 1962, rendering me 32 years of age.
I was a subject in radiation as well as mind-control and drug
experiments performed by a man I knew as Dr. Green.
My parents were divorced around 1966, and Donald
Richard Ebner, my natural father, was involved with Dr. Green in
the experiments. I was a subject from 1966 to 1976. Dr. Green
performed radiation experiments on me in 1970, focusing on my
neck, throat and chest in 1972, focusing on my chest and my
uterus in 1975.
Each time I became dizzy, nauseous and threw up. All
these experiments were performed on me in conjunction with mind-
control techniques and drugs in Tucson, Arizona.
Dr. Green was using me mostly as a mind-control subject
from 1966 to 1973. His objective was to gain control of my mind
and train me to be a spy assassin. The first significant memory
took place at Kansas City University in 1966. Don Ebner took me
there by plane when my mom was out of town. I was in what looked
like a laboratory, and there seemed to be other children. I was
strapped down, naked, spread-eagle on a table, on my back.
Dr. Green had electrodes on my body, including my head.
He used what looked like an overhead projector and repeatedly
said he was burning different images into my brain while a red
light flashed aimed at my forehead.
In between each sequence, he used electric shock on my
body and told me to go deeper and deeper, while repeating each
image would go deeper into my brain, and I would do whatever he
told me to do.
I felt drugged because he had given me a shot before he
started the procedure. When it was over, he gave me another
shot. The next thing I remember, I was with my grandparents
again in Tucson, Arizona. I was four years old.
You can see from this experiment that Dr. Green used
trauma, drugs, post-hypnotic suggestion and more trauma in an
effort to gain total control of my mind. He used me in radiation
experiments, both for the purposes of determining the effects of
radiation on various parts of my body and to terrorize me as an
additional trauma in the mind-control experiments.
The rest of the experiments took place in Tucson,
Arizona, out in the desert. I was taught how to pick locks, be
secretive, use my photographic memory, and a technique to
withhold information by repeating numbers to myself.
Dr. Green moved on to wanting me to kill dolls that
looked like real children. I stabbed a doll with a spear once
after being severely traumatized, but the next time, I refused.
He used many pain-induction techniques, but as I got older, I
resisted more and more.
He often tied me down in a cage, which was near his
office. Between 1972 and 1976, he and his assistants were
sometimes careless and left the cage unlocked. Whenever
physically possible, I snuck into his office and found files with
reports and memos addressed to CIA and military personnel.
Included in these files were project, sub-project,
subject and experiment names with some code numbers for radiation
and mind-control experiments, which I have submitted in your
I was caught twice, and Dr. Green ruthlessly used
electric shock, drugs, spun me on a table, put shots in my
stomach and my back, dislocated my joints, and hypnotic
techniques to make me feel crazy and suicidal.
Because of my rebellion and growing lack of
cooperation, they gave up on me as a spy assassin. Consequently,
the last two years, 1974 to 1976, Dr. Green used various mind-
control techniques to reverse the spy assassin messages, to self-
destruct and death messages.
His purpose. He wanted me dead, and I have struggled
to stay alive all of my adult life, all of my adult life. I
believe it is by the grace of God that I am still alive.
These horrible experiments have profoundly affected my
life. I developed multiple personality disorder because Dr.
Green’s goal was to split my mind into as many parts as possible
so he could control me totally. He failed. But I’ve had to
endure years of constant physical, mental and emotional pain even
to this day.
I’ve been in therapy consistently for 12 years, and it
wasn’t until I found my current therapist two and a half years
ago, who had knowledge of the mind-control experiments, that I
finally have been able to make real progress and begin to heal.
In closing, I ask that you keep in mind that the
memories I have described are but a glimpse of the countless
others that took place over the 10 years between 1966 and 1976,
that they weren’t just radiation but mind-control and drug
experiments as well.
I have included more detailed information of what I
remember in your written documentation. Please help us by
recommending an investigation and making the information
available so that therapists and other mental health
professionals can help more people like myself.
I know I can get better. I am getting better, and I
know others can, too, with the proper help. Please help us in an
effort to prevent these heinous acts from continuing in the
Thank you very much.
Dr. Corydon Hammond spoke to fellow psychology professors at the Fourth Annual Eastern regional Conference on Abuse and Multiple Personality in Alexandria, Virginia on June, 25, 1992. The title of the lecture was ―Hypnosis in Multiple Personality Disorder (MPD): Ritual Abuse‖. Hammond says he interviewed other psychologists and psychiatrists who were encountering the same types of cases, ―without leading or contaminating‖. Hammond states that as many as two-thirds of the ritual abuse cases had been subjected to a highly developed and uniform technology of mind control. Often these will be persons programmed by their parents who are involved in cultic practice such as Satanism, or in intelligence agency programs. Hammond believes there are several levels of programming that can be accessed by letters in the Greek alphabet.
The first level, ALPHA, is generalized mind control, base level programming characterized by augmented memory and the splitting of the mind into left and right brain divisions.
BETA is apparently programming of sexuality and the destruction of moral inhibitions.
GAMMA is a level providing mind control system protection involving deception and misdirection.
DELTA is the assassination programming level, and includes killers trained to perform ritual sacrifice.
THETA is termed the ―psychic killer‖ level
OMEGA is the level of programming dictating self-destruction, and is intended to cause the subject to commit suicide when they are interrogated or begin therapy.
It is difficult to substantiate that a vast mind control underground exists, but the reports of people who believe that they have been victims of mind control coincide with Dr. Hammond‘s information. (Dr. Colin Ross)
FIVE: Non-lethal Weapons
The concept of non-lethal weapons is not new; the term appears in heavily censored CIA documents dating from the 1960s. But research and development in non-lethal technologies has received new impetus as post-Cold War Pentagon planning has shifted its focus to regional conflicts, insurgencies, and peacekeeping. The proponents concede that non-lethal weapons are not necessarily non-lethal, they are still called that because the term is politically attractive. Various names were considered and are still sometimes used: soft kill, mission kill, less-than-lethal weapons, non-injurious incapacitation, disabling measures, strategic immobility. “Having been through a number of names, I can say that nothing has had the impact of ‘non-lethal,'” avers Alexander. The growing prominence of the non-lethal program tends to validate this strategy. Rebelling against the program’s marketing spin, analysts across the political spectrum have rejected the assertion that non-lethal weapons represent a new development in war fighting–or even a fruitful area for investment. Alexander writes, “Major political benefit can be accrued by being the first nation to announce a policy advocating projection of force in a manner that does not result in killing people,” “Non-lethal weapons disable or destroy without causing significant injury or damage,” asserted Undersecretary of Defense Paul Wolfowitz in a March 1991 memorandum. This is an important misconception. Nevertheless, Wolfowitz wrote, “A U.S. lead in non-lethal technologies will increase our options and reinforce our position in the post-Cold War world.” Dozens of non-lethal weapons have been proposed or developed, mostly in laboratory-scale models. They encompass a broad range of technologies, including chemical, biological kinetic, electromagnetic, and acoustic weapons, as well as informational techniques such as computer viruses. The hazards of unaccountable government, from secret wars to secret radiation experiments, are well known. And yet the system continues. The Clinton administration has made progress toward reforming it, but measurable results still have not materialized. The nominal justification for secrecy in non-lethal weapons is that developing them on a totally unclassified basis would enable potential adversaries to duplicate the effort or develop countermeasures. This is a valid concern that is exploited beyond all justification to the point of concealing the budgets and even the very existence of many programs. (Steven Aftergood) Federation of American Scientists
For hundreds of years, sci-fi writers have imagined weapons that might use energy waves or pulses to knock out, knock down, or otherwise disable enemies–without necessarily killing them. And for a good 40 years the U.S. military has quietly been pursuing weapons of this sort. Much of this work is still secret, but now that the cold war has ended and the United States is engaged in more humanitarian and peacekeeping missions, the search for weapons that could incapacitate people without inflicting lethal injuries has intensified. Police, too, are keenly interested. Scores of new contracts have been issued,
and scientists, aided by government research on the “bioeffects” of beamed energy, are searching the electromagnetic and sonic spectrums for wavelengths that can affect human behavior. Weapons already exist that use lasers, which can temporarily or permanently blind enemy soldiers. So-called acoustic or sonic weapons, like the ones in the aforementioned lab, can vibrate the insides of humans to stun them, nauseate them, or even “liquefy their bowels and reduce them to quivering diarrheic messes,” according to a Pentagon briefing. Prototypes of such weapons were recently considered for tryout when U.S. troops intervened in Somalia. Other, stranger effects also have been explored, such as using electromagnetic waves to put human targets to sleep or to heat them up, on the microwave-oven principle. Scientists are also trying to make a sonic cannon that throws a shock wave with enough force to knock down a man. While this and similar weapons may seem far-fetched, scientists say they are natural successors to projects already underway–beams that disable the electronic systems of aircraft, computers, or missiles, for instance. “Once you are into these anti-materiel weapons, it is a short jump to antipersonnel weapons,” says Louis Slesin, editor of the trade journal Microwave News. That’s because the human body is essentially an electrochemical system, and devices that disrupt the electrical impulses of the nervous system can affect behavior and body functions. But these programs–particularly those involving antipersonnel research–are so well guarded that details are scarce. “People [in the military] go silent on this issue,” says Slesin, “more than any other issue. People just do not want to talk about this.
Greenham Common Women’s Peace Camp: first use of EM weapons en masse…
Women peace campers at Greenham Common, England, claimed that they were attacked by US electronic weapons from within the US airbase there. Scientists from Electronics Today measured some form of electromagnetic wave that was responsible for illnesses they suffered. A team of doctors from the Medical Campaign Against Nuclear Weapons compiled a report on the condition of the women affected. The women first noticed a pattern of illnesses emerging in 1984. Women at different points around the camp appeared to have experienced similar symptoms at the same time, even when they were not in contact with one another. Large numbers of women complained of sudden feelings of extreme tiredness shortly before major events, such as the departure of a cruise missile convoy. Readings taken with a wide range signal strength meter showed marked increases in the background signal level near one of the women’s camps at a time when they claimed to be experiencing ill effects, including vertigo, retinal bleeding, burnt face (even at night), nausea, sleep disturbances, palpitations, loss of concentration, loss of memory, disorientation, severe headaches, temporary paralysis, faulty speech co-ordination, irritability and a sense of panic in non-panic situations, and in one case, a circulatory failure that required emergency treatment. Many of these symptoms have been associated in medical literature with exposure to microwaves and especially through low intensity or non-thermal exposures. The signal levels measured were well above normal background levels but still within official safety limits. However, there is evidence from a number of sources that low levels of electromagnetic radiation can have harmful effects especially where exposure takes place over a long period of time. These effects have been reviewed by Dr. Robert Becker, twice nominated for the Nobel Prize, and a specialist in EM effects. His report confirms that the symptoms mirror those he would expect to see had microwave weapons been deployed. British Defense officials
have denied that any form of electronic signal is being used against the protesters. (Electronics Today) (Guyatt)
The DOD uses the DOJ to develop “non-lethal” weapons in secret. Many of these devices are in violation of international treaties. By classifying these weapons as “crowd control” devices and funding them through the DOJ, the DOD avoids oversight.
During the Nixon administration psychiatric and police organizations merged their efforts, particularly the DOJ and NIMH. The DOJ, through the Law Enforcement Assistance Administration (LEAA), was also planning the creation of a national police force, and urban warfare preparation that went by the names Operation Cable Splicer and Operation Garden Plot. The government publication, ―Individual Rights and the Federal Role in Behavior Modification‖, revealed that the DOJ, DOL, V.A., DOD, and NSF were engaged in various aspects of behavior modification without effective oversight or review. Under interrogation the head of the LEAA announced that funding would be cut, but instead it proceeded to fund behavior modification. One such project at Atmore State Prison conducted over 50 psychosurgical operations, which according to Dr Swan of Fisk University, were lobotomies performed on black political activists.
In 1977 a Senate hearing into CIA drug experimentation drove existing programs underground. To secure the survival of their projects, networks, and funding, the mind control fraternity were forced to largely abandon scientific and military laboratories to seek deeper cover. Congressional scrutiny forced them to hide their activities by performing experiments on the powerless and voiceless human beings incarcerated in prison and psychiatric systems, or in the inner city by starting or manipulating cults and using them as cover for their operations. Mind control operations were hidden in undocumented ―black projects‖ and intelligence agency ―cut-outs‖ of all types, including criminal enterprises that provided cover and deniability for the perpetrators in government and heads of intelligence agencies.
Cyclotronic resonance is the ability of very low strength electromagnetic fields to produce significant biological effects by spinning or rotating particles within living cells. One military application described in The Final Report on Biotechnology Research Requirements For Aeronautical Systems Through the Year 2000, Vol. I, Southwest research Institute, San Antonio, Texas, 1982, is the introduction of a small amount of chemical or biological weapon to enemy soldiers or populations. By using a harmonizing or resonance frequency of a poison existing in minute or undetectable concentrations, lethal effects can be achieved. The US Naval Medical Research Center used the technique of cyclotronic resonance on the lithium ion that occurs naturally in the brain to sedate the brain as if a large dose of lithium had been administered. By resonating naturally occurring chemicals, you amplify their potency, creating the same chemical changes as would have occurred with a massive dose of the chemical. These weapons change the porosity of the blood brain barrier, allowing these lethal substances to go
where they normally would be excluded. These experiments are ongoing using the DOJ to fund these programs as ―crowd control‖ to avoid being caught in violations of international treaties against the use of biological and chemical weapons. (Begich pg 134)
In 1993 the National Institute of Justice, (DOJ) ―NIJ Initiative on Less-Than-Lethal Weapons,‖ recommending that state and local police departments in America utilize psychotronic, electromagnetic and other mind control weapons against American citizens involved in ―domestic disturbances‖, an open ended term that could include family arguments. The report said, ―Short term research will be completed to adopt military technology to use by domestic law enforcement…including laser, microwave, and electromagnetic weapons.‖ The Washington Post reported, ―The Pentagon and the DOJ have agreed to share state-of-the-art military technology with civilian law enforcement agencies, including exotic ―non-lethal‖ weapons.‖ This new approach to law enforcement was showcased in a three-day secret conference on non-lethal weaponry at the Applied Physics Laboratory at Johns Hopkins University in Maryland. The conference head was Col. John B. Alexander, Program Manager for Non-Lethal (psychotronic) Defense, Los Alamos National Laboratory. Attending the meeting was Attorney General Janet Reno, military weapons specialists, and representatives from state and local police departments. Subjects included, ―radio frequency weapons, high powered microwave technology, acoustic technology, voice synthesis, and application of extreme frequency electromagnetic fields to non-lethal weapons.‖ (Kieth 187)
Classified weapons are being passed to domestic law enforcement agencies, as shown by the 1995 ONDCP (Office of National Drug Control Policy) International Technology Symposium, “Counter-Drug Law Enforcement: Applied Technology for Improved Operational Effectiveness,” which outlined the “Transition of advanced military technologies to the civil law enforcement environment.” There are some observers who fear that the burgeoning narcotics industry is an ideal “cover” in which to “transit” Non Lethal Technologies to domestic political tasks. Whether this is merely a misplaced “Orwellian” fear remains to be seen. However, organized crime is so globally “organized” that experts now believe it is impossible to eradicate or even effectively combat.
The following is eyewitness testimony from Iraq describing the aftermath of the United States use of experimental directed energy weapons.
From the movie Star Wars in Iraq (Guerre stellari in Iraq, di Maurizio Torrealta e Sigfrido Ranucci).
This testimony was reported to American filmmaker Patrick Dillon a few weeks after the battle for the airport (April 2003). The person interviewed, Majid al Ghezali, is a well-known and respected man in Baghdad, who is the first violinist in the city orchestra. In addition to describing the battle, Majid al Ghezali wanted to show Patrick Dillon the site near the airport where this mysterious weapon was used, along with the traces of fused metal still visible, and the irregularly sized ditches where the cadavers were buried before they were exhumed. We sought out Majid al Ghezali to hear more details of his story. We met up with him in Amman and he pointed out some inexplicable peculiarities on the bodies of the victims of
the battle for the airport.
Majid Al Ghezali : They used incredible weapons
Experimental weapons? Majid Al Ghezali : Yes… Yes, I think. They shoot the bus. We saw the bus like a cloth, like a wet cloth. It seemed like a Volkswagen, a big bus like a Volkswagen. Majid Al Ghezali: Just the head was burnt. In the other parts of the body there wasn‘t anything. Al Ghezali reported that he had seen three passengers in a car, all dead, with their faces and teeth burnt, their clothes intact, and no sign of projectiles. Majid Al Ghezali :There wasn‘t any bullet. I saw their teeth, just the teeth, and they had no eyes, all of them, there was nothing on their bodies. There were other inexplicable aspects: the terrain where the battle took place was dug up by the American military and replaced with other fresh earth; the bodies that were not hit by projectiles had shrunk to just slightly more than one meter in height. Majid Al Ghezali ;Except the ones killed by the bullets, most of them became very small. I mean… like that… Something like that. When we asked Majid what weapon he imagined had been used, he said that he had reached the conclusion that it must have been a laser weapon. Majid Al Ghezali :One year later we heard that they used an update technology, a unique one, like lasers. We found another disturbing document on the use of mysterious weapons in Iraq, which referred to episodes that took place almost at the same time as those described by Majid al Ghezali. Saad al Falluji :They were 26 in the bus. About 20 of them had no head, the head had been cut, some of them had no arms or no legs. The only unwounded was the driver and really I don‘t know how he reach our hospital, because one arm was on his side, one head just beside him. It was a very strange and horrible situation. In the roof of the car there were parts of the body: intestines, brains, all parts of the body. It was a very very very miserable situation. Geert Van Moorter (medical doctor working in Iraq during and after the war, as a volunteer for the belgiam NGO Medical Aid for the Third World): Do you have idea with what kind of weapon the attacked the bus?
Saad al Falluji: We don‘t know with what kind of weapon they hit this bus. Doctor n°2 : It seems to be a new weapon Saad al Falluji: Yes, a new weapon Doctor n°2: They are trying to do experiments on our civilians. Nobody could identify the type of this weapon. We went to Belgium to find the filmmaker of this sequence, Geert Van Moorter, a doctor working as a volunteer in Iraq. Geert Van Moorter : This footage is taken at the General Teaching Hospital in Hilla, which is about 100 Km from Baghdad, and close to the historical site of Babylon. There I talked with the colleague doctor Saad al Falluji, which is the chief surgeon in that hospital. Doctor al Falluji said me that the survivors that he operated said him that they did not hear any noise, so there was no explosion to hear, no metal fragments or shrapnels or bullets in their bodies, so they themselves were thinking of some strange kind of weapon which they did not know. Let‘s hear Dr. Saad el Falluji‘s story about this in more detail. Saad al Falluji : This bus was very crowded, they were going from Hilla to Kifil, to find their families, but before they had arrived at the American checkpoint the villagers said to them “return back, return back”. When the bus tried to return back it was shot by the checkpoint. Geert Van Moorter : No gunshot wounds? Saad al Falluji : No, no, I don‘t know what it was. We are here 10 surgeons and we couldn‘t decide which was the weapon that hit this car. Geert Van Moorter : But inside the bodies you did not discover ordinary bullets? Saad al Falluji : We didn‘t find bullets, but most of the passengers were dead, so they took them immediately to the refrigerator and we couldn‘t dissect and see, but in those who were alive we didn‘t find any kind of bullet. We didn‘t find bullets in their bodies. Doctor n°2 : Something cutting organs, cutting limbs, attacking the abdomen, attacking the neck and goes out. Dr. Falluji also ended up speaking about a laser weapon…. Saad al Falluji : I don‘t think that the bombing, or the cluster bombs, or the laser weapons can bring democracy to our country.
As in any war, the war in Iraq, left us a dreadful gallery of horror – images of mutilations that not even doctors can explain. The witnesses referred to laser weapons, arms with mysterious effects. We do not know what kind of weapons could produce such terrible effects. We tried to learn more about it, by asking for interviews to members of companies manufacturing laser and microwave weapons. Yet, the US Defense Department prevented any information from being released to us. They also did not answer – up to the time the film was edited – the questions we had sent them in order to know whether or not experimental weapons had been tested in Iraq and Afghanistan. We then reviewed the Pentagon‘s media conferences released before the II Gulf War. Willingness to test new weapons emerged from the words of both the Defense Secretary and General Meyers. The questions from the media on direct energy and microwave weapons produced a certain amount of embarrassment. American journalist : Mr. Secretary, can I ask you a question about some of the technology that you’re developing to fight the war on terrorists, specifically directed energy and high-powered microwave technology? Do you — when do you envision that you can weaponize that type of technology? Donald Rumsfeld : Goodness, it is in — for the most part, the kinds of things you’re talking about are in varying early stages. (To the general.) Do you want to — do you have anything you would add? General Myers : I don’t think I would add much. It’s — I think they are in early stages and probably not ready for employment at this point. Donald Rumsfeld: In the normal order of things, when you invest in research and development and begin a developmental project, you don’t have any intention or expectations that one would use it. On the other hand, the real world intervenes from time to time, and you reach in there and take something out that is still in a developmental stage, and you might use it. So the — your question’s not answerable. It is — depends on what happens in the future and how well things move along the track and whether or not someone feels it’s appropriate to reach into a development stage and see if something might be useful, as was the case with the unmanned aerial vehicles. American journalist : But you sound like you’re willing to experiment with it. General Myers : Yeah, I think that’s the point. And I think — and it’s — and we have, I think, from the beginning of this conflict — I think General Franks has been very open to looking at new things, if there are new things available, and has been willing to put them into the fight, even before they’ve been fully wrung out. And I think that’s — not referring to these particular cases of directed energy or high-powered microwaves, but sure. And we will continue to do that.
CIA CULTS: Intelligence agencies have infiltrated and created some satanic groups, with the resurgence of groups of this type beginning in 1966, with the birth of the Church of Satan, founded by Anton LaVey. LaVey studied criminology in S.F. and worked in the SFPD crime lab, he also worked as an informant for Interpol. Prior to the Church of Satan, LaVey ran a group called the Magic Circle. LaVey’s most famous associate is the NSA’s General Michael Aquino. At the time of his membership in LaVey’s group Aquino was an Army specialist in intelligence and psychological warfare. In 1973 he became the executive officer of the 306th Psychological Operations Battalion contemporary with his founding of the Church of Set. (Kieth pg 129)
General Michael Aquino wrote, “From PSYOP to MINDWAR: The Psychology of Victory”. Aquino’s thesis stated that enemy population could be subdued by inflicting a state of psychological terror and feelings of imminent destruction. He discusses the use of psychotronic weapons or electromagnetic weapons that influence the mind. Capitulation could be induced without firing a shot by extremely low frequency (ELF) signals piggybacked on broadcasts of radio, TV, or microwave communications, to influence and manipulate the thoughts and feelings of the target population. During the 60’s he was prominent in the Church of Satan and a close friend of Anton LaVey, until he started his own Church of Set. A police intelligence report dated July 1, 1981 reads, “The Church of Set is a group with hundreds of members that operates on a national level. Aquino is the official head of the organization and rules through a council of nine, who are in fact, his Lieutenants.” At least two members of the “council of nine” at that time were members of army intelligence. In the late 1980’s Aquino was accused by the San Francisco police dept. of being involved in a satanic child molestation ring centered on the day care at the Presidio military base where Aquino was stationed at the time. Probable victims were numbered at 68, many of whom had contracted venereal disease. Twenty-two families filed $66 million in claims against the army, claiming that criminal charges against Aquino were dropped due to pressure from the army. Aquino admitted to renting the German castle where the Nazi SS was formed and re-enacting the secret ceremony that founded the Nazi SS, among fellow spooks decked out in full Nazi regalia. General Aquino is now one of the highest-ranking officers in the NSA, along with General Black and General Hayden. (Kieth) It is important to note that Michael Aquino is first and foremost, a military intelligence officer with over forty years experience in counterinsurgency/infiltration operations. General Aquino, General Stubblebine, Col. John B. Alexander, Harold Puthoff, and others are involved in an infiltration/counterinsurgency operation aimed at destabilizing the Constitutional centers of power in the United States. These cults and other cause oriented groups have been started or infiltrated by Aquino and his associates in order to control large numbers of people. It should be noted that all of these cults are closed systems with their own belief systems that are insular and separate from the reality that most people take for granted. These individuals are used to engage in anti-social acts that members of the greater society would not contemplate, including satanic ritual abuse (SRA) programming and organized gang stalking. The following cults are linked to Aquino or his associates in the intelligence community.
The mass suicides at Jonestown of 850 people had similar threads, a cult with sinister connections. Jim Jones, who had connections to the CIA, set up his
Utopian experiment on the same land that the CIA had used to train mercenaries to fight in Angola. According to investigators, “the Jonestown experiment was conceived of by Dr. Lawrence Laird Layton, staffed by him, and financed by Layton.” The African-American cult had at its core a Caucasian inner-council, composed of Layton and his family. Layton was a chemist in the Manhattan Project and head of the Army’s chemical warfare research division in the 1950’s. The People’s Temple cult took over the Mendocino State Hospital as part of a government pilot project to evaluate the feasibility of de-institutionalizing mental patients. After a reduction in state funding most of the patients at Mendocino were released into the custody of the Peoples’ Temple. Congressman Leo Ryan was assassinated in his attempt to investigate the cult. The pathologist in Guyana reported 80-90% of the victim‘s bodies had fresh needle marks. Other victims had been shot or strangled. In 1981 survivors sued the former head of the CIA for “enhancing the economic and political powers of James Warren Jones” and of conducting “mind control and drug experimentation” on the Temple flock. (Kieth pg 121)
The Symbionese Liberation Army (SLA) kidnapped Patty Hearst in 1974 and went on a crime spree that terrorized California and discredited the anti-establishment counterculture. The group‘s leader, Donald DeFreeze, was a paid informant for the LAPD‘s Public Disorder Unit from 1967-69, then directed the Black Cultural Association at the Vacaville Medical Facility. Vacaville was a prison where behavior modification was performed, including electronic brain implanting and lobotomies. The Black Cultural Association was run by Colston Westbrook, a black CIA expert in psychological warfare who participated in Operation Phoenix assassination and mind control program in Vietnam. Westbrook‘s controller is alleged to have been the CIA‘s William Herrmann, the man who originated the idea of the violence center championed by Louis Jolyon West during Reagan‘s governorship of California. Patty Hearst was placed in a dark closet for 40 days, brought out only to be raped or tortured and traumatized, and then returned to the darkness. She was prosecuted for participating in various crimes and was later pardoned by President Carter. The debate at her trial revolved around the question of brainwashing and if such a thing really existed. The opinion that prevailed, (no, it does not exist) was put forth by psychiatrists who held themselves out as impartial, but were connected to the intelligence community.
The Manson family was associated with the Process Church, which according to the Utah Dept. of public Safety, moved to southern Utah and changed their name to The Foundation. In 1990 an internal memo authored by Church authority Glenn L. Pace, allegations were made of ritual abuse and human sacrifice. Pace writes, he has met with 60 victims of ritual abuse, but there are probably 2-3 times as many victims, 53 were female and 7 were male, 8 of which are children, all are members of the Mormon Church. Forty-five victims allege they witnessed or participated in human sacrifice. The majority were abused by relatives, all have developed psychological problems such as multiple personality disorder…”The memories come in layers…the first might be of incest”,
“Another layer might will be the memory of seeing people hurt or even killed. Then they remember having seen babies killed. Another layer is realizing that they participated in the sacrifices. One of the most painful memories may be that they even sacrificed their own baby”. “I have only seen those coming forth to get help. They are in their twenties and thirties for the most part. I can only assume that it is expanding geometrically and am horrified the numbers represented by the generation who are now children and teenagers”. Dr. Mengele found that trauma bonding and mind control worked best when the victim is forced to kill someone they love. Mengele usually accomplished this by having one twin kill another.
The Franklin Conspiracy refers to a sexual blackmail operation and savings and loan fraud that began in Omaha, Nebraska in the early 1980’s. Larry King, a 300 lb pedophile, operated a national child prostitution network that catered to wealthy patrons and Republican Party insiders. King was one of the fastest rising stars in the party, he sang the National Anthem at the Republican convention in 1984 and 1988. King and his associates defrauded Franklin Savings of ($40) million and used residents of Boy’s Town and other children to video tape powerful and influential men and women engaged in sex acts with minors. These blackmail operations took place during fund raising parties for the RNC, those involved stayed late for the “after party” that included drugs and sex with minors. (Franklin) The strategy of early MKULTRA was to use sexual blackmail operations that targeted political figures in order to insure continued funding from legislators. Victims who came forward testified that King and associates performed Satanic rituals and human sacrifices. Many of the children who came forward with their stories have since been murdered or imprisoned. The most prominent and vocal victim,Alisha Owens, has been held in solitary confinement longer than any other person in Nebraska history. King served 2 years for fraud and was promptly employed by his good friend, the editor of an Omaha newspaper.
The Unification Church of Reverend Sun Myung Moon had close connections to KCIA since its creation by the CIA. Four of Moon’s early leaders were army officers with KCIA credentials and Moon’s most influential aide, Bo Hi Pak, was liaison between CIA and KCIA, making numerous trips to the NSA at Fort Meade, Maryland. Moon’s church is fabulously rich and influential, with at least 600 front groups. It purchased the Washington Times newspaper for over a billion dollars.
The Children of God cult in Argentina has been involved in ritual abuse of children for decades, but has evaded conviction, despite voluminous undeniable evidence and victim testimony. David “Moses” Berg founded the church in the 1970’s, advocated using sex to entice new members into the church. Berg’s own children and former members have stated that they were forced into sex between the ages of 4-10 years with high-level church members. The victims also testified to a sexual blackmail and infiltration campaign aimed at some of the most powerful men in Europe, particularly “in the media, legal community, and government”. Powerful figures of political and financial support for the Family include Libyan president Muommar Kaddafi, Chilean dictator Augusto Pinochet, and King Juan Carlos of Spain. (Constantine pg147) The sect currently estimates its numbers at 300,000 converts in 60 countries. In 1992 the Family children’s choir sang in the White House for Barbara Bush to kick off a Christmas show in the East
Room. The sect also sang for George Bush Sr. after he toured the damage of Hurricane Andrew in south Florida.
McMatrin Preschool: In preparation for the McMartin Preschool child abuse trial, 389 toddlers were interviewed, nearly all of them described abuse at the preschool, and do to this day. Some 80% had physical symptoms, including blunt force trauma of sexual areas, scarring, rectal bleeding and sexual diseases. Paul and Shirley Eberle published the only two books available on the case (The Politics of Child Abuse, 1986) achieving national status as child abuse experts. In courts of law their work is frequently cited, they lecture widely to receptive audiences and have been speakers at a conference held by Victims of Child Abuse Laws (VOCAL). These two individuals ran an underground tabloid (Finger, 1970’s)) which delved heavily into sadomasochistic sex, sex with children and sex acts involving human excrement. These two pedophiles seek to portray every abuser as a victim of mass hysteria, Satanic panic and witch hunts are just two of many. The parents of the McMartin preschoolers hired scientists and technicians who unearthed a series of underground tunnels beneath the school, confirming the children’s testimony. The longest tunnel was 45 feet long and six feet below the school, with a nine-foot chamber, spoken of by the children. Another branch led to the triplex next door, surfacing beneath a roll-away bathtub. Forensic tests on thousands of objects found at the site included two hundred animal bones. The tunnels were dug in 1966, the year of the schools construction by the father of the defendant, Charles Buckey. Buckey built the school and worked for the Hughes tool company. There is an old adage, Hughes is the CIA.
Scientology: The Cult Awareness Network was founded two decades ago in the wake of the murders and mass suicides in Guyana that claimed the lives of 850 of the late Jim Jones’ followers. The nonprofit national organization assisted the desperate loved ones of people caught up in the ever-proliferating cult scene. The organizations targeted by CAN were the KKK, the Aryan Nations, dozens of obscure fundamentalist and evangelical Christian groups, the Church of Satan, the Moonies, followers of political extremist Lyndon LaRouche, and the Church of Scientology. (L.A. New Times, 9/99 Ron Russell) An organized blizzard of lawsuits produced judgments totaling $5.2 million and led to the anti-cult group’s financial ruin. In 1996 CAN’s logo, furniture, and phone number were auctioned off at the order of a bankruptcy judge. Scientology lawyers took possession of 20 years’ worth of CAN’s highly sensitive case files containing information on thousands of people who had turned to CAN for help in rescuing their friends and relatives. Scientology is known for harassing its enemies in the courts, and retaliating against “suppressives,” people who ridicule Scientology teachings. Those teachings include Hubbard’s decree that humans are made of clusters of spirits, called “thetans,” who were banished to Earth about 75 million years ago by an evil galactic ruler named Xenu. Hubbard was a pulp fiction writer who had served in the Navy and hit it big in 1950 by coming up with the concept of Dianetics, which he dubbed a modern science of mental health. It remains at the core of Scientology practice. One of its staples is a simplified lie detector called an E-meter, which is supposed to measure electrical changes in the skin while subjects discuss intimate details of their lives. Hubbard claimed that unhappiness sprang from mental aberrations, called “engrams,” and that counseling sessions with the E-meter could help get rid of them. Scientologists refer to the extensive (and expensive) process of “clearing” the mind in order for this to occur as “auditing.” But during the 1970s, the Internal Revenue Service conducted some auditing sessions of its own and
accused Hubbard of skimming millions of dollars from the church, laundering it through dummy corporations, and stashing it in Swiss bank accounts. And although he died before the case was adjudicated, his wife and 10 other former church leaders went to prison in the early 1980s for infiltrating, burglarizing, and wiretapping dozens of private and government agencies in an attempt to block their investigations.
The vast majority of Masons join, and undergo rituals and rites that seem to have no meaning, it is only when one enters the highest levels, the circle within a circle if you will, that secret knowledge is shared as to what this organization and it’s rituals are really about. This knowledge is imparted to a select few who achieve 32nd degree status or higher. What these rites are and what this secret knowledge is has yet to be proven. Masons are one of the most prominent links between victims of Satanic Ritual Abuse. Victims of SRA are in effect, victims of MKULTRA experiments in childhood. Literally thousands of people from different parts of the country who have never been in contact with each other are telling essentially the same story…that as very young children these people were forced to participate in SRA, including child rape and ritual sacrifice. The consistency of stories, the links to MKULTRA and SRA, seems to be a fantastic story at first…but victim testimony is very consistent and the association of both programs to high-level mason members has been repeated many times. Many of the personalities involved in the original MKULTRA experiments were high-level Masons, including Dr. Sidney Gottlieb, George Estabrooks, Ewen Cameron, and others in the intelligence community. Masons have been accused of many things over the years, but it is equally likely that the Masons were infiltrated by CIA perpetrators of MKULTRA in an effort to control a closed system and have access to experimental subjects. MKULTRA was moved out of the lab to these closed systems of various kinds that could be manipulated and used to supply large numbers of children for mind control experiments and blackmail operations without directly implicating the CIA.
False Memory Syndrome Foundation/Satanic Ritual Abuse:
MKULTRA programming was codified into a standard methodology. Child victims of Satanic Ritual Abuse are in fact victims of MKULTRA experiments/programming. The following are several examples of CIA MKULTRA psychiatrists and pedophiles who are engaged in an organized cover-up to discredit the victims who come forward with memories of MKULTRA/SRA programming. The Remote Viewers named below are tied to development of psychotronic weapons, designed to influence the central nervous system. These personalities are also tied to cults that perpetrate SRA, suggesting that MKULTRA and nonlethal weapons development are tied together in a hidden agenda.
Dr. Martin T. Orne is an original board member of the FMSF and a senior CIA/Navy researcher at the Univ. of Pennsylvania’s Experimental Psychiatry laboratory, as well as a close friend of George Estabrooks. The FMSF was created to deny the existence of cult mind control and child abuse and is staffed with psychiatrists connected to the CIA and their mind control experimentation. The phenomenon of children being coached or led to invent tales of abuse or making up such stories does exist but comprises a small minority of the reported cases of child abuse, between 2-8% of reported cases. (Constantine pg62) One survey found 88% of therapists consider ritual child abuse to be a very real social problem. Only 5% of all child abuse cases ever enter the courtroom, half of these end with the child returned to the custody of the abusive parent. Dr. Orne’s research into
hypno-programming at Cornell Univ. in the 1960’s was paid for by the Human Ecology Fund, and SEI, which also funded some of Dr. Ewen Cameron’s brainwashing and remote mind control experimentation. CIA funded black psychiatry at that time specialized in electroshock lobotomies, drugging agents, incapacitants, hypnosis, sleep deprivation and radio control of the brain. FMSF founder Ralph Underwager and his wife openly advocate pedophilia, saying that it was “God’s Will” adults engage in sex with children. He told British reporters in 1994 “that scientific evidence proved 60% of all women molested as children believed the experience was good for them”. Dr. Underwager is the world’s foremost authority on false memory, but in court is repeatedly revealed as a charlatan. Numerous other members of the FMSF have connections to pedophilia, covert operations, and black psychiatry. Peter and Pamela Freyd, executive directors of the FMSF, have been accused of sexual abuse by their daughter, a professor of psychology at the University of Oregon. The industrial production of FMSF stories in journals, newspapers, and TV have shaped public opinion. The very concept of false memory serves the same purpose as holocaust denial. Crimes are obstructed, the accused wears the veil of a martyr and the victim is reviled. (Constantine pg68)
Dr. Douglas Besherov is the director of the American Enterprise Institute and former director of the National Center on Child Abuse and Neglect. He writes articles that attack the victims of abuse and has been caught fabricating statistics when claiming scientific rationale for his claims. In 1986 Besherov published, “Unfounded Allegations-A New Child Abuse Problem, and numerous other cover stories to confuse the issue. These individuals are engaged in a psychological warfare operation to cover up reports of the Agencies mind control operations. For years the CIA has collaborated with cults (many of them founded by the government) to conceal the development of mind control technology. Besherov associated with Irving Kristol, a veteran CIA psychological warfare specialist. Ritual abuse “skeptics” with CIA connections are covering up the latest phase in Agency sponsored mind control experimentation. (Constantine pg80)
Remote viewing programs were publicly touted as an attempt to spy on the USSR using psychic powers to find hidden Russian bases and gather intelligence information. The military intelligence personalities involved in remote viewing often have ties to development programs for microwave and radio frequency radiation weapons designed to influence the central nervous system, referred to collectively as psychotronics. They often have ties to religious cults as well. Remote viewing began with Operation Scanate and Grill Flame run by the NSA and INSCOM at Fort Meade under such personalities as Lt. Col. Thomas Bearden, Albert Stubblebine, Ingo Swann, Kieth Herrary, Ed Dames, Harold Puthoff, Russell Targ, Paul Smith, and others. Operation Scanate leader Thomas Bearden went on to lead the American Psychotronics Association. Project Grill Flame leaders Ed Dames, and Albert Stubblebine began PSI Tech Corporation, a private remote viewing company which holds the Smirnov patent for a psychotronic weapon. Remote viewers Puthoff, Herrary and Dames have counseled the traumatized victims of death cults and mass shootings such as the Jonestown mass deaths and the Columbine shootings even though they are not councilors, but physicists and military intelligence officers by training. Dr. Harold Puthoff exemplifies the contradiction. He is a former NSA officer who developed the pulse microwave laser, a remote viewer, and a high level Scientologist who likes to council traumatized victims of cults. The concept of remote viewing is being used as a cover, a psychological warfare operation, in order to screen the
development of psychotronic weapons and conduct MKULTRA operations. The same people involved in remote viewing programs for the NSA and INSCOM at Ft Meade and PSI Tech Corporation, are also closely tied to psychotronic weapons development and religious cults that use MKULTRA methodology to induce MPD. Strange threads such as, non-lethal psychotronic weapons development, remote viewing operations, and cults engaged in ritual abuse are all woven together, suggesting that MKULTRA and non-lethal psychotronic weapons development have evolved into Dr. Estabrooks infiltration operation.
General Edmund Thompson ran the second remote viewing project called Project Grill Flame at Fort Meade, home of the NSA, with oversight by the DIA. Jack Verona, a nuclear physicist and head of the DIA‘s Scientific and Technical Intelligence Directorate, managed the project as well as Sleeping Beauty, dealing with the offensive use of microwave weapons. In 1981 US Army Intelligence and Security Command (INSCOM) took over the project and it was renamed Center Lane, supervised by General Albert Stubblebine, who is married to psychiatrist and UFOlogist Rima Laibow. Remote viewers recruited to the program included Capt‘s Ed Dames, Bill Ray, Paul Smith, all had been trained by Scientologist Ingo Swann. General Stubblebine later became chairman of the civilian remote viewing company Psi-Tech, founded by Major Ed Dames.
Following the Oliver North debacle, the Secretary of Defense officially terminated GRILL-FLAME, fearing bad publicity if the program were to become known to the public. The leading members of the project — including Dames — immediately relocated to the privately owned and newly formed Psi-Tech, and continue their work to this day, operating under government contract. In the course of his work, Dames was (and remains) close to many of the leading figures and proponent‘s anti-personnel electromagnetic weapons, especially those that operate in the neurological field. During NBC’s “The Other Side” program, Dames stated, “The U.S. Government has an electronic device which could implant thoughts in people.” He refused to comment further. The program was broadcast during April 1995. Psi-Tech was sponsoring Operation Guiding Light, that is, remote viewing classes for students of Chatfield Senior High School, the school that absorbed the Columbine students after the mass killing took place. Dr. Louis Jolyon West was responsible for medical oversight of Grill Flame, the author of the 1994 paper, ―Pseudo-identity and the Treatment of Personality Changes in Victims of Captivity and Cults‖. West states, ―Prolonged environmental stress or life situations profoundly different from the usual, can disrupt the normally integrative functions of personality.‖ (Kieth pg267)
The Athenians laid siege to Troy for many years and then abruptly departed leaving the Trojan horse. The Prophet Laocoon warned the city that the Trojan horse held their doom. He hurled his javelin into the side of the Trojan horse and was attacked by a giant multi-headed serpent that emerged from the sea and pulled he and his son‘s into the sea to their deaths. The inhabitants took this as an omen to mean that the Trojan horse was a gift from the God‘s, and thus sacred. They brought the offering inside the city gates and
at night the Athenians emerged, opened the gates to their awaiting army and the city was sacked and destroyed, the men killed, and the women and children enslaved.
George Orwell, Aldous Huxley and Marshall McLuhan were three prophetic voices of the 20th century who warned of the technological subjugation of Mankind. Orwell wrote the novel 1984 about a world controlled by three empires in a state of perpetual war and shifting alliances. Big Brother and the Thought Police were monitoring all human activity, and the population was kept in a constant state of war hysteria and fear of the enemy. One percent of the population composed the inner party, 15 percent the outer party, the remaining 84 percent of the population were proles. The Technology of control possessed by the totalitarian state made rebellion impossible, slavery was eternal.
Aldous Huxley wrote the novel Brave New World about a future technological state controlled by the drug Soma. Human reproduction was an industrial process, cloning different models of genetically designed humans for specific tasks within the social hierarchy. Huxley despaired that humanity would destroy itself, but decided finally that a spiritual evolution could avoid such a catastrophe.
Marshall McLuhan wrote about the effects of technology on society. In the 1950‘s and 60‘s he was the prophet of the Internet. He spoke of the concept of the Maelstrom and described it as the movement from a literate society based on the written word back to a symbolic post-literate society based on electronic imagery. He said that this vortex of technology would disrupt human civilization and obliterate everything that came before.
In Greek Mythology King Minos received a gift from the God‘s, a perfect white bull. Instead of sacrificing the animal to the God‘s as agreed, he substituted an inferior one, and usurped for himself that which came from the Gods. Poseidon placed a curse upon the land and Minos wife gave birth to a monster, the body of a man and the head of a bull. Minos forced Daudelaus to create an inescapable maze to imprison the nightmare creation. Minos forced human sacrifices into the maze to wander lost until they were killed and eaten by the Minotaur. Theseus was forced into the maze, but the King‘s daughter had given him a magic ball of string to trace his path in the maze and a whistle to disarm the Minotaur. He slew the monster and freed himself from the maze. This story has persisted for three thousand years and many different cultures because the themes are eternal. King Minos creates the monster by usurping power for himself and placing himself above the law. Minos has created fascism, the Minotaur nightmare that survives on human sacrifice, the beast that feasts on human flesh… a dictatorship. The hero, Theseus slays the beast, destroys fascism and the tyrant and frees the land from its curse.
What face has the Minotaur assumed in the 20th century that we would recognize?
Nazi Germany personifies the technological Totalitarian state and serves as a model. The subjugation of the Weimar Republic began with the creation of private militias that that were used as a springboard to infiltrate the German military, and finally the police forces. The Reichstag fire was an excuse to seize power and kill those that might stop them. The Night of the Long Knives refers to the creation of hit lists of enemies, and the hunting down and execution of hundreds of internal political rivals, opponents, and potential threats. Once Hitler had crossed the Rubicon of mass assassination he publically
declared his actions above the law. This was the moment of the birth of the Minotaur in the 20th century.
The pseudoscience of Eugenics and the dogma of German racial superiority and the theoretical subhuman level of other races was the rationale for wars of annihilation. Hitler‘s plan was to depopulate vast regions of the east and replace them with Germanic stock. Lebensraum or living space was the key phrase. Ten million Jews came under their geographical control of which six million were systematically murdered in an effort to wipe out the Jewish Race. Three million others perished in the camps, gypsies, Slavs, other supposed subhuman races, homosexuals, dissident Catholic priests, POW‘s, union leaders, political opponents, Germans caught aiding Jews, Jehovah‘s Witnesses, and other religious sects, and the intellectuals of conquered nations. The concentration camp of Auschwitz alone processed 4,756 human beings a day.
The political propaganda machine was in many ways a work of art. School textbooks were altered and controversial books were burned ceremonially. State of the art movies were made to reinforce the racial dogma. The propaganda was so irresistible that many Jews and other targeted groups were caught up in the excitement and joined the Nazi movement. In the aftermath of the war 50 million people had died and Europe lay in ashes. The question that the victors wanted to answer were how had the most civilized and technologically advanced nation on earth descended into the pit of hell.
Who were these men, were they madmen? Worst of all, if it could happen there could it happen here? The psychiatrist who virtually lived with them during the Nuremberg trials wrote their collective portrait. Their problem solving strategies, of which there are three, was the least effective. They were born followers, they needed someone to tell them what to think. Their collective IQ was 140, a rigid view of the world, black and white without grey. Though they had some very unusual characteristics and some unusual personalities among them, they were not madmen. The psychiatrist noted that there were plenty of similar individuals in the United States who would gladly step over half the bodies of their fellow countrymen to control the remainder. The answers they received were not the answers they were prepared to hear. No they were not madmen, and yes, it could happen here.
Once in power Joseph Stalin immediately had half the Russian parliament shot or exiled to Siberia. And to solidify his hold on power he deliberately starved millions of his own people to death and personally signed a million death warrants. The Molotov-Ribbentrop pact was a secret agreement between Stalin and Hitler to attack Poland and divide the nation between them. And when Hitler double crossed him and attacked the USSR, 20 million Russians perished. Stalin was totally devoid of human feeling for his own countrymen or anyone else and the world was right to fear him.
Mao led a Chinese communist peasant revolution that overthrew Chiang Kai Shek in 1949. The degree of individual conformity demanded by the state to Communist dogma in the world‘s most populous nation was terrifying. The Great Leap Forward was a failed attempt at crash industrialization that resulted in famine and the deaths of millions of people. Mao‘s favorite tactic was to set opposing groups of people against each other to instill fear, eliminate potential rivals, and retain power despite popular discontent. One example was the Cultural Revolution that established the Red Guards as a vigilante force
used to attack bourgeois elements in society, meaning anyone. The suffering of his own people left him unmoved. Mao‘s cult of personality exceeded even that of Stalin. His image and writings were inescapable.
Stalin, Mao, and Hitler personified the Totalitarian dictatorship as an external threat to the Republic we were right to fear them, their cult of personality and their vice like control on their own societies. However ancient wisdom and the mythology of the Minotaur points towards a tyranny that emerges from within not one imposed from without.
The three prophets of the 20th century have warned of a technological dictatorship that is imposed from within. Not a foreign threat but one that emerges internally as it did in Nazi Germany.
Alexis D‘Tocqueville was perhaps the greatest historian of the age. He visited the US in the 1831 and wrote a description of our country that exceeds all others. He identified the US and Russia as the two emerging world powers and in effect predicted the cold war 120 years before it began. D‘Tocqueville wrote about how the Minotaur would manifest itself in this country, his description of a kinder, gentler fascism feels very much like the words of the three prophets. A manner of control that makes people love their servitude. Fascism wearing a silk tie.
If the Technological dictatorship spoken of by the three 20th century prophets should arise now it would have to happen here in the technologically most advanced country. The racial dogma would be replaced by super patriotism and religion. If such a dictatorship, a new Minotaur should arise here, how would we recognize its form.
If NSA General Michael Aquino, Col. John B. Alexander, and others in the US intelligence services are using state of the art microwave weapons to commit war crimes and actively subverting the Constitutional authority of the Republic, it is logical that a previous pattern of behavior or similar crimes would be exhibited by these personalities and organizations and their forbearers.
Cointelpro stands for counter intelligence program which was primarily run by the FBI as a covert action program against domestic dissidents. The use of infiltration, psychological warfare, harassment through the legal system, and the use of extralegal force and violence, including murder, probably began in the 1950‘s and is now a permanent feature of US government. Targets included the civil rights movement, the anti-war movement, the environmental movement, opposition political parties, basically any progressive group in American society. Dissidents stole FBI files in 1971 that detailed Cointelpro operations at the same time the Pentagon Papers were published detailing decades of systematic government lying about the Vietnam War to the American people. Watergate hit the front pages with the story of a clandestine squad of White House ―plumbers‖ that broke into Daniel Ellsberg‘s psychiatrist office in an effort
to smear him. The ―plumbers‖ were caught burglarizing the offices of the democratic national committee (DNC) and eventually nationally televised congressional hearings revealed a full-blown program of ―dirty tricks‖ to subvert the anti-war movement as well as the Democratic Party by forging letters, leaking false news items to the press, stealing files, and roughing up demonstrators. The operation was traced back to the attorney general, and the White House, implicating the FBI, the President and his top staff. The fact that the president felt compelled to use former intelligence assets and their Cuban mercenaries to form his own personal Cointelpro squad to attack his enemies was curious considering that this could have been accomplished much easier by simply getting the FBI or other agency to do what they have been doing so successful for decades. Watergate was exposed fairly well but the Senate and Congressional hearings into the activities of the FBI and CIA were crushed. The Senate committee‘s report was edited by the agencies being investigated before its publication. The House Committee‘s report, including an account of FBI and CIA obstruction of its inquiry, was suppressed altogether. Senator Church and Congressman Pike, the committee chairs, were both targeted in their reelection campaigns by the intelligence agencies and defeated, their careers destroyed. The Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) did open up access to FBI documents and lawsuits forced the release of some Cointelpro files to the media but many of the most important files were withheld or destroyed, and former operatives report that the most heinous crimes were never committed to writing. William C. Sullivan, who ran the Cointelpro program in the 1960‘s was killed in 1977 in an uninvestigated ―hunting accident‖ shortly before giving public testimony to a grand jury. The only FBI officials who were ever prosecuted for Cointelpro crimes were quickly pardoned by the president. There was an appearance of reform that was largely aimed at placating a weary public that had become disillusioned with government. Due to scrutiny the programs were muted for several years but began to increase in activity again in the 1980‘s. The most prominent target of Cointelpro in the 1960‘s was Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr., who received a blackmail letter from J. Edgar Hoover that detailed evidence of Dr. King‘s extramarital affairs and suggested that he should suicide himself to preclude the release of the material to the press and it‘s negative effect on his family and his movement. The surveillance of King included the 112th military intelligence unit, and the use of the U-2 spy plane to take photos. King was marked, barely a month before his murder, for elimination as a potential ―messiah‖ who could ―unify and electrify‖ the Black movement. The FBI planned to replace him ―in his role of the leadership of the Negro people‖ with conservative black lawyer Samuel Pierce (later named to Reagan‘s cabinet). The theme of a forced suicide is repeated on others targeted by Cointelpro, most notably Jean Seaberg, an actress involved in civil rights. Seaberg’s husband received a forged letter detailing an affair she was supposedly having with a black activist. The actress, who was pregnant at the time, attempted suicide, suffered a miscarriage, and eventually did commit suicide. Forced suicide on a target allows intelligence agencies deniability for the crime, in effect, it is the perfect crime.
A total of 2,370 officially approved Cointelpro actions were admitted to the Senate Intelligence committee but thousands more have since been revealed. Ultimately, FBI documents disclosed six major official counter-intelligence programs, as well as non-Cointelpro covert operations against Native American, Asian-American, Arab-American, Iranian, and others. The major violence of the domestic terrorist campaign was directed
at the Black Nationalist and American Indian movements. These individuals were readily imprisoned on false charges or assassinated. Cointelpro did murder Caucasian targets, but did so in fewer numbers than minority personalities. The theory of counter-insurgency operations was first codified by Frank Kitson, the British commander in Malaysia and Northern Ireland, among other places. His book, Low-Intensity Operations: Subversion, Insurgency, and Peacekeeping, insists that infiltration and ―psychological operations‖ be mounted against dissident groups in ―normal times‖, before any mass movement can develop. These tactics have been adopted by US intelligence agencies against individuals and progressive movements within American society. Infiltration of the KKK by the FBI reached 10- 20% of its membership at the height of the Civil Rights struggle, these assets, along with Neo-Nazi groups, were used to attack civil rights workers and activists. The man who bombed the Church in Birmingham, Ala., was an FBI informant and agent provocateur. The favorite tactic used in infiltration of activist groups is the ―snitch jacket‖ where suspicion of being an informant is used against legitimate leaders. The operatives are directed to disrupt meetings, spread rumors, inflame disagreements over what people normally fight over, money, politics, race, gender, to exacerbate rivalries and jealousy, and to lead zealous activists into unnecessary danger and set them up for prosecution. False news stories, forged documents, and anonymous letters and phone calls as well as pressure on landlords and employers make up just some of the strategies used.
Cointelpro operations are presently being incorporated into the development of microwave and radio frequency weapons. Dissidents that in the past were visibly attacked or assassinated in a traditional manner are now targeted for elimination using electromagnetic weapons. These internal dissidents are used as human guinea pigs and experimental subjects in terminal experiments that are designed to force a suicide, incarceration, or premature death due to the effects of non-ionizing and ionizing radiation. These political assassinations are accomplished with invisible bullets that leave no obvious injuries. The theme of forced suicide, such as the MLK and Seaberg blackmail letters has remained constant. What is different is that driving a target to suicide using microwave hearing as well as other techniques is perfectly deniable because these individuals are tormented invisibly and unable to receive help from the psychiatric community due to the symptoms of the attacks mimicking symptoms of schizophrenia that naturally affect several million Americans. Thus the intelligence agencies achieve perfect deniability for their crimes.
The United States has destabilized dozens of countries and overthrown their elected governments, just how many countries is uncertain. What follows is a brief history of three nations. (Kinzer)
Iran: In 1953, the Eisenhower administration joined forces with British intelligence to overthrow the government of Iran, which was seeking a larger share of its countries oil revenues. Britain began pumping oil in Iran in 1908, installed a fictitious monarchy to
guard their profit of $116 million pounds sterling (1935-1950). The monarchy was overthrown by Mohammed Mossadeq who then sought more than the 5-15% share of domestic oil revenues. Allen Dulles and Kermit Roosevelt, the son of FDR, were able to direct Iranian army officers in a coup of the elected government and the reinstallation of the Shah. The Shah immediately granted British Petroleum a 40% share of the oil concession and American firms received 40% as a reward for their participation. The overthrow of Mossadeq emboldened the CIA and became a blueprint for future destabilization operations. Mossadeq represented the legitimate aspirations of a nationalist democracy that were thwarted in the name of anti-communism. The resulting chaos and radicalization of Iran is a direct result of interference in the internal affairs of that nation, what is referred to as blowback, the unintended negative consequences of covert actions against foreign elected governments. The Shah was described in a confidential CIA report as a sociopath who suffered from a dominating father and a sense of the illegitimacy of his mandate to rule. SAVAK is perhaps the most feared term in Iran, it is the name of the Shah‘s secret police agency that was set up with the help of the CIA and MI5. One archeologist who worked with an Iranian female student found that she was missing and reportedly arrested by agents of SAVAK. Her political affiliations with an opposition party had brought her to their attention, even though these actions amounted to an American college student joining the McCarthy Democrats. He was later informed that she had been interrogated, tortured, violated, and then executed. This occurred to thousands of students, professionals, and loyal opposition members who criticized or opposed the Shah‘s regime. When publicly informed about these actions of his government by journalists the Shah was sanguine and considered it the price of stability. The excesses of the American selected and trained SAVAK as well as the unequal distribution of wealth led directly to the emergence of the Ayatollah Khomeini and the Iranian Revolution that kidnapped personnel in the American embassy and a hostile regime that views the U.S. as a force of evil in the world. Hence the litany of referring to the US as ―The Great Satan‖.
Guatemala: In 1954 the CIA accepted and carried out a proposal from United Brands (Chiquita Banana) to overthrow the Guatemalan government, which was the only democratically elected government Guatemala had ever had. Chiquita and the CIA replaced that government with 30 plus years (and still counting) of bloodshed under a series of almost barbaric right-wing dictators. The US taxpayers continue to fund these regimes under the recurrent threat that if they do not, the Guatemalan people will fall prey to the evils of Communism. A mere 2% of the population owned 72% of the land. 90% of landowners were confined to the poorest 15% of the land. United Brands owned the railroads, the major port, and vast tracts of some of the most productive land on earth. President Arbenz had won the election with 65% in 1950. He tried to fulfill his mandate, which was land reform, minimum wage, and other extravagances modeled on FDR‘s efforts in the US. He seized the largest land holdings and distributed the 1.5 million acres to 100,000 families, including confiscating his own families land holdings. The land was paid for with 25 year interest bearing bonds, this was perfectly within the guidelines of Kennedy era Alliance for Progress program, or US programs in El Salvador and Chile. The only difference being the investment by United Brands and the political influence that they could bring to bear on the Arbenz government. US Secretary of State under Eisenhower was John Foster Dulles, a partner of the law firm Sullivan and Cromwell, he
had personally handled the purchase of the Central American railroads for United Brands. His brother was Allen Dulles, head of the CIA, and together they orchestrated a campaign to paint the Arbenz government as ―red‖ and launch a mercenary war from Honduras. John Moors Cabot attacked from the State Department, Henry Cabot Lodge attacked them in the UN, and Eisenhower‘s personal secretary lobbied him for her husband who was public relations director for United Brands. Arbenz tried to buy weapons on the open market to defend himself but the shipment was captured and held up as proof that he was ―red‖. The mercenary army invaded Guatemala in force and was about to be defeated when CIA pilots intervened and turned the tide of battle. Arbenz fled to Mexico and United Brands and CIA representatives in Guatemala handpicked an unknown, Carlos Castillas Armas. The bloodletting among the peasant population numbered several hundred thousand, and at times took on the character of a genocidal war carried out by forces trained, equipped, and supervised by the US. In 1979 90% of the farmers continued to own 16.2% of the land, an eternal source of revolution that will continually have to be crushed with the help of the US taxpayer. In 1966 a swell of revolution brought a full scale counter insurgency response program to Guatemala-arms, advisors, and even Green Berets. A State Department study analyzed the program years later and stated, ―To eliminate a few hundred guerillas, the government killed perhaps 10,000 Guatemalan peasants‖. Father Ronald Hennessy wrote of one event among many…July 14, 1982 The local military commander sent word for the all of the people of the aldea of Pentenac to be assembled for his 11:00 arrival…At 4:00pm all of the men, with hands tied behind their backs, were escorted by the soldiers to one house, shot, stabbed, piled one on top of the other, and covered with burnable items of the very house, which were sprinkled with gasoline and set on fire. The women were treated the same as the men, differing only in that some had live babies on their backs when they were stacked for burning. The other children were tied, one to another, and pulled alive into the flames of a third house by the soldiers. In September of 1981 an association of Guatemalan coroners had complained that they couldn‘t keep up with the demand for autopsies because the number of violent deaths had increased so rapidly (50% higher each month than the last). Michael Deaver was instrumental in the election of Reagan in 1980 and one of his three closest advisors along with Edwin Meese and James Baker. His public relations firm of Deaver and Hannaford took on various right wing Central and South American landowners and businessmen as clients, among them a group of Guatemalans. (Kwitney EE pg 236)
Iraq: In 1958 General Abdel-Karim Kassem led a coup, took power and proclaimed a republic, legalized the Communist party, decreed land reform, and granted autonomy to the Kurds. Allen Dulles declared Iraq, ―The most dangerous spot in the world‖, and in 1963 the CIA supported Ba‘ath Party overthrew Kassem. Ba‘ath Party shared power until 1968 when the CIA again instigated a coup that culminated in the rise of Saddam Hussein, who had been on the CIA payroll since his early twenties.
In 1980 Saddam invaded Iran in fear of potential Iranian revolutionary influence among his countries majority Shiites. Iran began to win in 1982 and the US, in fear of the Iranian revolution, began to covertly aid and arm Saddam. The Reagan administration funneled $5.5 billion through the Atlanta branch of the Italian bank Banca Nazionale del Lavoro guaranteed by taxpayers under the Commodity Credit Corporation ―to promote American farm exports.‖ Between 1986 and 1989 73 transactions took place that
included bacterial cultures for anthrax production, advanced computers, and equipment to repair jets and rockets. In 2002 Iraq was forced to deliver an 11,800 page dossier on the history of its weapons program to the UN Security Council. Bush administration officials took possession of the document first and cut 8,000 pages that detailed American and Western company sale of weapons and dual-use technology sold to Iraq prior to 1991. President Reagan sent Donald Rumsfeld to Iraq in 1984 and full diplomatic relations were reestablished. Saddam became privy to US satellite technology secrets in the effort to defeat Iran. Sales of a full range of munitions were stepped up, including the helicopters that were used to gas 5,000 Kurds in the village of Halabja in 1988. (Chalmers Johnson pg 169)
One winner of the Congressional Medal of Honor who spent decades in the service wrote that, ―during that period I spent most of my time as a high-class muscleman for big business, Wall Street, and the bankers…Thus, I helped make Mexico and especially Tampico safe for American oil interests in 1914. I helped make Haiti and Cuba a decent place for the National Bank boys to collect oil revenues in. I helped in the raping of half a dozen Central American republics for the benefit of Wall Street…In China I helped to see to it that Standard Oil went its way unmolested.‖ (Chalmers Johnson)
CIA: Guns, Drugs, Fraud:
During World War II the United States released Meyer Lansky from prison and deported him to Italy in exchange for Mafia assistance during the military campaign to drive the Nazis from the Italian peninsula. Lansky promptly flew to Cuba and set up large scale illegal operations there that included working with American corporations to control Cuba. On conclusion of the Italian campaign the mafia was rewarded with control of the ports in Italy to exclude unions friendly to socialist and Communist interests. Heroin smuggling through the ports became the major pipeline to supplying the American and world markets for decades to come, exemplified in the movie The French Connection. The docks were the transit point for the “rat lines”, routes that Nazi war criminals used to escape justice from international tribunals, most of whom came to the United States or South America, aided by Allen Dulles and the CIA in Operation Paperclip.
In China in 1949 the Communists drove out the US backed Nationalist warlord Chiang Kai Shek, whose defeated army, the Kuomintang (KMT) fled to the Golden Triangle, and took over opium production to finance weapons purchases and the finer things in life. By the 1950’s heroin had become a nationwide concern in the US, from Senate hearings, to popular movies, and criminologists blamed addicts for soaring crime rates. These KMT operations were hidden from the US public for thirty years, and it is only recently that Afghanistan has captured 90% of the world heroin market. The US exploited the Montagnard and Hmong tribesmen as a source of opium, and used the CIA’s Air America to bring in guns and supplies in exchange for drugs. Large quantities of heroin appeared in the US, much of it smuggled inside the bodies of dead American GI’s. Addiction plagued the Army in Vietnam to the point of reducing their fighting capacity, and after the war these men brought their drug problem home with them. The US government promoted the drug traffic and intervened to make sure the traffic would not be discovered. In the words of one former investigator, “you’d be running a criminal investigation, say narcotics, you’d find out that Inspector so and so of your national police is involved in this,” “You investigate up to a point and you can’t go any further”, “It
would go to our headquarters and then it would go to Washington and nothing would ever happen. The intelligence gleaned from these people was more important than stopping the drug traffic”. The senior public relations man for the DEA offers the explanation, “Their mission was to get people to fight against the Communists, not stop the drug traffic”. (Kwitney COP pg50)
Edwin Wilson was a career CIA officer who reported to Ted Shackley, the architect of the Bay of Pigs in 1961. Wilson “retired” in 1971 and reported to CIA officers Shackley, Robert Keith Gray (RNC), and did business through his numerous shipping and international consulting firms used as front companies with such firms as Control Data Corporation (Bobby Ray Inman). Wilson was paid $35,000 a year while living on a $4 million dollar estate in Virginia where he regularly entertained senators, congressmen, generals, admirals, political officials and senior intelligence officers. Wilson had began selling his services for high fees to companies or foreign governments that wanted help obtaining US government contracts or weapons. Wilson was discovered to have worked for Qaddafi, selling heat seeking missiles, plastic explosives, and training programs covering ‘espionage, sabotage and general psychological warfare”. Wilson and Frank Terpil supplied sophisticated assassination gear, and began hiring anti-Castro Cubans to assassinate Qaddafi’s political opponents abroad. Green Berets were hired for assassinations and were led to believe that the covert operations were being carried out with the full backing of the CIA. When the operation was blown, Wilson’s handler, Ted Shackley denied all knowledge of operations and denied that Wilson was in fact an asset of the CIA. Wilson was convicted of arms dealing and sentenced to prison from which he was recently released when evidence that he actually was working for the CIA surfaced decades later. The judge in the case freed Wilson because of air tight proof that this was not a rogue operation.
The Nugan-Hand Bank in Australia was the scene of the largest bank fraud in history at that time (1980). The investment firm was set up in 1973 by covert intelligence assets from the US and the board staffed by prominent US admirals, generals, and colonels. Millions of dollars were used to purchase weapons and trade them for heroin in the Golden Triangle in order to finance on-going operations outside of legislative or even executive control of the elected US government. Branches of the banking front were opened on several continents to move weapons, drugs, and money between drug producers, customers, and covert wars in South Africa, Central America, Iran, and other places. Corrupt foreign leaders such as Ferdinand Marcos, as well as drug lords in the Golden Triangle, were actively courted by Nugan-Hand participants. The Stewart Royal Commission that investigated the billion-dollar fraud functioned largely to cover up the nature and intent of the crime. When the house of cards collapsed, the two owners were allowed time to flee, Michael Hand, the former Green Beret and intelligence asset (Air America) disappeared, while Frank Nugan was found murdered in what was covered up as a suicide. In 1975 CIA team leader Theodore Shackley issued an ultimatum to the Australian intelligence services that their relationship would end if the Prime Minister continued to question the CIA’s influence in Australian internal affairs. Three days later, the Governor General John Kerr, a man with extensive ties to CIA front organizations (Asia Foundation) going back many years, dismissed Prime Minister Whitlam in a constitutional coup.
BCCI: Bank of Crooks and Criminals International
Clark Clifford wrote the 1947 NSA Act that created the national security state and in the twilight of his career was caught enmeshed in a banking scandal that was to become the yardstick by which all other terrorist linked corruption would come to be measured by. Ramparts magazine called Clifford a “curious hybrid of Rasputin, Perry Como and Mr. Fix it,” in an article that depicted him as an architect of U.S. States economic imperialism and linked that role to his legal work representing major multinational corporations. BCCI, meanwhile, had its own connections. The Reagan administration launched no investigation even after the CIA had sent reports to the Treasury, Commerce, and State Departments bluntly describing the bank’s role in drug-money laundering and other illegal activities. BCCI catered to many of the most notorious tyrants and thugs of the late 20th century, including Iraqi dictator Saddam Hussein, the heads of the Medellin cocaine cartel, and Abu Nidal, the notorious Palestinian terrorist. According to the CIA, it also did business with those who went on to lead al Qaeda. BCCI went beyond merely offering financial assistance to dictators and terrorists: According to Time, the operation itself was an elaborate fraud, replete with a “global intelligence operation and a Mafia-like enforcement squad.” The Wall Street Journal reported in 1991, there was a “mosaic of BCCI connections surrounding Harken Energy since George W. Bush came on board.” In 1987, Bush secured a critical $25 million-loan from a bank that was a BCCI joint venture. A French intelligence report obtained by The Washington Post in 2002 identified dozens of companies and individuals who were involved with BCCI and were found to be dealing with bin Laden. As one senior U.S. investigator said in 2002, “BCCI was the mother and father of terrorist financing operations.” Clifford and his former law partner, Robert Altman, were indicted in July 1992 on charges of fraud and accepting $40 million in bribes from the foreign-owned Bank of Credit and Commerce International. The two had been attorneys for BCCI. They denied the charges against them and said they were duped by BCCI’s Pakistani executives. BCCI pleaded guilty in January 1992 to federal racketeering charges and agreed to forfeit a record $550 million in U.S. assets. (Washington Monthly, by David Sirota and Jonathan Baskin)
IRAN-CONTRA: A secret program by the Reagan administration circumvented Congress, and illegally sold weapons to Iran, a “terrorist nation”, in order to pay for a guerilla war against the Sandinista Nicaraguan government. When the operation was uncovered it also uncovered an off the books operation that, in the words of Senator Daniel Innoye, was a secret government with its own permanent funding mechanism and its own army, navy, and air force. The exposure of the Iran-Contra operation revealed the tip of the iceberg. Admiral Richard Secord ran a many faceted program that concentrated on banking fraud, drug smuggling and illegal arms dealing by officers and former officers of the US military. Oliver L. North, a Marine lieutenant colonel assigned to the National Security Council staff beginning in 1981 until he was fired on November 25, 1986, was the White House official most directly involved in secretly aiding the contras, selling arms to Iran, and diverting Iran arms sales proceeds to the contras. North, who was deputy director of political-military affairs, reported many of his activities to his superiors, National Security Adviser Robert C. McFarlane and later John M. Poindexter. He claimed to have taken much of his direction from Central Intelligence Agency Director William Casey. More significantly, North testified repeatedly that he believed President Reagan was aware and approving of his activities. North was indicted in March
1988 on 16 Iran/contra charges, he was found guilty of three counts, North‘s convictions were vacated on July 20, 1990, after the appeals court found that witnesses in his trial might have been impermissibly affected by his immunized congressional testimony.
Many figures that came under criminal investigation and prosecution in Iran-Contra, like John Poindexter, Elliot Abrams, Richard Armitage, Dick Cheney, Otto Reich, Colin Powell, and John Negroponte returned to serve in the Bush administrations without serious challenge from Congress.
Contras and the Crips: A San Francisco Bay Area drug ring sold tons of cocaine to the Crips and Bloods street gangs of Los Angeles and funneled millions in drug profits to an arm of the contra guerrillas of Nicaragua run by the Central Intelligence Agency, the San Jose Mercury News has found. This drug network opened the first pipeline between Colombia’s cocaine cartels and the black neighborhoods of Los Angeles, a city now known as the “crack” capital of the world. (Gary Web) The investigative reporter, Gary Webb, who broke the story that no other major newspaper would run, was found murdered in what can only be described as a staged suicide.
In March, 1994 I traveled to Guatemala during spring vacation. The country was in a state of low level civil war, and bandana wearing AK-47 toting guerillas were nearly as numerous as the US armed government troops. The newspapers, radio, and television were blaring the story that American citizens were kidnapping Guatemalan children to smuggle out of the country and into the US to be used as unwilling organ donors for wealthy elderly Americans. This did not make me too popular with the local citizens who did not know me, and children playing in the park were hesitant to come near me. I felt as if a target had been painted on my back. A female teacher from Alaska who had traveled there on vacation to help Habitat for Humanity build housing for poor villagers was attacked by an angry mob and killed while I was there. The effect of the rumors was to drive a wedge between the civilian population and US citizens who traveled there to assist people through grass roots organizations. Driving south into Guatemala had been an eye opening experience that took me through several low level civil wars and road blocks too numerous to mention. The person I was traveling with was a Guatemalan citizen and former member of the military who made a living importing consumer goods purchased in the US. Despite his knowledge and connections it was obvious to me that he could not have smuggled so much as a microwave oven into the country, much less smuggled a Guatemalan child out of the country. The borders were closely guarded by scrupulous officers who did not ask for bribes and checked the contents of every vehicle. From this I concluded that the Guatemalan government itself was at least complicit in the smuggling operations, if they even existed at all, and that the media stories were a psychological warfare operation designed to separate US citizens from helping the Guatemalan peasants. I was appalled that the US military presence in the country was so obvious, propping up a military dictatorship, despite the discontent, and violent opposition of its people. Imagine my surprise upon reading the work of author Gordon Thomas and Alex Constantine. (excerpt) In an investigation of the worldwide slavery underground, Gordon Thomas documented CIA participation in the kidnap of Latin American children ―flown across the border in light air craft, and sold to child sex rings, or sold so their organs could be used in transplants.‖ Some of the pilots, ―made two or three flights a day. The more experienced used Beech 18s because of the aircrafts
capacity and maneuverability. The majority of fliers had flown for the CIA. (Constantine pg81)
Katherine Griggs: Katharine ‘Kay’ Griggs knows what it’s like to have a gun pointed in her face. She knows what it’s like to have her face slapped, her bones broken and her nose bloodied by her former bully of a husband, an active Marine Colonel and a man who she claims is “above the law and literally gets away with murder.” Virginia court documents and photos of her battered arms and legs tell the sad and brutal physical story of her failed marriage, a tumultuous 11 year roller coaster ride ending in 1999. But the real story for public consumption isn’t the private divorce court details. It is the secret military information about drug running, weapon sales, sexual perversion and assassination squads she learned firsthand from her husband, U.S. Marine Corps Col. George Raymond Griggs, now remarried and living in Mirror Lake, NH. This isn’t the first time Griggs is going public with her story about government mob-like hit squads and the sexually perverted secret “cap and gown and skull and bone society” her husband belonged to along with other high-ranking Marine officers and pubic officials. She first went public in 1996 after receiving death threats, being rescued by Sarah McClendon, former senior member of the White House press corps, who believed her story and took Griggs under her wing, giving her a place to stay and important advice about how to stay alive when dealing with military operatives. “I became a whistle blower and received death threats,” said Griggs this week in an extended telephone conversation from her Tidewater, VA. home. “I finally wound up living for safety reasons with Sarah, the dean of the White House Press Corps, who had been with every president since FDR and was in Army intelligence and also an attorney’s daughter from Texas.” Advised by McClendon to go public without being able to get the mainstream media to listen, she traveled to Adrian, MI on the advice of a friend to do a long extended taped interview with Pastor Rick Strawcutter, a preacher and owner of a 500 watt pirate FM station at 99.3 on the dial in Lenawee County. Strawcutter, who believed in free speech radio and empowering the public with the truth, produced two extended interviews finally released in 2000, one being a two hour version called “Sleeping With The Enemy” and the other an unedited eight hour version. Since then Griggs said she went back to her Virginia home, tried to piece her life together and essentially talked to private groups or anybody who would take the time to listen. Now this week Griggs decided to tell her story again, saying “I will keep repeating it to anyone” and adding after 9/11, the war in Iraq, the London bombings and the fear of terrorism, the “American people are at a point were they are ready and willing to hear the truth.” Although they may be shocked, Griggs said the “truth will set you free,” even if it means facing up to the highest form of corruption, including sexual perversion and government sponsored mob-like hits orchestrated by high-ranking military and government officials. “My former husband George, who is a trained assassin, calls the people he is involved with the members of The Firm or The Brotherhood. If you are in the clique, you are above the law and literally can get away with murder. For years, mostly when he was drinking, he told me how he and others in this elite military group would kill people,” said Griggs, as she mentioned name after high-powered name and story after-detailed story about sexual perversion, murder, military hit squads, brainwashing and mind control, all activities sanctioned, participated in and condoned by a group of military and political elite. “There were many other things
and people he told me about which were startling, things I’ll tell you later. But George is like a robot, glazed eyes and all. While he drinks, he sort of comes alive. It is hard to explain unless you actually see him. He told me he was the No. 1 shooter for a long time for a group of powerful people at the top. If a guy is too honest, for example, they get rid of him.” When asked how large an inside group it was and how she survived after going public with such damning information about so many high powered names, she added: “I just keep myself and my story in the public eye. I am a decent, honest person who believes in telling the truth. I have a deep, abiding faith and trust in God. I also come from a strong-minded, strong-willed family and I am not afraid of generals and admirals. “As far as the sheer numbers of people involved in this cap and gown, skull and bones secret society, it’s hard to say. But it is based on old friendships, college and prep school relationships, covering up secrets and sexual perversion. “My husband told me about all the sexually perverted rituals, like anal and oral sex in coffins at drunken parties and running naked in the woods at Bohemian Grove. Then there was the last time I saw George, which was in 2001 and he was telling me to keep quiet, but I think he knows I will never stop telling the truth.” During numerous drinking binges over many years, one of the main things that sticks out in Griggs’ mind was how easily her husband rationalized killing a small number of innocent people and how he was able to somehow justify the killings if it accomplished a strategic goal for the elite group involved. “Who are these people?” Griggs repeated after being asked the same direct question. “In general, they are first generation German sons, mostly who run things in the military through tight friendships made in Europe and at war colleges. Psyops is a controlling group and Paul Wolfowitz is a major player, as are the many Zionists on this side of the Atlantic. “Truth is light. And these guys are anxious to collect the global power now in the few hands of their Freemasonic ( French Masons ) brotherhood’s elite hands. It is a very, very small group and a rather homogenized group of global top down existentialist Zionists and socialists. In short Nazi’s who came to the U.S. when Hitler, their boy, turned on them in 1933. Griggs said other recognizable names and major players she learned from her husband’s arrogant ramblings besides Wolfowitz and other nondescript military and civilian names, involved in what she called a Zionist global takeover, included Donald Rumsfeld, George H. Bush, Dick Cheney, Henry Kissinger and Andy Fine, to name a few. “After what I learned from George about “Rummy,” as he called him and idolized him and the others, is that they all operate from this secret little, sick society and are all basically cowards and bullies. And I don’t believe I should ever keep quiet about who they are because the only way we are going to change there behavior is to shed light on what they are doing and show how ludicrous , sick and inept their behavior really is. “My husband George just idolized “Rummy” and thinks he is just wonderful when basically he is nothing more than an in the closet-Nazi. Also, George liked to brag how he and Wolfowitz were down in Indonesia in the 1970s, down there training young assassins. “After what I heard all those years and now putting it into perspective after 9/11, I think they are trying to destroy America. Their whole game is all about war, selling weapons and creating a militaristic society. I know first hand from listening to my husband, they will do anything – I mean anything including murder – to get what they want.” Although Griggs said her husband never mentioned anything specific about 9/11 during their marriage, she claims he hinted several times that “war-gaming and airplane crashes” were necessary elements to control and manipulate the American population.
Putting many of her husband’s comments together with other acquaintances made through him, she had this to say about 9/11: “Before 9/11, there were some things which let me know that it was involved with war gaming going on at ACT Commands center in Suffolk. War games and diversions and manipulations of American public opinion he said are “necessary.” George explained some examples such as airplane “crashes” and the bombing by the Israeli Lebanese Bekka valley recruits who blew up the Marine Corps barracks. I believe my husband knew ahead of time 9/11 was going to occur. “I know that there was a war game going on via Tampa, I think it was called Bright Star, which was being run on 9/11 by a weird and insecure USMC General who was in charge while the Army head was conveniently away in the Near East. “I am sure 9-11 was a joint and combined military operation, using boys who were recruited via A.Q. Khan’s Israeli network in Pakistan and South Africa through Zionists in Hamburg. I believe that certain MI6 British Zionists with the Ian Goodwin-Peter Goodwin-Basil Cardinal Hume Yorkshire network were also involved in funding and recruiting these guys. It was a large and ongoing operation to set up and involved lots of CIA Zionists and lots of funny money.” The Early Years: Griggs grew up in the elite Virginia Southern class, the child of a Reserve Military family of Scottish and French Huguenot descent. Raised with strict Christian ideals, moral character, deep faith and impeccable ethics, she carried with her the headstrong outspoken nature of her father and the truth-seeking characteristics of her mother. However, a victim of old Southern male chauvinism and backward traditions, she was married young in an arranged fashion to John Garland Pollard III, the wealthy grandson of a Virginia Governor, who lived off his inheritance in a typical aristocratic Southern-style plantation. “Looking back it was just horrible and suffocating,” said Griggs, who after getting a divorce in 1983 went on to teach after getting a degree in history with a specialty in Virginia history and the Scottish Reformation. After resettling in a Virginia Beach home and working as an Asst. Director of the Chamber of Commerce, she was about to meet a dashing Marine Colonel who would forever change the course and direction of her life. Second Marriage To Col. Griggs: After renting the main portion of her house to Col. Griggs, the couple dated for two months and were quickly married, a speedy decision the young bride would quickly learn to regret. The story of the couple’s courtship is of little importance, but what happened afterwards regarding the colonel’s drunken ramblings takes center stage. “He started drinking, did a lot of heavy drinking and at first I thought I could change him,” said Griggs, who listened closely over the years about her husband’s role as a military assassin and his role as a military trainer who brought new, young assassins into the fold. “He started talking openly about murder, corruption, assassinations and lies. It was just incredible the names that were involved and the people who were being killed. “He gave me very detailed and graphic descriptions about how Waco was carried out, as well as how many other hits went down, including Malcolm Kerr, the head of the American University in Beirut and Ron Brown, who was trying to take away the State Department’s monopoly on drug money and arms deals. “My husband would get into these crazed stupors where he would be running around the house naked and there were times I would find him lying in the grass that way. “I learned about how he was sexually molested by homosexual teachers at the elite Hun School, where a lot of the others in this small elite group also attended, including the members the Saudi Royal family. He told me how sex is used to control, intimidate and groom boys into this type of military service from a young age.
“He mentioned how many of The Brotherhood, as he liked to call them, are members of the “Cap and Gown” Princeton group or the “Skull and Bones” Yale crowd and how they performed sexually perverted induction ceremonies with anal and oral sex performed inside coffins.” During the final two years of the marriage, Griggs said her husband basically disappeared. When she finally decided to blow the whistle on her husband’s activities and others surrounding him, she met privately with attorney and former CIA Director William Colby, seeking advice. ‘I really thought I would get some help, but Colby was later found dead,” said Griggs about Colby whose body was found eight weeks after he disappeared on April, 27, 1996, while canoeing near his Rock Point, Maryland, vacation home. “Then I started getting death threats, had my house burglarized, my car messed with and every time I would try to get the FBI or police to act, strangely nothing would be done. They would do things like steal my underwear, leave black dots on all my blouses and leave twelve screw drivers on my kitchen counter. They would do strange things like this, which if you think about it, is really hard to explain to the police without them thinking you are crazy. “I later found out I was flagged by Marine General Al Gray, my husband’s boss who put the wheels in motion on much of the criminal activity. He flagged me as a trouble maker knowing I was a free thinker who was not about to keep quiet like all the other military wives who knew too much. Finally, I sought help from Sarah McClendon, who basically saved my life.” After weathering the storm of harassment in Washington D.C., she was encouraged by friends to publicize her story nationally through the alternative media since major publications wouldn’t touch it with a ten foot pole. In 1998, she then met Pastor Strawcutter who believed in her and who basically told the same story Griggs is telling today but in much more detail.
Pastor Strawcutter’s 1998 Taped Interview: Besides running a ministry in Adrian, MI., Strawcutter’s main passion is truth-telling, his philosophy turning out to be a perfect match for Griggs when she finally contacted him one morning in 1998 as he broadcasted live during drive-time on his pirate FM radio station. “I remember one morning getting this call during a commercial break and then we put Kay on live for about 45 minutes. I couldn’t believe what I was hearing,” said Strawcutter this week by telephone from his Michigan church. “After the show, I arranged for Kay to come to Michigan with her documentation and photos of the story. “When Griggs arrived with her husband’s diary and photos providing credible documentation for some of what she claimed, Strawcutter taped her story for over eight hours. After the taping session, he recalls out of all the controversial stories he worked on, the Griggs story was one of the most troubling and difficult to deal with due to the sensitive nature of the allegations and the number of high-ranking names involved. Finally, after sitting on the story for a year, Strawcutter decided to release it in two forms, the first being a 2 hour edited video version of the interview which he distributed under the title of “Sleeping With The Enemy” and the other being simply the longer unedited eight hour version.
And like Griggs recounted this week from her Virginia home, the Strawcutter tapes are even more detailed about how members of The Brotherhood operate in a world of treachery, deceit, lies, murder, drug running, sex slavery and illegal weapon sales, all in the name of forming a new world order.
“People need to know the truth about 9/11, Waco, the Oklahoma City bombing and, of course, what Kay Griggs is saying,” said Strawcutter, who for a long time on his FM station had been testing the waters of truth by broadcasting controversial stories, many coming from the likes of Michael Collins Piper and other American Free Press writers, an alternative paper that also delves into subjects taboo in the mainstream media. “I basically believed she was telling the truth and decided to go with the story as she told it.” Asked if he was ever harassed for bringing the Griggs tapes public, he added:
“No, not really. I never worry about things like that. But I do know after winning a landmark federal case to stay on the air in the 1990s, the feds came down real hard one me about three months after 9/11 with another legal challenge to my station which had become wildly successful, becoming the second top rated show in the county.” Shortly, thereafter, Strawcutter was forced to take his brand of truth-telling radio off the air waves in the wake of legal roadblocks and challenges designed by the government to bankrupt his efforts. Katharine ‘Kay’ Griggs Today: The head strong, truth telling woman who first provided America with her shocking story in 1996, is really no different today although she readily admits the government is still trying to ruin her financially and still monitors her closely. Although still under the government microscope, her energy and curiosity remain strong as ever. “With all that’s happening in the world, the time is right now for truth,” said Griggs. “I think America can handle the truth now and I basically want people to know that my husband and the people involved with him are really nothing but cowards and bullies. But they are, at the same time, dangerous, evil people that must be stopped. I am not a vindictive person and I also am not seeking publicity. I simply want people to know the truth about how these people are trying to destroy this country.” And still trying to “connect the dots” in an attempt to expose The Brotherhood, she added: “I’m in the midst of research on the headmistress of my Episcopal girls’ school, St. Margaret’s, who spent years working with MI6 at Cheltenham!! This is Victor Rothschild’s group with 6 representing the six-sided star and MI5 being more Masonic but still not sure about all of this yet.” Single and living in the same home she shared with her former military husband, Griggs still holds firm to her strong Christian beliefs, saying she will talk to anybody who is interested in listening since she firmly believes “truth is light and only the truth will set you free.”
RUSSIAN MIND CONTROL-Directed Energy Weapons
Controlled Offensive Behavior, USSR a 1972 Army study of Soviet experimentation that focused on the targeting of individuals, not groups. Soviet dissidents were the target of microwave anti-personnel weapons and mind altering techniques that sought, ―the total submission of one‘s will to some outside force.‖ The American effort at the time was just as exotic. Brain researcher Wilder Penfield demonstrated that electrical stimulation kicked up lost memories with perfect recall. Acoustical telemetry allowed American scientists to create scallops of infra-sound waves in the head, wiping clean all information stored by the brain cells. An EM arms race was in progress. EM mind control surfaced at the 1973 Russian Conference on Psychotronic Research. The agenda for the Prague
meeting included the following five topics: Erasure of the subconscious mind, development of ESP, induction of paranormal effects in dreams, the mechanical equivalent of neuropsychic energy, and the Psi gene.
The Soviets were known to have potent blinding lasers. They were also feared to have developed acoustic and radiowave weapons. The 1987 issue of Soviet Military Power, a cold war Pentagon publication, warned that the Soviets might be close to “a prototype short-range tactical RF [radio frequency] weapon.” The Washington Post reported that year that the Soviets had used such weapons to kill goats at 1 kilometer’s range. The Pentagon, it turns out, has been pursuing similar devices since the 1960s. (Douglas Pasternak)
The Russian capability, demonstrated in a series of laboratory experiments dating back to the mid-1970s, could be used to suppress riots, control dissidents, demoralize or disable opposing forces and enhance the performance of friendly special operations teams. Pioneered by the government-funded Department of Psycho-Correction at the Moscow Medical Academy, acoustic psycho-correction involves the transmission of specific commands via static or white noise bands into the human subconscious without upsetting other intellectual functions. Experts said laboratory demonstrations have shown encouraging results after exposure of less than one minute. Moreover, decades of research and investment of untold millions of rubles in the process of psycho-correction has produced the ability to alter behavior on willing and unwilling subjects, the experts add. In an effort to restrict potential misuse of this capability, Russian senior research scientists, diplomats, military offices and officials of the Russian Ministry of Higher Education, Science and Technology Policy are beginning to provide limited demonstrations for their U.S. counterparts. Further evaluations of key technologies in the United States are being planned, as are discussions aimed at creating a framework for bringing the issue under bilateral or multilateral controls, U.S. and Russian sources said. An undated paper by the Psycho Center, a Moscow-based group affiliated with the Department of Psycho-Correction at the Moscow Medical Academy, acknowledges the potential danger of this capability. The Russian experts, including George Kotov, a former KGB general now serving in a senior government ministry post, present in their report a list of software and hardware associated with their psycho-correction program that could be procured for as little as $80,000. As far as it has become possible to probe and correct psychic contents of human beings despite their will and consciousness by instrumental means…results having been achieved can get out of [our] control and be used with inhuman purposes of manipulating psyche.” The Russia authors note that, “World opinion is not ready for dealing appropriately with the problems coming from the possibility of direct access to the human mind. Therefore, the Russian authors have proposed a bilateral Center for Psycho-technologies where U.S. and Russian …could monitor and restrict the emerging capabilities.
Dr. Igor Smirnov, a Russian expert on non-lethal weapons, was brought to the US for a series of meetings in Virginia in 1993. The meetings were attended by representatives of the CIA, DIA, FBI, and ARPA, civilians included representatives of the NIMH and GMC‘s Director of Biomedical Research. Smirnov and his non-lethal weapons technology was brought to Waco during the Branch Davidian Siege in 1993 in hopes of using them on David Koresh, but a software problem reportedly made this impossible, and Smirnov could not guarantee its safety. A firm called Psychotechnologies Corp.,
based in Richmond, Va., entered into an agreement with the Russians to share and develop this technology for American use. Dr. Smirnov died of a heart attack in 2005 and the patent is now held exclusively by Psychotechnologies Corp. Psi-Tech is controlled by Col. John B. Alexander, General Michael Aquino, and Lt. Col. Albert Stubbblebine.
Full scale electromagnetic warfare between the US and USSR began on July 4, 1976 when the Russians began broadcasting a broadband of short wave radio signal that could be heard all over the world. The signal is maintained at enormous expense and is made up of the most powerful radio transmitters in the world. The ―Russian Woodpecker‖ radio signal varies between 3.26 and 17.5 megahertz, shortly after it came on line complaints were heard, mostly centered in Oregon, headaches, anxiety, lack of body coordination, and other symptoms. Dr. Andrija Puharich has researched electromagnetics since the early 1950‘s with connections to the US intelligence community, and is admittedly one of the world authorities. According to Dr. Andrija Puharich, the Soviets caught US intelligence unaware with their 100megawatt transmissions of extremely low frequency waves (ELF). The ELF pulse covered the frequency range of the brain. I had a hypothesis that this was a new mind control weapon that could entrain a human being‘s EEG. I designed an experiment and conclusively proved that the Soviet transmission could entrain the human brain and thereby induce behavioral modification. They (CIA) proved a certain ELF frequency could cause cancer, I have repeated these experiments and found this to be true…a single ELF frequency (classified) can cause cancer.
―The US Air Force identified five different frequencies in this compound harmonic the Russians were sending through the earth and the atmosphere. The intention was to affect a change in consciousness in mankind. The ELF waves will penetrate anything and everything, the specially shielded Faraday cage, the ocean. Nothing stops or weakens these signals.‖ Puharich and Beck proved that a signal of 6 Hertz easily penetrated the copper walls of a Faraday cage, so could the rate the Russians used of 6.6 Hertz…this caused depression. ―7.83 hertz could make a person feel good, this was the Schumann Resonance, the earth‘s pulse rate‖. ―10.8 Hertz could cause riotous behavior.‖ ―Whole populations can be controlled by ELF waves. Intensive research on such behavior modification is now being conducted by the US govt. to find out just what such waves do to people.‖ ―This electromagnetic research is similar to the secret drug experiments conducted on the unsuspecting populace in the 1950‘s.‖
Puharich went over the heads of the disbelieving US military and hand delivered a secret report to President Carter, Trudeau of Canada, and other western dignitaries. The government moved quickly to shut him up, burning down his home and much of his research. While in hiding in Mexico he had managed to arrange a meeting and an agreement was reached. He has had no trouble with the CIA to date, save that his book on the subject of the ELF war has been blocked from publication, the public remains uninformed. On the subject of the ELF cancer-causing wave he says, ―These waves cannot be jammed. The lower frequency Hertz waves are as long as 300,000 miles. The government has built huge transmitters in South Africa, Australia and other places to beam ELF waves back to Russia. There is no shield that will stop these signals.‖ (Kieth 203) Although the US govt. did not officially acknowledge that the country was under
electromagnetic assault from a foreign power, they apparently responded in kind, beyond what Puharich documented. Operation Pique involved firing electromagnetic signals off the ionosphere, to ricochet down on Eastern Europe, with a particular focus being Eastern European nuclear installations.
The Military financed all scientific research into development of directed energy weapons. After decades of work real progress was on the horizon and much of the research became classified, or once a breakthrough of some kind was made, the public program was shut down and restarted elsewhere in conditions of absolute secrecy. The published scientific papers that concerned potential weapons and even bioelectric medicine were reduced to a trickle, but occasional information about their existence continued to emerge. The work of Allen Sharp, Joseph Sharp, Allen Frey, Delgado, Ross Adey, J.F. Schapitz, Andre Puharich, Herman Schwann, James Lin, Bill Van Bise, Eldon Byrd, Robert Becker, James Lilly, Igor Smirnov and many others present sufficient evidence of these weapons existence.
The earliest work on the effects of electromagnetics on humans was done by Nikola Tesla. Drs Chaffee and Light in 1934 published ―A Method For Remote Control of Electrical Stimulation of the Nervous System. The same year Soviet scientist Vasilev wrote ―Critical Evaluation of the Hypogenic Method‖. The experiments showed, ―At a distance…mental suggestion to go to sleep was complied with within a minute.
The background to the development of anti-personnel electromagnetic weapons can be traced to the early-middle 1940’s and possibly earlier. The earliest extant reference was contained in the U.S. Strategic Bombing Survey (Pacific Survey, Military Analysis Division, Volume 63) reviewed Japanese research and development efforts on a “Death Ray.” While not reaching the stage of practical application, research was considered sufficiently promising to warrant the expenditure of 2 million Yen during the years 1940-1945. Summarizing the Japanese efforts, allied scientists concluded that a ray apparatus might be developed that could kill unshielded human beings at a distance of 5 to 10 miles. Studies demonstrated that, for example, automobile engines could be stopped by tuned waves as early as 1943. It is therefore reasonable to suppose that this technique has been available for a great many years. Research on living organisms (mice and ground hogs) revealed that waves from 2 meters to 60 centimeters in length caused hemorrhage of lungs, whereas waves shorter than two meters destroyed brain cells.
Andre Puharich studied the effects of radio waves on animals at Northwestern University in the late 1940‘s, later founded a laboratory he called the ―Round Table Foundation of Electro biology‖.
His associate in the organization was Warren S. McCulloch of Bellevue, an early advocate of electronic brain implants, chair of conferences sponsored by the Josiah Macy Jr. Foundation. Puharich was later employed at the Army‘s Chemical and Biological Warfare Center at Fort Detrick, Maryland, researching the effects of LSD for the CIA in 1954. He perfected the radio tooth implant, ―a small little relay and receiver and transmitter‖. Puharich also worked at the Permanente Research Foundation and was funded by Sandoz Chemical Works. (Kieth pg 176)
Dr. Allan Frey, a biophysicist at G.E.‘s Advanced Electronics Center, Cornell Univ. (and a contractor for the office of Naval Research) discovered in 1958 that the auditory system responds to EM energy in a portion of the RF spectrum at low power densities…well below that necessary for biological damage.‖ ―The human auditory system and a table radio may be one order of magnitude apart in sensitivity to RF energy.‖ Frey proposed ―stimulating the nervous system without the damage caused by electrodes.‖ He wrote two papers, ―Microwave Auditory Effect and Applications‖ and ―Human Auditory Response to Modulated Electromagnetic Energy‖. Frey‘s work had obvious implications for covert operations. He synchronized pulsed microwaves with the myocardial rhythm of a frog‘s heart, the heart stopped beating. Frey had perfected the induction of heart seizures by beamed electromagnetics. He microwaved cats and found that stimulation of the hypothalamus had a powerful effect on emotions. Frey …found that human subjects exposed to 1310MHz and 2982 MHz microwaves at average power densities of 0.4 to 2mW/cm2 perceived auditory sounds…The peak power densities were on the order of 200 to 300 mW/cm2 and the pulse repetition frequencies varied from 200 to 400 Hz…Frey referred to this auditory phenomenon as the RF (radio frequency) sound. The sensation occurred instantaneously at average incident power densities well below that necessary for known biological damage and appeared to originate from within or near the back of the head. Frey was reluctant to experiment on humans but others, particularly Paperclip scientist were not.
Dr. Ross Adey worked at UCLA, rigged the brains of lab animals to transmit to a radio receiver, which shot signals back to a device that sparked any behavior desired by the researcher. Adey had worked closely with émigré Nazi technicians after WWII. Adey determined that emotional states and behavior can be remotely influenced merely by placing a subject in an electromagnetic field. By directing a carrier frequency to stimulate the brain and using amplitude modulation to shape the wave to mimic a desired EEG frequency, he was able to impose a 4.5 CPS theta rhythm on his subjects. Drs. Joseph Sharp and Allen Frey experimented with microwaves seeking to transmit spoken words directly into the audio cortex via a pulsed-microwave analog of the speaker’s sound vibration. Indeed, Frey’s work in this field, dating back to 1960, gave rise to the so called “Frey effect” which is now more commonly referred to as “microwave hearing.” Within the Pentagon this ability is now known as “Artificial Telepathy.” Adey and others have compiled an entire library of frequencies and pulsation rates which can affect the mind and nervous system. (Guyatt)
Dr Herman Schwann is hailed as the father of bioelectric medicine, out of his research came the 10 milliwatt safety standard set in the 1950‘s. Schwann worked at the Kaiser Wilhelm Institute of biophysics in Germany, became a Paperclip scientist after the war and taught bioengineering at the Univ. of Pennsylvania. Schwann was heavily funded, mostly by the DOD. Schwann was lionized at the University of Pennsylvania as a great humanitarian, his portrait still hangs in a place of honor. Schwann was a German scientist who came to the US under a military recruitment program after the war. He has worked at the University of Pennsylvania on numerous government contracts and set the first health and safety standards for electromagnetic radiation, adopted by the US government. In Physical Properties of Biological Matter: Some History, Principles, and Applications by Herman P. Schwann, 1982. “…Rajewsky and I had published a paper on the conductivity of erythrocytes, reporting, for the first time, dielectric measurements on
biological materials extending up to 1,000 MHz. …I mention all of these things to indicate the decisive role that the Navy and NIH played. Navy support has been available to me, in one form or another, ever since 1947, and NIH support since 1952.” The book continues, “While a young physics student, financial problems forced me to interrupt my studies until I found employment as an electronics technician at the Oswalt Institute for Physics in Medicine, now the Max Planck Institute for Biophysics…cell membranes are not likely to be affected directly by microwaves since fields of interest can only apply potentials across the membranes that are vanishingly small in comparison with potentials needed to yield significant membrane responses. And significant responses of biopolymers require field strength levels very much higher than those causing undue heating.” Schwann has worked extensively in the biomedical engineering field. He has claimed up to the 1990s that the non-thermal effects of electromagnetic radiation have not been proven. Schwan’s March 22, 2000 email response to the issue of classified electromagnetic, neurological weapons stated. “I am not aware of military antipersonnel weapons using electromagnetic (EM) radiation. There was a lot of talk about it some years ago. I believe the potential for such weaponry is small since EM radiation field strength decreases inversely with the distance square in the “distant” field. (Cheryl Welsh)
Dr. J.F. Schapitz was funded by the DOD, proposing in 1974 the use of radio broadcasting in conjunction with hypnotic control. He wrote, ―the spoken word of the hypnotist may be conveyed by modulated electromagnetic energy directly into the subconscious parts of the human brain-i.e., without employing any technical devices for the receiving and transcoding the messages and without the person exposed to such influence having a chance to control the input consciously…‖ ―The second experiment was the implanting of hypnotic suggestions for simple acts, like leaving the lab to buy some particular item, which were to be triggered by a suggested time, spoken word, or sight. Subjects were to be interviewed later. It may be expected that they rationalize their behavior and consider it to be undertaken out of their own free will.‖ The results of Schapitz‘ experimentation have never been released to the public. (Kieth pg 181)
Eldon Byrd, a specialist in medical bioengineering, worked for the Marine Corps 1980-83 at the Armed Forces Radiobiology Research Institute of Bethesda, Maryland. Byrd experimented on small animals and himself to see if electromagnetic waves could be used to influence or entrain the brain activity of living organisms. Byrd said, ―We could put animals into a stupor by hitting them with these frequencies. We got chick brains in vitro to dump 80% of the natural opioids in their brains. The effect was non-lethal and reversible. You could disable a person temporarily, it would have been like a stun gun, we would have had a weapon in one year.‖ Byrd reported having his work taken away from him and the project going black, numerous other researchers in electromagnetics report having their work taken away from them at the precise point when they begin to get successful results. (Kieth pg 183)
Dr. Dietrich Beischer exposed 7,000 naval crew men to dangerous levels of microwave energy, claiming the exposure limits could be ―obtained no other way‖ given the ‗exquisitely complex and dynamic nature of the human organism.‖ Dr Beischer disappeared or died in 1977, like scores of other scientists engaged in research on microwave weapons. Nobel laureate Robert O. Becker received a phone call from Beischer ―He blurted out, I‘m at a pay phone, I can‘t talk long, they are watching me. I
can‘t go to the meeting or ever communicate with you again. I‘m sorry, you‘ve been a good friend. Goodbye.‖ Soon after I called his office at Pensacola and was told, ―I‘m sorry, there is no one here by that name.‖ Just as in the movies, a guy who had done important research there for decades just disappeared.‖ According to author Ford Rowan, Richard Helm‘s dream of biocommunication was achieved by the CIA in the late sixties. Microwaves penetrated the skull, the miniaturized receiver linked the brain to a remote computer. Brain waves were deciphered, recorded, and beamed to another person…two-way mental communication. (Kieth pg 180)
At the Walter Reed Army Institute of Research, Dr. Joseph C. Sharp, himself, was the subject of an experiment in which pulsed microwave audiograms, or the microwave analog of the sound vibrations of spoken words, were delivered to his brain in such a way that he was able to understand the words that were spoken. Military and undercover uses of such a device might include driving a subject crazy with inner voices in order to discredit him, or conveying undetectable instructions to a programmed assassin.
In his autobiography, The Scientist, John C. Lilly records a conversation he had with the director of the National Institute of Mental Health–in 1953. The director asked Lilly to brief the CIA, FBI, NSA, and the various military intelligence services on his work using electrodes to stimulate directly the pleasure and pain centers in the brain. Lilly refused, noting, in his reply: “Dr. Antoine Remond, using our techniques in Paris, has demonstrated that this method of stimulation of the brain can be applied to the human without the help of the neurosurgeon; he is doing it in his office in Paris without neurosurgical supervision. This means that anybody with the proper apparatus can carry this out on a person covertly, with no external signs that the electrodes have been used on that person. I feel that if this technique got into the hands of a secret agency, they would have total control over a human being and be able to change his beliefs extremely quickly, leaving little evidence of what they had done.”(Cannon, Martin, The Controllers, 1980)
Dr. James Lin of Wayne State University wrote a book entitled Microwave Auditory Effects & Applications, in which he states “The capability of communicating directly with humans by pulsed microwaves is obviously not limited to the field of therapeutic medicine.”
EM mind control machines were championed at Stanford University by Dr. Karl Pribram, director of the Neuropsychology Research Laboratory: “I certainly could educate a child by putting an electrode in the lateral hypothalamus and then selecting the situations at which I stimulate it. In this way I can grossly change his behavior.” Psychology Today celebrated Pribram as “The Magellan of Brain Science.” He obtained his B.S. and M.D. degrees at the University of Chicago, and at Stanford University studied how the brain processes and stores sensory imagery. He is credited with discovering that mental imaging bears a close resemblance to hologram projection (the basis for transmitting images to the craniums of test subjects under the misnomer “remote viewing?”). (Constantine)
Dr. Michael Persinger, a psychologist and neuro-scientist, ―did research on the effects of electromagnetic radiation on the brain for a Pentagon weapons project‖. He has worked in the field for 40 years and has been funded by the Navy and reportedly the NSA as well. Persinger perfected a means to make experimental subjects feel they have been
abducted by aliens or had an encounter with angels or God through the use of a modified motorcycle helmet equipped with solenoids to send electromagnetic pulses through the frontal lobes of their brains. ―Human experience of God can be generated by a process that has nothing to do with whether God exists or not.‖ Persinger published, ―On the Possibility of Directly Accessing Every Human Brain by Electromagnetic Induction of Fundamental Algorithms.‖ (1995) ―A process which is coupled to the narrow band of brain temperature could allow all normal human brains to be affected by a sub harmonic whose frequency range at 10 Hz would only vary by 0.1 Hz.‖ ―Random variations, of noise within the matrices could potentially differentiate between individual brains.‖ In other words individuals could be identified by the specific characteristics of their brain output. ―Identification of these sequences could also allow direct access to the most complex neurocognitive processes associated with the self, human consciousness and the aggregate of experimental representations (episodic memory) that define the individual within the brain.‖ In other words, a person‘s memory, consciousness, and sense of self can be fully accessed and modified by electromagnetic means…essentially a person‘s personality can be completely shaped by electromagnetic means much like the research of Dr. Ewen Cameron sought to do with more primitive means.
Persinger says brain processes can be ―circumvented by direct induction of this information within the brain…the basic premise is that synthetic duplication of the neuroelectrical correlates generated by sensors to an actual stimulus should produce identical experiences without the presence of that stimulus.‖ He is saying that virtually any mental state can be artificially injected into a human brain…from an exterior source. The most frightening thing is that the means for doing this already exist in a fully operational form on a worldwide basis. ―The power levels for these amplitudes are similar to those associated with the signals (generated globally by radio and communication systems)… Within the last two decades a potential has emerged which was improbable but which is now marginally feasible. This potential is the technical capability to influence directly the major portion of the approximately six billion brains of the human species…by generating neural information within a physical medium within which all members of the species are immersed.‖ Persinger‘s message, minus the jargon, is that the entire human race can be mind controlled through the use of television and radio networks. (Kieth 207)
Building the Perfect Beast: Strategic Defense Initiative: The Star Wars program routinely falsified research data, “We would lose hundreds of millions of dollars in Congress if we did not perform it successfully, we put a beacon with a certain frequency on the target vehicle, on the interceptor we had a receiver. The hit looked beautiful so Congress did not ask questions.” “The very idea of Star Wars, an umbrella that would shield America from Soviet nuclear warheads-was itself a massive deception. No knowledgeable scientist thought for a minute such a shield was feasible. Yet the Pentagon proceeded with this fraud and faked other tests in 1990 and 1991 after the Soviet threat had disappeared.” Edward Teller was charged with falsifying test data on “Super Excalibur”, a nuclear powered x-ray laser built by Lawrence Livermore Laboratory, the project was canceled in 1992. (Constantine pg38) “All the talk about death rays and charged particle beams has been little more than an elaborate smokescreen designed to
hide the fact that the US is developing a directed energy weapon that uses a high-power microwave pulse.” (Brodeur) Livermore has been a central participant in SDI since 1982, when Teller, the labs founder suggested SDI to Reagan. The father of the H-bomb received 40,000 shares of a laser research company that later defrauded investors. Dr. Teller tried to sell Alaska on Project Plowshare, the use of six thermonuclear weapons to excavate a harbor at Cape Thompson, Alaska. In 1987 Teller returned to Alaska to propose the installation of a laser like weapon system on the North Slope of Alaska. The weapon system Teller was trying to sell was classified and not openly discussed, but the presentations indicated this “Star Wars” weapon was HAARP. In 1995 Congress killed funding for “Star Wars”, but HAARP continues as the ultimate SDI radio frequency radiation weapon. The Reagan administration intensified the push into EM weapons development under project Sleeping Beauty. A scientist working for the Army’s ballistic defense command complained to the House Government operations Committee that as much as half the entire SDI budget had disappeared into classified projects. When Ronald Reagan spoke to the UN about Star Wars he promised that the weapons system would be shared with all of humanity and that, “should we be invaded by aliens it would be used to defend the earth.”
High Frequency Active Auroral Research Project
HAARP is the world‘s largest electromagnetic broadcasting station, and may represent an escalation in the WWIV electromagnetic war. The project is a creation of US Air Force and Naval Research, publicly it is for ionospheric research, but can be used to control weather and do electromagnetic sweeps that can be used for mind control of large populations.
HAARP, 30 miles from Fairbanks Alaska, is the real focus of anti-missile defense that SDI purported to be…and much more.
The public patent was titled, ―A Method and Apparatus for Altering a Region of the Earth‘s Atmosphere, Ionosphere and Magnetosphere‖. Dr. Bernard Eastland, a physicist who holds a patent for the ―fusion torch‖ also holds about a dozen others related to HAARP that were eventually purchased by E-Systems and Raytheon. Patent #4,686,605 claims the following uses: ―cause total disruption of (all forms) of communications over a very large portions of the earth…missile or aircraft destruction, deflection or confusion… weather modification…by altering solar absorption‖, also altering composition of the atmosphere. This patent was classified by the Navy under a National Security Order in 1987, but other patents exist for purposes of, ―Power Beaming Systems‖, ―Artificial Ionospheric Mirror Composed of a Plasma Layer‖, ―Creation of Artificial Ionizing Clouds Above the Earth‖, ―Defense System for Discriminating Between Objects in Space‖, ―Nuclear-Sized Explosions Without Radiation‖.
HAARP is described as a research instrument for studying the Ionosphere, an Ionospheric Heater (IRI), of which many exist, but HAARP is special. The ability to focus energy and the unprecedented amount, in gigawatts (billion watts), makes it literally millions of times more effective at heating the region about 120 miles high. The atmosphere has most of its density below 30 miles altitude, the ionosphere is the very thin layer above that absorbs dangerous ultraviolet radiation and makes life possible on earth. There is little mixing normally between the two layers, but disturbances in the Ionosphere translate to changes in weather, such as normally occurring sunspots and the solar wind.
The main idea behind HAARP is the ability to direct electrons along the naturally occurring magnetic field lines of the earth and accelerate them to near the speed of light to form a protective shell of highly excited particles that not only block communications worldwide, but destroy missiles in their trajectory as they descend from space. The effects can be localized by punching a hole through the Ionosphere to super heat an area of 30 Km in diameter into a plasma shield. Any missile or aircraft would be destroyed that tried to fly through the plasma, which is the fourth state of matter. A hole in the Ionosphere over an enemy country could kill by allowing solar radiation to strike the surface unhindered. Weather modification could also be used as an instrument of warfare by manipulating the electrojet and the jet streams that dictate climate. The publicly stated aim is C3, or communications, the margin of victory in war is to block or intercept enemy communications and to secure your own. The signals in the ELF range can be generated by HAARP and heard anywhere in the world, and are used for earth-penetrating tomography, basically finding enemy submarines or underground bases. Volcanoes and earthquakes cause electromagnetic disturbances and it is theorized that EM disturbances might of themselves trigger earthquakes and volcanoes. Dr. Richard Williams says the high-energy experiments will generate the equivalent of the output of 10-100 large power generating stations and that ―Tests of these kinds could cause irreversible damage‖.
David Yarrow states, ―Earth‘s axial spin means that a burst lasting more than a few minutes will slice through the ionosphere like microwave knife…producing not a ―hole‖ but a long tear-an incision‖.
According to Dr. Elizabeth Rauscher, ―The ionosphere is prone to catalytic reactions, so if a small part is changed, a major change in the Ionosphere can happen‖. HAARP documents admit that thousand fold greater amounts of energy can be released in the Ionosphere than injected. Stanford University experiments beaming radio waves (VLF) into the magnetosphere, detected the signals halfway around the world, some were amplified a thousand times. HAARP documents describe intentionally trying to get a ―runaway‖ effect in the Ionosphere, ―the instabilities commonly studied are approaching their maximum RF energy dissipative capacity, beyond which the plasma process will ―runaway‖ until the next limiting factor is reached.‖ The first atomic weapons testing was done without knowing if the chain reaction would stop or keep going. Oppenheimer admitted years later that, ―The government knew that the scientists didn‘t know.‖ The decision to pulse several gigawatts of energy into the Ionosphere could cross a threshold…Walter Richmond wrote an account of such an event in a book entitled, The Lost Millennium, the event began with a ―solar tap‖ and a planetary short circuit. ―The surge of power became an avalanche…at the pole in the vertical plane of the earth‘s magnetic field where the winds of magnetism would not rise to blow it out. One trillion watt-seconds of energy unleashed their fury on the polar cap in the first flash…even as it discharged, the ionosphere was recharged from the solar furnace. The first flash became a might roar that poured an increased and now steady stream…of energy through the now-stabilized short circuit. Kilo cubit after square kilo cubit of frozen wasteland boiled. Watt after watt of ever-increasing avalanche energy lit the polar cap with a glare that had never before been seen…‖ ―Earth‘s an electrical motor…When the motor began to run wild, it would increase its rotational speed…Eventually the Earth would explode from increased centrifugal stress.‖
Dr. Teller tried to sell Alaska on Project Plowshare, the use of six thermonuclear weapons to excavate a harbor at Cape Thompson, Alaska. In 1987 Teller returned to Alaska to propose the installation of a laser like weapon system on the North Slope of Alaska. The weapon system Teller was trying to sell was classified and not openly discussed, but the presentations indicated this ―Star Wars‖ weapon was HAARP. In 1995 Congress killed funding for ―Star Wars‖, but HAARP continues as the ultimate SDI radio frequency radiation weapon.
The HAARP project manager describes the ―experiment‖ of earth penetrating capability using ―frequencies of 10 to 20 Hertz (pulses per second) or maybe one Hertz, one cycle per second type waves.‖
This range of frequencies are the same dominant frequencies within which the human brain normally operates. Objections to nondisclosure of the biological effects of ELF on living things were ignored. The military, particularly the Navy and Air Force, have extensive research on the negative effects of ELF. These effects have been well documented but the government easily deflects public concern by playing down the effects and minimizing the risks. This is the same method used for other military systems, including nuclear weapons tests, LSD experiments, and radiation experiments, all carried out on unknowing subjects under the guise of National Security. The Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) has been falsified as to the true nature of the weapon system, its capabilities, and its possible fallout.
The military will never abandon this aspect of the miniature Manhattan Project regarding RFR weapons because of the extreme versatility and relative inexpensive weapons system. HAARP can do seven things or more…Generate an EMP to disable electronic devices, improve submarine communications, more flexible and accurate radar, disrupt enemy communications while maintaining ours, earth penetrating radar for finding hidden installations, finding oil, gas and mineral deposits, detection of low flying missiles and planes. These are just the publicly stated capabilities.
E-Systems is ―part of the central nervous systems for the nation‘s intelligence community‖ with nearly 90% of $2 billion in sales in classified projects. Most of these projects were for the NSA and CIA, while the employees are often former Agency officials. Raytheon purchased E-Systems for $2.3 billion and holds at least twelve patents related to HAARP. E-Systems was the most secretive company in the US and after the sale its details are even more shrouded in mystery.
The brain operates with a narrow band of frequencies, beta waves or normal activity are 13-35 Hz, alpha waves or focused mental functioning are 8-12 Hz, theta waves or mental imagery are 4-7 Hz, and delta waves or sleep are .5-3 Hz. External stimulation of the brain by electromagnetic energy causes the brain to become entrained or locked in phase with an external signal. Specific waveforms and frequencies trigger precise chemical responses in the brain. The release of these neurochemicals cause specific reactions in the brain, which result in feelings of fear, lust, depression, love, etc. The power level needed to achieve a level of control over brain activity is very small, from 5 to 200 microamperes, which is a thousand times less than the power to run a 60watt light bulb. The trick to influencing brain activity is in the combination of frequency, power level and wave form.
In 1958 at the age of 14 Daniel Patrick Flanagan invented the Neurophone, a device to convert sound (words, music) into electrical impulses, which can be transferred through any point on the body directly into the brain, bypassing the ear entirely. The patent office refused a patent and told the inventor that if the device could make one of their deaf employees hear, he would issue the patent. The device was tested, the employee ―heard‖ and the patent was granted. The DIA (Defense Intelligence Agency) classified the invention and froze research for years. In 1978 after the secrecy order was lifted Flanagan produced the Mark XI and Thinkman Model 50, which were used as learning tools because they literally download taped information into long term memory. Recent discussions with Flanagan about the subject of HAARP revealed that this radio transmitter could be used as a wireless neurophone covering the entire planet. The HAARP transmitting system could be used inadvertently or intentionally to alter mental functions. (Begich)
PATENTS: Classification under the heading of National Security is sufficient to hide the experimental work of scientists engaged in directed energy weapons research, but if an inventor wishes to reap financial rewards for a device a patent must be filed. There are hundreds of patents related to directed energy weapons and what the Pentagon now refers to as ―psychotronica‖ or ―synthetic telepathy‖. The existence of these patents, together with the body of scientific research, and the testimony of victims of human experimentation is incontrovertible proof that the weapons exist. The earliest patents for directed energy weapons belong to Nikola Tesla. Tesla built the first electrical generating station, single handedly beginning the modern age. The SDI patent drawings submitted 70 years later by Dr. Bernard Eastland who holds numerous SDI patents are essentially Tesla drawings. It is hard to imagine a technical genius that far ahead of his time. J.P. Morgan was the primary investor in Tesla, eventually cutting off funding and confiscating the rights to the many devices and patents while Tesla died in poverty and obscurity.
Robert G. Malech patented in 1976 an, ―Apparatus and Method for Remotely Monitoring and Altering Brain Waves‖ (#3951134). The patents abstract states, ―Apparatus for method of sensing brain waves at a position remote from the subject whereby electromagnetic signals of different frequencies are simultaneously transmitted to the brain of the subject‖. ―The present invention relates to apparatus and a method for monitoring brain waves wherein all components of the apparatus are remote from the test subject. ―High frequency transmitters are operated to radiate electromagnetic energy of different frequencies through antennas which are capable of scanning the entire brain of the test subject or any desired region thereof. The signals of different frequencies penetrate the skull of the subject and impinge upon the brain where they mix to form an interference wave modulated by radiation from the brain‘s natural electrical activity. The Modulated interference wave is transmitted by the brain and received by an antenna at a remote station where it is demodulated, and processed to provide a profile of the subject‘s brain waves. In addition to passively monitoring his brain waves, the subject‘s neurological processes may be affected by transmitting to his brain, through transmitting
compensating signals. The latter signals can be derived from the received and processed brain waves.‖ (Kieth pg 182)
Robert A. Monroe (1993)―Method for Inducing Mental, Emotional and Physical States of Consciousness, Including Specific Mental Activity in Human Beings‖, patented by Robert A. Monroe, a practitioner of ―remote viewing‖, founder of the Monroe Institute in Charlottesville, Virginia. Specific states of consciousness can be induced, ―through generation of stereo audio signals having specific wave shapes…human brain waves, in the form of EEGs, are superimposed upon specific stereo audio signals, known as carrier frequencies which are within the range of human hearing.‖ Monroe filed a later patent as an improvement, he is reported to have had close connections to the CIA, and is now deceased.
MIND CONTROL WEAPON-RELATED PATENTS BY NUMBER
A system and method for enabling human beings to communicate by way of their monitored brain activity. The brain activity of an individual is monitored and transmitted to a remote location (e.g. by satellite). At the remote location, the monitored brain activity is compared with pre-recorded normalized brain activity curves, waveforms, or patterns to determine if a match or substantial match is found. If such a match is found, then the computer at the remote location determines that the individual was attempting to communicate the word, phrase, or thought corresponding to the matched stored normalized signal.
6017302, Loos: In human subjects, sensory resonances can be excited by subliminal atmospheric acoustic pulses that are tuned to the resonance frequency. The 1/2 Hz sensory resonance affects the autonomic nervous system and may cause relaxation, drowsiness, or sexual excitement, depending on the precise acoustic frequency near 1/2 Hz used. The effects of the 2.5 Hz resonance include slowing of certain cortical processes, sleepiness, and disorientation. For these effects to occur, the acoustic intensity must lie in a certain deeply subliminal range. Suitable apparatus consists of a portable battery-powered source of weak sub audio acoustic radiation. The method and apparatus can be used by the general public as an aid to relaxation, sleep, or sexual arousal, and clinically for the control and perhaps treatment of insomnia, tremors, epileptic seizures, and anxiety disorders. There is further application as a nonlethal weapon that can be used in law enforcement standoff situations, for causing drowsiness and disorientation in targeted subjects. It is then preferable to use venting acoustic monopoles in the form of a device that inhales and exhales air with sub audio frequency.
3773049 LIDA: An apparatus for the treatment of neuropsychic and somatic disorders wherein light-, sound-, VHF electromagnetic field-pulses and radiation from light-, sound-, VHF electromagnetic field- and heat-sources, respectively, are simultaneously applied by means of a control unit to the patient’s central nervous system with a predetermined repetition rate. The light radiation and sound radiation sources are made so as to exert an adequate and monotonous influence of the light-and sound-radiation on the patient’s visual analyzers and auditory analyzers, respectively. (USSR 1960‘s era technology) 4858612 Stocklin: A method and apparatus for simulation of hearing in mammals by
introduction of a plurality of microwaves into the region of the auditory cortex is shown and described. A microphone is used to transform sound signals into electrical signals which are in turn analyzed and processed to provide controls for generating a plurality of microwave signals at different frequencies. The multifrequency microwaves are then applied to the brain in the region of the auditory cortex. By this method sounds are perceived by the mammal which are representative of the original sound received by the microphone.
4877027 Brunkan: Sound is induced in the head of a person by radiating the head with microwaves in the range of 100 megahertz to 10,000 megahertz that are modulated with a particular waveform. The waveform consists of frequency modulated bursts. Each burst is made up of ten to twenty uniformly spaced pulses grouped tightly together. The burst width is between 500 nanoseconds and 100 microseconds. The pulse width is in the range of 10 nanoseconds to 1 microsecond. The bursts are frequency modulated by the audio input to create the sensation of hearing in the person whose head is irradiated.
5123899 Gall: A system for altering the states of human consciousness involves the simultaneous application of multiple stimuli, preferable sounds, having differing frequencies and wave forms. The relationship between the frequencies of the several stimuli is exhibited by the equation
5159703 Lowery: A silent communications system in which non-aural carriers, in the very low or very high audio frequency range or in the adjacent ultrasonic frequency spectrum, are amplitude or frequency modulated with the desired intelligence and propagated acoustically or vibrationally, for inducement into the brain, typically through the use of loudspeakers, earphones or piezoelectric transducers. The modulated carriers may be transmitted directly in real time or may be conveniently recorded and stored on mechanical, magnetic or optical media for delayed or repeated transmission to the listener.
5356368 Monroe: Improved methods and apparatus for entraining human brain patterns, employing frequency following response (FFR) techniques, facilitate attainment of desired states of consciousness. In one embodiment, a plurality of electroencephalogram (EEG) waveforms, characteristic of a given state of consciousness, are combined to yield an EEG waveform to which subjects may be susceptible more readily. In another embodiment, sleep patterns are reproduced based on observed brain patterns during portions of a sleep cycle; entrainment principles are applied to induce sleep. In yet another embodiment, entrainment principles are applied in the work environment, to induce and maintain a desired level of consciousness. A portable device also is described
TECHNOLOGICAL SPINOFFS: Technological spinoffs from microwave weapons and Delgado‘s stimoceiver brain implant have applications in the medical field and in the field of criminology. Implants allow a doctor now to check on the health of thousands of distant patients, and to treat them with a keystroke. Paraplegics can now control a computer cursor with their minds, and may soon walk. The blind may be able to see and the deaf to hear with the virtually limitless potential of bioelectric medicine. Published research papers into bioelectric medicine were very numerous for several decades but classification by the military and intelligence services who jealously guard what they consider the ―Sword of Excalibur‖, reduced the output to a mere trickle and dried up funds for medical applications research. Currently a new generation of bioelectric
medical research has begun to show promise of incredible breakthroughs so that what has been restricted for 30 years is now beginning to emerge on its own. Criminology has taken much the same turn as the military, concentrating on the uses of technology to imprison the human mind and spirit in a virtual straightjacket. The military financed secret research and suppressed its dissemination through the use of classification, stopping the legitimate use of bioelectric medicine to heal. The terrible weapons they have so laboriously developed to attack the minds of enemy populations have been turned upon the American people. In the same breath the criminal justice system and the penal system have applied the new technology in an equally arrogant and criminal manner. What began as a program to monitor and control the behavior of prisoners has resulted in a virtual prison and unimaginable torment for thousands of innocent citizens.
Biocybernetics: 1. The science of communications and control in animals, especially physiologic feedback mechanisms and central nervous system control. 2. The study of how communication and control occurs within the bodies of living things between different parts of the body.
Spin-offs include medical applications of the transmitter-reinforcer, a device that transmits data on a patients‘ health. The microwave signal sends accurate readings of a patient‘s condition to a computer, which digests the data. Many patients can be monitored simultaneously, and if a patient needs a dose of aversion treatment, the computer acts as a controller, delivering a tone signal or a shock. One study suggested that transmitter receivers implanted in the brains of patients could monitor and control the patients‘ behavior. The form of this new revolution most familiar to the public is the RFID chip that is implanted in family pets to ID them if they lost. Implants are now common that are designed to be read remotely in order to track valuable livestock on vast ranches or track rare wildlife in their natural habitat. These RFID chips are smaller than a grain of rice and can be injected with a special syringe or even fired from a specially designed rifle to avoid anesthetizing endangered wildlife. The Chinese have developed just such a rifle but this one is designed to fire RFIDs into Chinese dissidents in order to track them and to interfere with their activities using the above mentioned technique of aversion ―therapy‖. Dr. Robert Becker, Nobel Prize recipient, author of The Body Electric, has used bioelectric medicine to regenerate missing limbs on animals, as well as missing organ systems. The coming revolution in biocybernetics and bioelectric medicine has been funded by the military in the early years but now the obvious utility and potential for nearly biblical cures in the high tech realm have drawn investment from companies who are not dependent on the military or CIA for research funds. Many of these companies are viewed as strategic assets by the intelligence community and have been purchased or are led by prominent members of the ―Community‖. Despite the effort at controlling the future direction of the technology, the cat is out of the bag and the flood of new inventions and processes will eventually swamp the effort to control it.
Personal tracking and recovery system, patent number 5,629,678, filed Jan. 10, 1995 Apparatus for tracking and recovering humans utilizes an implantable transceiver incorporating a power supply and actuation system allowing the unit to remain implanted and functional for years without maintenance. The implanted transmitter may be remotely
actuated, or actuated by the implantee. Power for the remote-activated receiver is generated electromechanically through the movement of body muscle. The device is small enough to be implanted in a child, facilitating use as a safeguard against kidnapping, and has a transmission range which also makes it suitable for wilderness sporting activities. A novel biological monitoring feature allows the device to be used to facilitate prompt medical dispatch in the event of heart attack or similar medical emergency. A novel sensation-feedback feature allows the implantee to control and actuate the device with certainty.
In a 1972 article in Issues in Criminology, the CIA/Pandora telemetric implants were advocated as a means to monitor and manipulate the minds of the probationers. ―The technique of telemetric control of human beings offers the possibility of regulating behavior with precision on a subconscious level.‖ According to DOD official Joseph Meyer, the technology could, ―Surround the criminal with a kind of externalized conscience, an electronic substitute for social conditioning, group pressure, and inner motivation.‖ The ideal subject was, ―the poor and uneducated urban dweller (who) is fundamentally unnecessary to the economy.‖ In light of these developments scientists at Lockheed and Stanford Research Institute prepared a report for the Third International Conference on Artificial Intelligence at Stanford University. It postulated the rise of a technocrat elite with dominion over intelligence and identification systems to monitor whole countries.
In the 1970‘s in the law review Crime and Justice, an article entitled ―The Use of Electronics in the Observation and Control of Human Behavior and its Possible Use in Rehabilitation and Control‖ stated ―In the very near future, a computer technology will make possible alternatives to imprisonment. The development of systems for telemetering information from sensors implanted in or on the body will soon make possible the observation and control of human behavior without actual physical contact…it will be possible to maintain 24 hour surveillance over the subject and to intervene electronically or physically to influence and control selected behavior. It will thus be possible to exercise control over human behavior and from a distance without contact‖. (Kieth pg 102)
Hitachi is selling microchip technology to the public, called the Mu chip, it can be attached to passports and banknotes and easily implanted into human beings by subdermal injection. It is 0.4 mm by 0.4 mm, about the size of a flat grain of sand. It is an RFID (radio frequency ID) chip, meaning when the chip is scanned it will instantly register your personal bar code, which will then plug into the master database of your life. A larger chip, the size of a grain of sand is sold by Verichip which is capable of sending radio signals, locating you via GPS, and accessing you remotely. It is being marketed as a way to automatically debit your bank account for purchases, enter restricted areas, or interface with computer systems. The public has been gradually drawn into accepting microchips that are now routinely put into pets and even small children.
In 1972 doctors at the University of Mississippi implanted electrodes into the brains of black children as young as five years old, with the purpose of controlling ―hyperactive‖ and ―aggressive‖ behavior. A report by one researcher stated ‗Their brains were being implanted with electrodes that were heated up to melt areas of the brain that regulate emotion and intellect‖.
―Brain-actuated control‖ is under development at the Dayton, Ohio, base to help pilots deal with the increasing amount of information needed to fly modern jets, said Grant McMillan, director of Patterson’s biocybernetics lab. Eventually, pilots may be able to control flight using only their minds, he added. With biofeedback, in which changes in the brain are portrayed on screens, volunteers learn how to control the electrical activity created by their thought processes. Scalp monitors pick up the electrical signals, and a computer translates them into mechanical commands.” (The Houston Chronicle, Brainpower, 16, Feb. 1995)
A tool called the Bio-Pacer can, according to its manufacturer, produce a number of mood altering frequencies — WITHOUT attachment to the subject. Indeed, the Bio-Pacer III (a high-powered version) can affect an entire room. This device costs $275, according to the most recent price sheet available. What sort of machine might $27,500 buy? Or $275,000? There is already in use a small EDOM generator-transmitter which can be concealed on the body of a person. Contact with this person — a casual handshake or even just a touch — transmits a tiny electronic charge plus an ultra-sonic signal tone, which for a short while will disturb the time orientation of the person affected.
CIA psychologists, assigned to the Phoenix Program, worked on suspected members of the Vietcong at Bien Hoa Prison near Saigon. In one experiment POW‘s had brain implants stimulated in an effort to get the enemy soldiers to attack each other. When the experiment failed to produce the desired results the prisoners were executed and their bodies cremated. (Kieth pg 102) (Bowart) (Lawrence) (Martin Cannon)
Military Doctrine/Nonlethal Weapons
The Military Doctrine paper Mind War by Michael Aquino and Colonel Paul E. Valley is a crucial piece of the puzzle of the current infiltration counterinsurgency program. Written in 1980 at the beginning of the Reagan administration while Valley and Aquino worked at the Presidio, headquarters of the 7th Psychological Operations Group. Divulging classified information or technology can be punished by life in prison, so when writing about current technology that is secret, military strategists commonly use the ruse of talking about existing systems as being future technology, or veil their comments so that only the select few will see the deeper meaning. It is standard practice to produce an unclassified version that can be published publicly and a classified version that is more explicit or in many cases contradictory, in other words, often what is printed publicly are lies. Despite that practice, the public version of this very historical document contains the
following revealing quotes by the authors. (In Vietnam)…our PSYOP failed…because it was outmatched by the PSYOP of the enemy. …Our own PSYOP did not really change the minds of the enemy populace, nor did it defend the US populace at home against the propaganda of the enemy. Furthermore the enemy’s PSYOP was so strong that it- not bigger armies or better weapons-overcame all of the weapons systems we fielded. The lesson is not to ignore our own PSYOP capability, but rather to change it and strengthen it so that it can do precisely that kind of thing to our enemy in the next war for the mind.” “Psychotronic research is in its infancy, but the US Army already possesses an operational weapons system designed to do what Lt. Col. J.B. Alexander would like ESP to do- except that this weapons system uses existing communications media. It seeks to map the minds of neutral and enemy individuals and then change them in accordance with US national interests”. “It must strengthen our national will to victory and it must attack and ultimately destroy that of our enemy. It both causes and is affected by physical combat, but it is a type of war which is fought on a far more subtle basis as well-in the minds of the national populations involved.” “If we do not attack the enemy’s will until he reaches the battlefield, his nation will have strengthened it as best it can. We must attack that will before it is locked into place. We must instill in it a predisposition to inevitable defeat.” “Strategic MindWar must begin the moment war is considered to be inevitable. It must seek out the attention of the enemy nation through every available medium, and it must strike at the nation’s potential soldiers before they put on their uniforms. It is in their homes and their communities that they are most vulnerable to MindWar. Was the US defeated in the jungles of Vietnam, or was it defeated in the streets of American cities. In its strategic context, MindWar must reach out to friends, enemies, and neutrals alike across the globe- neither through primitive “battlefield” leaflets and loudspeakers of PSYOP nor through the weak, imprecise, and narrow efforts of psychotronics- but through the media possessed by the US which have the capabilities to reach virtually all people on the face of the Earth.” “For the mind to believe in its own decisions, it must feel that it made those decisions without coercion. Coercive measures used by the operative, consequently must not be detectable by ordinary means. There is no need to resort to mind-weakening drugs such as those explored by the CIA; in fact the exposure of a single such method would do unacceptable damage to MindWar’s reputation for truth.” “Existing PSYOP identifies purely sociological factors, which suggest appropriate idioms for messages. Doctrine in this area is highly developed, and the task is basically one of assembling and maintaining individuals and teams with enough expertise and experience to apply the doctrine effectively. This, however, is only the sociological dimension of target receptiveness measures. There are some purely natural conditions under which minds may become more or less receptive to ideas, and MindWar should take full advantage of such phenomena as atmospheric electromagnetic activity, air ionization, and extremely low frequency waves (21).” “If we do not accept Excalibur, then we relinquish our ability to inspire foreign cultures with our morality. If they then desire moralities unsatisfactory to us, we have no choice but to fight them on a more brutish level.” The following footnote to ELF is included.
21. Extremely Low Frequency (ELF) waves: ELF waves up to 100 Hz are naturally occurring but they can also be produced artificially (such as for the Navy’s Project Sanguine for submarine communication). ELF-waves are not normally noticed by the unaided senses, yet their resonant effect upon the human body has been connected to both
physiological disorders and emotional distortion. Infrasound vibration (up to 20 Hz) can subliminally influence brain activity to align itself to Delta, Theta, Alpha, or Beta wave patterns, inclining an audience toward everything from alertness to passivity. Infrasound could be used tactically, as ELF-waves endure for great distances; and it could be used in conjunction with media broadcasts as well.
The footnote on ELF is fairly specific and admits that it is to be used in “conjunction” with television and radio, in short, the ELF MindWar attack signal will be piggybacked on a TV carrier wave to target civilian populations in their homes to instill feelings of fear and terror prior to the start of a conflict. The power of ELF to change the mood and thoughts of enemy populations was well understood by the US PSYOP forces, and to Valley and Aquino in particular. If these weapons were turned against friendly populations it would be extremely difficult to detect their influence. The Psychology of Victory,” paper represents a scheme for waging perpetual psychological warfare against friend and enemy populations alike, particularly against the American people. The “MindWar” paper was provoked by an article by Lt. Col. John Alexander, which appeared in the December 1980 edition of Military Review, advocating the introduction of ESP (extra-sensory perception), “telepathic behavior modification” para-psychology, psycho kinesis (“mind over matter”), remote viewing, out of body experiences, and other New Age and occult practices into U.S. military intelligence. Alexander’s paper was titled “The New Mental Battlefield: Beam Me Up, Spock.” Lt. Col John B. Alexander has been in charge of non-lethal weapons development for twenty years. Director, advanced concepts US Army Lab. Command, Adelphi, MD 1985-88. Manager, nonlethal weapons defense technology, Los Alamos National Laboratory, 1988-1995 (ret). Manager, anti-material technology, Defense Initiatives Office, 1988-91. Program manager, contingency mission technology, Conventional Defense Technology. Director for science liaison, National Institute for Discovery Sciences, 1995 to present. Visiting scientist, Los Alamos, 1995 to present.
The Aviary is an alleged cabal of intelligence agents and others who seek to mislead, debunk, and/or enlighten the UFO research community. Here is a list of several members and their codenames: From Armen Victorian’s Aviary:
Colonel John B. Alexander: Penguin
Education: BGS in Sociology, University of Nebraska, 1971. MA in Education, Pepperdine University, 1975. PhD in Education, Walden University, 1980. Postgraduate work at UCLA (1990), MIT (1991), and Harvard (1993).
Entered the Army as a Private in 1956, and retired as a Colonel in 1988.Commander, Army Special Forces Teams, US Army, Thailand, Vietnam, 1966-69. Chief of human resources division, US Army, Ft. McPherson, GA, 1977-79. Inspector general, Department of Army, Washington, 1980-82. Chief of human technology, Army Intelligence Command, US Army, Arlington, VA 1982-83. Manager of tech. integration, Army Materiel Command, US Army, Alexandria, VA, 1983-85. Director, advanced concepts US Army Lab. Command, Adelphi, MD 1985-88. Manager, nonlethal weapons defense technology, Los Alamos National Laboratory, 1988-1995 (ret). Manager, anti-material technology, Defense Initiatives Office, 1988-91. Program manager, contingency mission technology, Conventional Defense Technology. Director for science liaison,
National Institute for Discovery Sciences, 1995 to present. Visiting scientist, Los Alamos, 1995 to present. Col. Alexander received a National Award for Volunteerism from Pres. Ronald Reagan in 1987, and the Aerospace Laureate Award from Aviation Week in 1993 & 94. Alexander organized a national conference devoted to researching ‘reports of ritual abuse, near-death experiences, human contacts with extraterrestrial aliens and other so-called anomalous experiences,’ the Albuquerque Journal reported in March 1993. The Australian magazine Nexus reported last year that in 1971, Alexander ‘was diving in the Biminis Islands looking for the lost continent of Atlantis. He was an official representative for the Silva mind control organization and a lecturer on precataclysmic civilizations … [and] he helped perform ESP experiments with dolphins.’ “In The Warrior’s Edge: Front-line Strategies for Victory on the Corporate Battlefield – a 1990 book he co-authored with Maj. Richard Groller and Janet Morris – Alexander describes himself as having ‘evolved from hard-core mercenary to thanatologist.’ ‘As a Special Forces A-Team commander in Thailand and Vietnam, he led hundreds of mercenaries into battle,’ the book explains. ‘At the same time, he studied meditation in Buddhist monasteries and later engaged in technical exploration and demonstration of advanced human performance.'(Aftergood, 1994) Formerly with the U.S. Army Intelligence & Security Command (INSCOM) under Gen. Albert Stubblebine, 1982-4. Reportedly, Alexander was one of Stubblebine’s closest officers. Married to alien abduction researcher Victoria Lacas (now Alexander). “After retiring from the Army in 1988, Alexander joined the Los Alamos National Laboratories and began working with Janet Morris, the Research Director of the U.S. Global Strategy Council (USGSC), chaired by Dr Ray Cline, former Deputy Director of the CIA.” “Born in New York in 1937, he spent part of his career as a Commander of Green Berets Special Forces in Vietnam, led Cambodian mercenaries behind enemy lines, and took part in a number of clandestine programs, including Phoenix. He currently holds the post of Director of Non-lethal Programs in the Los Alamos National Laboratories.” “In 1971, while a Captain in the infantry at Schofield Barracks, Honolulu, he was diving in the Biminis Islands looking for the lost continent of Atlantis. He was an official representative for the Silva mind control organization and a lecturer on Pre-cataclysmic Civilizations. Alexander is also a past President and a Board member of the International Association for Near Death Studies; and, with his former wife, Jan Northup, he helped Dr C.B. Scott Jones perform ESP experiments with dolphins.” “(Aftergood, Steven, “The Soft-Kill Fallacy”, Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists, 9-10/1994, v50, n5, p40)
C.B. Scott Jones: Falcon
President of the Human Potential Foundation, “He served in Naval Intelligence for approximately 15 years, including assignments with Carrier Division 14, and as Assistant Naval Attaché, New Delhi, India, and Kathmandu, Nepal in the 1960s. He collected intelligence and provided intelligence support throughout Southeast Asia, the Middle East, and North Africa.” “Jones has briefed the President’s Scientific Advisory Committee, and has testified before House and Senate committees on intelligence matters.” He retired from the Navy around 1976 due to a para-psychological experience. After retiring, he worked for several companies, including R. F. Cross Associates, Ltd., and Kaman Tempo, a division of Kaman Sciences. This work involved development in projects sponsored by the Defense Nuclear Agency, Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA),
and the U.S. Army Intelligence and Security Command (INSCOM). “In 1989, MUFON appointed Jones as a Special Consultant in International Relations” “Scott has been on the Board of Trustees of the American Society for Psychical Research (ASPR) since 1985, and now  serves as its President.” Formed the Human Potential Foundation in 1989. “Jones has conducted his own dolphin telepathy studies along with Colonel John Alexander and Theodore Rockwell, a prominent (Who’s Who) nuclear engineer who has worked on naval nuclear propulsion systems and who also serves as vice president of the U.S. Psychotronics Association.” In his paper “Government UFO Connections” (included in “Phoenix in the Labyrinth), he claims to have no knowledge of government involvement in UFOs. Michael Persinger “is/was a big buddy of C. B. Jones. A Navy pilot and intelligence officer for forty years, he retains his security clearance. While a Navy attaché in India, he experienced an unknown paranormal event that “enabled me to do my intelligence assignment with much greater speed than one ordinarily expected.” A believer in UFOs since he saw one during the Korean War. His book Phoenix in the Labyrinth reportedly deals with PSI-TECH a great deal. On the registration questionnaire for the 5/28/95 “When Cosmic Cultures Meet” conference, Jones asked attendees if they would consider taking a drug that would result in telepathic contact with aliens. While working for Sen. Pell, Jones was in contact with many psychics, and often put them in touch with intelligence agencies. In 1989, Scott claimed that the government probably didn’t have a large parapsychology program. In this essay, he also seems to doubt that the US could carry on a mind-control program (again), due to the checks and balances of our democratic system. Jones has attended conferences in the former Soviet Union and his foundation is also involved with the research of Russian scientist Dr. Igor Smirnov.
Jack Verona: Raven
Jack Verona Former nuclear physicist, high ranking Pentagon scientist. Former head of the DIA’s Scientific and Technical Intelligence Directorate. In this capacity, he oversaw the funding and tasking of Grill Flame. Another project he oversaw, code-named Sleeping Beauty, dealt with researching microwaves and how they affect the human mind. Reportedly the former boss of Michael Persinger, he retired in late 1989. (Schnabel, Jim, Remote Viewers: The Secret History of America’s Psychic Spies, Dell, 1997, pg 220)
Harold Puthoff: Owl
Born 6/20/36. BS and MS in electrical engineering from the University of Florida. After graduating, Puthoff served in the Army on duty with the NSA at Fort Meade, Maryland. There, he worked as an engineer with Project Light, which studied fiber optics, lasers, and high-speed computers (very cutting edge at the time). After leaving, he invented the tunable infra-red laser. Joined Stanford Research Institute in 1971 as a specialist in laser physics. Worked for the previous eight years in the Microwave Laboratory at Stanford University. Served as an officer in the Navy from 1960-63 at Ft. Meade. Head of the SRI remote viewing program, 1972-85. “Dr. Harold E. Puthoff is Director of the Institute for Advanced Studies at Austin. A theoretical and experimental physicist specializing in fundamental electrodynamics, his research ranges from theoretical studies of quantum vacuum states as they apply to the stability of matter, gravitation, cosmology and energy
research, to laboratory studies of innovative approaches to energy generation. A graduate of Stanford University in 1967, he has published over 30 technical papers in the areas of electron-beam devices, lasers and quantum zero-point-energy effects, has patents issued and pending in the laser, communications, and energy fields, and is co-author of a textbook Fundamentals of Quantum Electronics (Wiley, 1969), published in English, French and Russian.
He is claimed to have been at OT (Operating Thetan) Level III with the Church of Scientology at the time of the experiments. He wrote the preface to Scientology: a Religion, and was married in a Scientology church. “Puthoff says his involvement with the church more than a decade ago was casual.” Puthoff joined the Church in the 1960s, and left in the mid-1970s. After leaving, he lent support to a group that criticized the Church. It was during an LA training seminar that he met Pat Price, who later worked at SRI. According to Peter Tompkins and Christopher Bird, in The Secret Life of Plants, while at SRI, Puthoff did experiments with chicken eggs. Using an e-meter (invented by L. Ron Hubbard and used in the practices of Scientology), he attempted to see if an egg would react if another was broken nearby.
US Psychotronic Association: Lt. Col. Thomas E. Bearden , US Army, Retired. Former Pentagon analyst “He is President and CEO of CTEC, Inc., a private R&D corporation engaged in research on free energy devices and the mechanisms for interaction of EM fields and radiation with biological systems. He is president of the Association of Distinguished American Scientists (ADAS), a life member of the Alabama Academy of Science, and served on the Board of Directors of the U.S. Psychotronics Association and the American Association of Metascience. He edited and published Specula, Journal of the AAMS, for four years. He also served on the Board of Directors of Astron, Inc., a private aerospace R&D corporation in the greater Washington D.C. area, noted for its specialized RF antennas…He and his wife Doris live in Huntsville, Alabama where Tom is retired from aerospace, continues private research, and serves as a special consultant to industry on scalar electromagnetics processes” (Virtual Times introduction) “Lt. Col. Thomas E. Bearden is a nuclear engineer, war games and weapons analyst, and military tactician. He has an MS in nuclear engineering from Georgia Tech and is a graduate of the US Army Command and General Staff College and several US Army artillery and guided missile schools. He has over 30 years experience in air defense systems, technical intelligence, Soviet electromagnetic weaponry, artificial intelligence, computerized war games, and anti-missile radiation countermeasures. He is a senior scientist with a large aerospace company [Colsa Corp.] Col. Bearden personally developed and published the basis for a drastic revision of electromagnetic theory and engineering, based on the work of Whittaker and Maxwell. His work is primarily responsible for the widespread interest and research into scalar electromagnetic phenomena in this country over the past decade.” (Megabrain report, 2/4/91) Member: US Psychotonics Association Claims that Soviet psychic experiments have caused Legionnaire’s disease, cattle mutilations, UFO abductions, and the sinking of the US submarine Thresher. Claims that these experiments have aroused mankind’s collective unconsciousness, called ZARG. Many of his theories were published before retirement and are available through the Defense Documentation Center. His views are supported by John Alexander. After retirement, Bearden was contracted by the Pentagon
to study the “photonic barrier modulator”, “hyper spatial nuclear howitzer”, and the connection between ESP and UFOs. (McRae, Ronald, Mind Wars, St. Martin’s Press, 1984, pp 126-9)
In The Controllers, Martin Cannon argues that “alien abductions” might actually be a cover for government mind control and experimentation. This article contains a great deal of documented research about mind control technology, especially brain implants. For example: “Perhaps the most disturbing wanderer into this mind-field is Joseph A. Meyer, of the National Security Agency, the most formidable and secretive component of America’s national security complex. Meyer has proposed implanting roughly half of all Americans arrested — not necessarily convicted — of any crime; the numbers of `subscribers’ (his euphemism) would run into the tens of millions. `Subscribers’ could be monitored continually by computer wherever they went. Meyer, who has carefully worked out the economics of his mass-implantation system, asserts that taxpayer liability should be reduced by forcing subscribers to `rent’ the implant from the State. Implants are cheaper and more efficient than police, Meyer suggests, since the call to crime is relentless for the poor `urban dweller’ — who, this spook-scientist admits in a surprisingly candid aside, is fundamentally unnecessary to a post-industrial economy. `Urban dweller’ may be another of Meyer’s euphemisms: He uses New York’s Harlem as his model community in working out the details of his mind-management system.
Russell Targ: (scientology)
Partner with Hal Puthoff in the SRI remote viewing project. Russell Targ is a senior research physicist at Stanford Research Institute, having joined their electronics and bioengineering laboratory in 1972. Prior to that, he spent 10 years in laser and plasma physics research with Sylvania Corporation, developing gas lasers…He is also president of the Parapsychology Research Group. “In May 1982, Elisabeth Targ and I (R.T.) were invited to hold a workshop at Esalen Institute for a group of twenty-five professional men and women.” In 1982, Targ left SRI and founded Delphi Associates with Keith Harary. Delphi Associates was a consultancy, which sought to apply psi to finding oil, gas, etc. Using Harary as a viewer, they claimed to have successfully traded in the silver market. Before officially leaving SRI, Targ, along with Harary and businessman Tony White, founded Delphi Associates. Their first project was to develop a psi-related game for Atari, but Atari went under before the deal was completed. Delphi then went on to try to predict silver futures on the market. After several reported successes, there were two misses, which scared off their investor. Each blamed each other for the failure, and the argument went public during a lecture Harary gave at the Esalen Institute. Russell Targ is now apparently working with Lockheed Martin Missiles & Space Co., where his work deals with using lasers to determine wind patterns. In April, 1996, he co-chaired a session on “Advanced Sensor Technologies” at the Aerospace/Defense Sensing and Controls conference. He is also indentified as being with the Bay Research Institute in Palo Alto, and was involved with the Physics/Consciousness Research Group. Targ is President of the International Remote Viewing Association. (Jim Schnabel)
Special access programs (SAPs) employ a variety of security measures that are far more restrictive than those used in ―ordinary‖ classified programs and shield them from independent oversight. These controls provide extraordinary protection by keeping
personnel access to a minimum needed to meet program goals, names officials to screen persons seeking access, using access lists and registered unclassified nicknames and classified code words. Only ―core secrets‖ have special access controls, examples of which might be a technology breakthrough or exploitation of an enemy‘s weakness.
―Cover stories may be established for unacknowledged programs in order to protect the integrity of that program from individuals who do not have a need-to-know. Cover stories must be believable and cannot reveal any information regarding the true nature of the contract. Cover stories for SAPs must have the approval of the PSO (program security officer) prior to the dissemination.‖ One such example of a cover story, ―In the darkest days of the cold war, the military lied to the American public about the true nature of many unidentified flying objects in an effort to hide it‘s growing fleet of spy planes. The deceptions were made in the 1950‘s and 60‘s amid a wave of UFO sightings that alarmed the public and parts of official Washington.‖ The lies, experiments, and cover stories continue in every field of science. The lies have been institutionalized with breakthroughs in health, energy, propulsion, communications and information technology which are classified and hidden from view. (Begich pg 73)
In 1939 Orson Wells broadcast the War of the Worlds radio program that had the effect of general panic along the entire east coast of the US. People who listened to the broadcast and did not hear the disclaimer at the beginning of the program actually believed they were under attack. This unintentional psychological warfare operation may have been the basis for the military use of UFO stories as a cover for other sensitive military operations such as the masking of Air Force experimental aircraft. Implanting memories of alien abduction as a cover for kidnapping and mind control experimentation may have been another. Many of the UFO organizations and conventions have military intelligence assets present and much of the UFO literature may be attributed to authors with connections to intelligence agencies.
Psychological warfare operations are aimed at sowing confusion, chaos, and terror among the enemy. One early example of a psychological warfare operation, during the Boer war the British were using Muslim troops against the Boers, who spread the rumor that the grease and oil used to maintain their British supplied rifles was derived from hog fat. The Muslim troops recoiled at the idea of cleaning their rifles using pig grease and were neutralized. Sun Tzu wrote that: To capture the enemy’s entire army is better than to destroy it; to take intact a regiment, a company, or a squad is better than to destroy them. For to win one hundred victories in one hundred battles is not the acme of skill. To subdue the enemy without fighting is the supreme excellence. Thus, what is of supreme importance in war is to attack the enemy’s strategy. Next best is to disrupt his alliances by diplomacy. The next best is to attack his army, and the worst policy is to attack cities. During WWII, psychological warfare was used effectively by the US military as well. The enormous success that the invasion of Normandy displayed was a fusion of psychological warfare with military deception. Before D-Day, Operation Quicksilver created a fictional “First United States Army Group” (FUSAG) commanded by General George Patton that supposedly would invade France at the Pas-de-Calais. American troops used false signals, decoy installations and phony equipment to deceive German
observation aircraft and radio intercept operators. This had the desired effect of misleading the German High Command as to the location of the primary invasion, and of keeping reserves away from the actual landings. The OSS parachuted many agents behind enemy lines with the intent that they be captured and interrogated. These agents had been told that the invasion was to take place at Calais and were sacrificed to further what became known as The Great Deception. During the Vietnam War special units of US troops dressed as the enemy, massacred entire villages, leaving no one alive and making it appear as if the NVA (Vietcong) had perpetrated the crime in order to alienate the civilian populations against the enemy. Whether this type of strategy was effective is doubtful.
The Strategic Studies Institute of the US Army War College produced a paper in 1994 entitled “The Revolution in Military Affairs and Conflicts Short of War”. A revolution in military affairs (RMA) is mentioned, “That will not only change the nature of warfare, but also alter the global geopolitical balance of power”. An example of an RMA is the invention of gunpowder, or atomic weapons, in short, an innovation that turns the world upside down.” The authors Metz and Kievit claim, “Behavior modification is a key component of peace enforcement,” and that modification will be directed at the American people. This will take place, the authors state, through directed energy systems, whose primary advantage is “deniability”, they are straightforward about the unlimited possibilities inherent in “perception molding” through the use of psycho technologies. Anyone who objects to this kind of mind warping will be “identified using comprehensive inter-agency integrated databases,” then categorized into “computerized personality simulations,” which will be used “to develop, tailor and focus psychological campaigns for each.” (Kieth 222)
New World Vistas, a book published in 1996 by the US Air Force Advisory Board, which discusses “Biological Process Control”. “We will have achieved a clear understanding of how the human brain works, how it really controls the various functions of the body, and how it can be manipulated (both negatively and positively). One can envision the development of electromagnetic energy sources, the output of which can be pulsed, shaped, and focused, that can couple with the human body in a fashion that will allow one to prevent voluntary muscle movements, control emotions (and thus actions), produce sleep, transmit suggestions, interfere with both short-term and long term memory, produce an experience set, and delete an experience set.” “It would also appear possible to create high fidelity speech in the human body, raising the possibility of covert suggestion and psychological direction. When a high power microwave pulse in the gigahertz range strikes the human body, a very small temperature perturbation occurs. This is associated with a sudden expansion of the slightly heated tissue. This expansion is fast enough to produce an acoustic wave. If a pulsed stream is used, it should be possible to create an internal acoustic field in the 5-15 kilohertz range, which is audible. Thus, it may be possible to talk to selected adversaries in a fashion that would be most disturbing to them.” (Kieth 223)
A 1996 military paper entitled, Information Operations: A New War-Fighting Capability, written for the Chief of Staff of the Air Force, designed to identify what is
required for the US to remain, “the dominant air and space force in the future.” The paper asserts that “for continued success as a superpower” the key is “information dominance”. Part of this dominance will be the development of a space satellite-linked Information Integration Center, or IIC, which will act as a central information processing and control center. The IIC will monitor people who have been implanted with a “microscopic brain chip…(the) chip performs two functions. First, it links the individual to the IIC, creating a seamless interface between the user and the information resources (in-time collection data and archival databases.) In essence, the chip relays the processed information from the IIC to the user. Second, the chip creates a computer generated mental visualization… “Implanting “things” in people raises ethical and public relations issues”. In the future, “The civilian population will likely accept an implanted microscopic microchip that allows military members to defend vital national interests”. The paper goes on to note that “The California Institute of Technology has developed an energy efficient computer chip which emulates the analog thinking of the human brain…when this capability is fully mature, this chip could provide the baseline for a brain implant hooked to all the sensory segments of the brain, not just the eye”. (Kieth pg 223)
The military theorists writing about “psychological, biological, and defensive technologies” and “Technologies specifically designed for conflicts short of war” observe, overcoming the ethical restraints of American attitudes towards the technology and its uses would require “an ethical and political revolution would be necessary to make a military revolution”. “There is another alternative: we could deliberately engineer a comprehensive revolution, seeking utter transformation rather than simply an expeditious use of new technology”. (Kieth pg264)
A 1996 Air Force Scientific Advisory Board report on future weapons includes a classified section on a radio frequency or “RF Gunship.” Other military documents confirm that radio-frequency antipersonnel weapons programs are underway. The Air Force’s Armstrong Laboratory at Brooks Air Force Base in Texas is heavily engaged in such research. According to budget documents, the lab intends to spend more than $110 million over the next six years “to exploit less-than-lethal biological effects of electromagnetic radiation for Air Force security, peacekeeping, and war-fighting operations.” Typical of some of the more exotic proposals are those from Clay Easterly. Last December, Easterly–who works at the Health Sciences Research Division of Oak Ridge National Laboratory–briefed the Marine Corps on work he had conducted for the National Institute of Justice, which does research on crime control. One of the projects he suggested was an electromagnetic gun that would “induce epileptic like seizures.” Another was a “thermal gun [that] would have the operational effect of heating the body to 105 to 107” degrees Fahrenheit. Such effects would bring on discomfort, fevers, or even death. (Douglas Pasternak)
Unclassified Nonlethal Weapons:
Millitech and Millivision sell millimeter wave radars on their website to defense and security firms, the website offers the following information on their product: Active (radar) millimeter wave imaging systems are able to “see through” most wall materials,
providing the technology of choice for developing situation assessment systems. Such systems extend the ability of users to view activities from one or two rooms away, or from the outside of a building into its interior. Using this technology, hostage, terrorism, demolition, and other unlawful and dangerous situations can be assessed remotely and evaluated for action. Millimeter wave radar imaging systems can be made extremely sensitive to movement, even to the level of detecting heartbeats. This makes them ideally suited for search and rescue and other applications where individuals may be alive, but unable to respond to rescuers. And active millimeter wave systems use low radiation levels incapable of penetrating human skin making them completely safe for operators and other individuals in the scene. Millimeter waves are electromagnetic radiation with wavelengths in the range 1 cm to 1 mm (with corresponding frequencies of 30 to 300 GHz), located between the microwave and infrared portions of the spectrum. Because they are capable of “seeing through” most packaging, clothing, and many wall materials, while still providing sufficiently detailed images, millimeter waves are ideally suited for use in security and emergency applications. What the website doesn‘t tell you is that these military radars used for fighting house to house are now for sale to the general public and that the entire world has been turned into a fish bowl. When these radars are given to police and fire units they are often abused, that is, used to spy on people in their homes for voyeuristic motives or worse. Any normal building material is transparent to these devices but the water in your body lights up with great definition, enough so to identify you in a crowded room from outside the building. These radars do have biological effects and if subjected to them on a regular basis, health complications will arise. The energies and frequencies that hit the human body are strong enough to alter the behavior of cells and the proteins that make life possible.
During the siege at the Mt. Carmel church near Waco, Texas, FBI agents discussed with Russian counterparts the use of acoustic psycho-correction on David Koresh and the Branch Davidians. It is understood that this contingency did not proceed. However, some unusual EM weapons were deployed at Waco. BBC World News and FBI film-footage both show the Russian equipment being demonstrated, as well as a previously unseen noise generator and an unusual low frequency strobe array in use at Waco. (Guyatt)
Active Denial System: (ADS)
Wade Smith, deputy director of this program for Raytheon, has voluntarily felt the beam during testing. “This is an effect that literally gets under your skin,” said Smith, “I can assure you, once you come in contact with the beam, you will be inclined to stop whatever you are doing.” Active Denial Technology uses a transmitter to send a tight beam of 95-Ghz millimeter waves; the energy reaches the subject and penetrates less than 1/64th of an inch into the skin. A two-second burst can heat the skin to a temperature of 130 degrees Fahrenheit. The sensation is like that experienced when touching an ordinary light bulb; the flesh does not burn, however, because of the low levels of energy used. Exposure of at least 250 seconds would be required before burns would result. Sandia National Labs website has the following information: ADS systems are a new class of non-lethal weaponry using 95 GHz-millimeter-wave directed energy. This technology is capable of rapidly heating a person‘s skin to achieve a pain threshold that has been
demonstrated by AFRL human subject testing to be very effective at repelling people, without burning the skin or causing other secondary effects. Active Denial Technology (ADT) provides an effective non-lethal active-response mechanism to disperse, disturb, distract, and establish the intent of intruders. ADT emits a 95 GHz non-ionizing electromagnetic beam of energy that penetrates approximately 1/64 of an inch into human skin tissue, where nerve receptors are concentrated. Within seconds, the beam will heat the exposed skin tissue to a level where intolerable pain is experienced and natural defense mechanisms take over. This intense heating sensation stops only if the individual moves out of the beam‘s path or the beam is turned off. The sensation caused by the system has been described by test subjects as feeling like touching a hot frying pan or the intense radiant heat from a fire. Burn injury is prevented by limiting the beam‘s intensity and duration. DOD-sponsored millimeter-wave human effectiveness testing, initiated in 2001, has demonstrated ADT as both effective and safe without any long-term effects. It is expected that the DOD-funded human effectiveness testing of the small-beam ADS by the AFRL HEDR during the next six to eight months will validate its effectiveness and safety as a non-lethal weapon system. (company website)
The ADS is the public face of a brand of technologies that have never seen the light of day but have been in existence for decades. This weapon is lethal depending on the distance to the target (person) and the power level setting. Second and third degree burns are possible at shorter ranges, higher power settings, or longer time periods of exposure. Besides using the most benign terms for these new weapons, the public face of the new technology is restricted to those systems that will cause less resistance among the general public to their development.
Nonlethal Weapons Publications:
In 1972 the Army issued a classified report, ―Analysis of Microwaves for Barrier Warfare‖, from US Army Mobility Equipment Research and Development Center, ―It is possible to field a truck-portable microwave barrier system that will completely immobilize personnel in the open with present day technology and equipment.‖
A NASA report written in 1970 by Thomas Fryer of Ames Research Labs concerned ―Implantable Biotelemetry Systems‖. A 1976 DIA report mentions ―anti-personnel applications‖ of pulsed microwaves that carry, ―sounds and possibly even words which appear to be originating intercranially.‖ (Constantine pg34)
(1982) The US Air Force Review of Biotechnology warned, ―Radio frequency radiation (RFR) fields pose powerful and revolutionary anti-personnel military threats…electromagnetic fields can be disruptive to purposeful behavior and may be capable of directing or interrogating such behavior. ―Passage of 100 milliamperes through the myocardium (of the brain) can lead to cardiac standstill and death‖. ―A rapidly scanning RFR system could provide an effective stun or kill capability over a large area.‖ ―Crowd control devices using RFR do exist…complementing sonic and infra-red weapons, which are well known, and were advertised in the British Defense Equipment Catalogue until 1983‖. Prominently listed were the Valkyrie is an infra-red device causing night blindness, and the Squawk Box or Sound Curdler, developed by the
US for use in Vietnam. In 1984 The (UK) Ministry of Defense ordered that all advertisements and references to ―frequency weapons‖ cut from the Defense Catalogue.
Columnist Jack Anderson wrote in 1985 that brain researchers had told him that the US and USSR were close to perfecting a mechanism that interferes with the electrical signals of the brain with remote transmissions of EM radiation. This interference could ―switch off‖ the brains vital functions, that is killing the targeted victims.‖
Dr. Sam Koslov, scientific assistant to the Secretary of the Navy in 1977 tried to cancel several projects, one at Stanford Research Institute titled ―ELF- Extremely Low Frequency Radiation and Mind Control. According to the Washington Post, the funding was diverted to a different project heading and continued forward. (Kieth pg212)
(1990) ―The Development of New Antipersonnel Weapons‖ stated, ―Research in this field has been carried out in almost all industrialized countries…with a view to using these phenomenon for anti-material or anti-personnel purposes. It is possible to generate a very powerful microwave pulse (between 150 and 3,000 megahertz) with an energy level of several hundreds of megawatts. Using specially adapted antenna systems, these generators in principle could transmit over hundreds of meters sufficient energy to cook a meal…lethal effects can be expected from this system at much lower energy levels using the principle of magnetic field compensation, which permits the control of the geometry of the target, by means of antennas specially designed for that purpose, the radiation can be concentrated on very small surfaces of the human body, for example the base of the brain where relatively low energy can produce lethal effects.‖
In 1991, ITV News Bureau reported the first known use of electronic subliminals on the battlefield and the true reason for the seemingly illogical and apparently suicidal attack by Iraqi troops on the deserted city of Al-Khafji…12 miles south of the Kuwaiti border…the Iraqi‘s destroyed an FM radio station that had been installed in Al-Khafji by the US. DOD‘s Psy-Ops branch. Outwardly the station was broadcasting Tokyo Rose style propaganda, deserting Iraqi soldiers claimed that the real purpose of the station was to broadcast ―the new, high tech, type of subliminal messages referred to as ultra-high-frequency ―silent sounds‖ or ―silent subliminals‖. ―Although completely silent to the human ear, the negative voice messages placed on the tapes alongside the audible programming by psyops psychologists were clearly perceived by the subconscious minds of the Iraqi soldiers and the silent messages completely demoralized them and instilled a perpetual feeling of fear and hopelessness in their minds.‖
In July 1996, the Spotlight, a widely circulated right-wing U.S. newspaper, reported that well-placed DOD sources have confirmed a classified Pentagon contract for the development of “high-power electromagnetic generators that interfere with human brain waves.” The article cited the memorandum of understanding dated 1994 between Attorney General Janet Reno, and Defense Secretary William Perry for transfer of LTL weapons to the law enforcement sector. A budget of under $50 million has been made available for funding associated “black” programs. Dr. Emery Horvath, a professor of physics at Harvard University, has stated in connection to the generator that interferes with human brain waves that “These electronic ‘skull-zappers’ are designed to invade the mind and short circuit its synapses… in the hands of government technicians, it may be used to disorient entire crowds, or to manipulate individuals into self destructive acts. It’s a terrifying weapon.”
In a 1993 U.S. Air Command and Staff College paper entitled Non Lethal Technology and Air Power, authors Maj. Jonathan W. Klaaren (USAF) and Maj. Ronald S. Mitchell (USAF) outlined selected NLT weapons. These included “Acoustic” (pulsed/attenuated high-intensity sound, infrasound (very low frequency) and Polysound (high volume, distracting) as well as high-power microwaves (HPM) that possessed the ability to deter or incapacitate human beings.
On 21 July 1994, Defense Secretary William J. Perry issued a memorandum on non-lethal weapons which outlined a tasking priority list for use of these technologies. Second on the list was “crowd control”. Coming in at a poor fifth was “Disable or destroy weapons or weapon development/production processes, including suspected weapons of mass destruction.” It is therefore clear that non-lethality is fundamentally seen as anti-personnel rather than anti-material.
Directed-energy weapons currently being deployed include, for example, a microwave weapon manufactured by Lockheed-Sanders and used for a process known as “Voice Synthesis” which is remote beaming of audio (i.e., voices or other audible signals) directly into the brain of any selected human target. This process is also known with the U.S. government as “Synthetic Telepathy.” This psychotronic weapon was demonstrated by Dr. Dave Morgan at the November, 1993 non-lethal weapons conference. (Nexus, Oct-Nov, 1994) Non-lethal weapons, including microwave and radio frequency weapons, were the main topics of discussion including using implant technology and the use of brain to computer to brain linkage using ELF communication to allow soldiers in the field to stay in constant contact with each other and with command and control. Implants would allow real time physiological data to be evaluated, whether the soldier is wounded, and how badly, as well as the mental status, including fear, anger, and complete train of thought. In August of 2006 the DOD announced that military personnel would be required to submit to microchip implant just as they had been required to take experimental vaccines. The first Gulf War saw fewer than 200 US combat casualties, yet 15 years later over 30% have become completely disabled or deceased due to a disease (set of common symptoms) that the DOD has denied existence of (Gulf War Syndrome).
Phasers on Stun: Newsweek, Feb. 7, 1994, The search for new “tools” has spawned the first systematic effort to develop non-lethal weapons in U.S. military history. Newsweek has learned that in the wake of Somalia, Defense Under Secretary John Deutch has authorized a team of Pentagon officials to explore the feasibility of nonlethal weapons (NLWs) and the exotic technologies behind them. This team, headed by Frank Kendall, the Pentagon’s director of tactical systems, aims to set up priority programs for NLWs that could be funded as early as 1995. Warden and other new-wave military thinkers say that the list of exotic technologies that could be harnessed for nonlethal weapons is already large and growing. It includes lasers, microwaves, sound waves, strobe lights, electromagnetic pulses, microbes, chemicals, computer viruses — even giant nets. Potentially these seem to offer U.S. forces new options across the whole range of missions, from crowd control to a strategic shutdown of an entire nation. Beanbag bullets, chemical sprays and noise generators would be handy against hostile crowds. Other technologies, like “super-caustic” chemicals that eat through metal or rubber or plastic, would disable not only tanks and trucks but virtually any machine. The most devastating would be electromagnetic pulses, high-powered microwaves and computer viruses that, by disabling all electrical and electronic systems, could cripple a whole society.
On May 16, 1996, Admiral Boorda was found shot through the heart on a bench outside his official residence in the Washington Navy Yard. The police instantaneously diagnosed “suicide.” But Boorda’s recent advocacy of suicide prevention cast an eerie shadow on the official story. The Boorda mystery deepens when a whole range of facts gleaned from worldwide press coverage of his shocking death is integrated with the experiences of alleged mind control (MC) experimentees. In March 1996 the Air Force and the Navy had finally opened investigations into claims that about 500 people were being tortured by remotely controlled, neuro-electromagnetic (NEM) or RF weapons. Bizarre stories alleging surveillance, electronic harassment and remotely controlled torture of people throughout the world are posted on many Web sites. The amply referenced research of Cheryl Welsh, 1997 founder of Citizens Against Human Rights Abuse (CAHRA), supports many of these claims, especially “Nonconsensual Brainwave and Personality Studies by the U.S. Government,” “The 1950s Secret Discovery of the Code of the Brain, ―and the Russian Book Translation Project. In an article published last year in Matrix 3000, Band 4, a German publication, Welsh writes, “Heart attacks, suicides, assassinations, blackmail, all can be done remotely leaving no trace of evidence to tie it to the perpetrators. Boorda could easily have been done in by one of the surefire assassination methods the Navy has finessed after 50 years of covert research and field testing. This little-known secret slipped out on July 6, 1975 with an article in the London Sunday Times, “How the U.S. Navy Brain-Trains Political Assassins.” The Times quoted a speech by Navy Lt. Commander Thomas Narut to a group of 120 psychologists at a NATO conference in Oslo, Norway. Narut worked at the U.S. Regional Medical Center in Naples, Italy. He reported the Navy had been programming “hit men and assassins” who would kill on command; some subjects were drawn from the ranks of convicted murders serving time in military prisons. (Eleanor White)
Dr. James V. McConnell, head of the Department of Mental Health Research at the University of Michigan, said, “The day has come when we can combine sensory deprivation with the use of drugs, hypnosis, and the astute manipulation of reward and punishment to gain almost absolute control over an individual’s behavior. We want to reshape our society drastically.”
USAF Naval Captain Paul Taylor wrote, The Electromagnetic Spectrum in low-Intensity Conflict in 1976. In it he discusses the death ray…‖With a speed of light effect‖ EM devices with stun or kill settings could sweep across entire armies (or cities). ―The passage of approximately 100 milliamperes through the myocardium (leads) to cardiac standstill and death.‖ He further discusses radio frequencies as ―disruptive to human behavior‖ and the brain as ―an electrically mediated organ.‖
The following are excerpts from the Final Report On Biotechnology Research Requirements For Aeronautical Systems Through the Year 2000, Volumes I and II, Southwest Research Institute, San Antonio, Texas, pg. 181-188. Note the references to “interrogating” mental functioning, i.e., reading thoughts. “… Experience with electroshock therapy, RFR [radiofrequency radiation] experiments, and the increasing understanding of the brain as an electrically mediated organ suggest the serious probability that impressed electromagnetic fields can be disruptive of purposeful behavior
and may be capable of directing and/or interrogating such behavior. Further, the passage of approximately 100 milliamperes through the myocardium can lead to cardiac standstill and death, again pointing to a speed-of-light weapons effect.” “… While initial attention should be toward degradation of human performance through thermal loading and electromagnetic field effects, subsequent work should address the possibilities of directing and interrogating mental functioning, using externally applied fields within the possibility of a revolutionary capability to defend against hostile actions, and to collect intelligence data prior to conflict onset.”
Another document is Department of Defense Directive, Policy for Non-Lethal Weapons, Office of the Assistant Secretary of Defense, Draft, July 21, 1994. This is the draft of a policy intended to take effect in January of 1995. It describes using non-lethal weapons against the government’s domestic “adversaries” “The term `adversary’ is used above in its broadest sense, including those who are not declared enemies but who are engaged in activities we wish to stop. This policy does not preclude legally authorized domestic use of the nonlethal weapons by United States military forces in support of law enforcement.” This sounds like a prescription for an American dirty war using secret, deniable technology.
A document by a Council on Foreign Relations task force, from 1995, that discusses using these weapons against [people labeled as] terrorists and drug traffickers. It recommends that these weapons be used secretly, so the victims do not know where the attack is from, or if there even is an attack. [How was this strategy tested and developed?] This is a policy recommendation for extrajudicial torture. If they would put that in an open document, what other ideas were going around behind the veil of secrecy? (Begich)
A U.S. Navy psychologist, who claims that the Office of Naval Intelligence had taken convicted murderers from military prisons, used behavior modification techniques on them, and then relocated them in American embassies throughout the world. Just prior to that time, the U.S. Senate Intelligence Committee had censured the CIA for its global political assassination plots, including plots against Fidel Castro. The Navy psychologist was Lt. Commander Thomas Narut of the U.S. Regional Medical Center in Naples, Italy. The information was divulged at an Oslo NATO conference of 120 psychologists from the eleven nation alliance. According to Dr. Narut, the U.S. Navy was an excellent place for a researcher to find “captive personnel” whom they could use as guinea pigs in experiments. The Navy provided all the funding necessary, according to Narut. Dr. Narut, in a question and answer session with reporters from many nations, revealed how the Navy was secretly programming large numbers of assassins. He said that the men he had worked with for the Navy were being prepared for commando-type operations, as well as covert operations in U.S. embassies worldwide. He described the men who went through his program as “hit men and assassins” who could kill on command. Careful screening of the subjects was accomplished by Navy psychologists through the military records, and those who actually received assignments where their training could be utilized, were drawn mainly from submarine crews, the paratroops, and many were convicted murderers serving military prison sentences. Several men who had been
awarded medals for bravery were drafted into the program. The assassins were conditioned through “audio-visual desensitization”. The process involved the showing of films of people being injured or killed in a variety of ways, starting with very mild depictions, leading up to the more extreme forms of mayhem. Eventually, the subjects would be able to detach their feelings even when viewing the most horrible of films. The conditioning was most successful when applied to “passive-aggressive” types, and most of these ended up being able to kill without any regrets. The prime indicator of violent tendencies was the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory. Dr. Narut knew of two Navy programming centers, the neuropsychiatric laboratory in San Diego and the U.S. Regional Medical Center in Italy, where he worked. During the audio-visual desensitization programming, restraints were used to force the subject to view the films. A device was used on the subject‘s eyelids to prevent him from blinking. Typically, the preliminary film was on an African youth being ritualistically circumcised with a dull knife and without any anesthetic. The second film showed a sawmill scene in which a man accidentally cut off his fingers. In addition to the desensitization films, the potential assassins underwent programming to create prejudicial attitude in the men, to think of their future enemies, especially the leaders of these countries, as sub-human. Films and lectures were presented demeaning the culture and habits of the people of the countries where it had been decided they would be sent. Dr. Alfred Zitani, an American delegate to the Oslo conference, did verify Narut’s remarks and they were published in the Sunday Times. Sometime later, Dr. Narut surfaced again in London and recanted his remarks, stating that he was “talking in theoretical and not practical terms.” Shortly thereafter, the U.S. Naval headquarters in London issued a statement indicating that Dr. Narut’s remarks at the NATO conference should be discounted because he had “personal problems”. Dr. Narut never made any further public statements about the program. After his NATO lecture, Dr. Narut disappeared. He could not be located. Within a week or so after the lecture, the Pentagon issued an emphatic denial that the U.S. Navy had “engaged in psychological training or other types of training of personnel as assassins.” They disavowed the programming centers in San Diego and Naples and stated they were unable to locate Narut, but did provide confirmation that he was a staff member of the U.S. Regional Medical Center in Naples. During the NATO conference in Oslo, Dr. Narut had remarked that the reason he was divulging the information was because he believed that the information was coming out anyway. The doctor was referring to the disclosures by a Congressional subcommittee which were then appearing in the press concerning various CIA assassination plots. However, what Dr. Narut had failed to realize at the time, was that the Navy’s assassination plots were not destined to be revealed to the public at that time.
The exploitation of this technology for military uses is still in its infancy and only recently has been recognized by the United States as a feasible option. A 1982 Air Force review of biotechnology had this to say: Currently available data allow the projection that specially generated radio frequency radiation (RFR) fields may pose powerful and revolutionary antipersonnel military threats. Electroshock therapy indicates the ability of induced electric current to completely interrupt mental functioning for short periods of time, to obtain cognition for longer periods and to restructure emotional response over prolonged intervals. Experience with electroshock therapy, RFR experiments and the
increasing understanding of the brain as an electrically mediated organ suggested the serious probability that impressed electromagnetic fields can be disruptive to purposeful behavior and may be capable of directing and or interrogating such behavior. Further, the passage of approximately 100 milliamperes through the myocardium can lead to cardiac standstill and death, again pointing to a speed-of-light weapons effect. A rapidly scanning RFR system could provide an effective stun or kill capability over a large area. System effectiveness will be a function of wave form, field intensity, pulse widths, repetition frequency, and carrier frequency. The system can be developed using tissue and whole animal experimental studies, coupled with mechanisms and waveform effects research. Using relatively low-level RFR, it may be possible to sensitize large military groups to extremely dispersed amounts of biological or chemical agents to which the un-irradiated population would be immune.
Los Alamos laboratory has developed EM (electromagnetic) weapons, the program is run by Gen. John Alexander, army veteran, psychic enthusiast, who holds a doctorate in Thanatology, the study of death. In 1980 Alexander wrote a paper in the US Army‘s Military Review, entitled ―The New Mental Battlefield‖. The thesis was that telepathy could be used as an offensive weapon, and that electronic weapons might also be used for interfering with the brain activity of target groups. (Kieth pg263) Alexander did additional research and joined the special technologies group at Los Alamos Laboratories. During the Vietnam War Alexander was involved in operation Phoenix, the systematic assassination campaign that eliminated 30,000 suspected Viet Minh cadres. In practice, lists of names were compiled, using personal profiles and names supplied by informants. Many innocent people were dragged from their homes at night and summarily executed, along with the target group…how many is impossible to know. Alexander was involved in the mind control aspect of Phoenix that included implanting enemy POW‘s and civilian suspects in order to get them to attack each other. Alexander has taught neurolinguistic programming to a generation of leaders in the military and politics. The main thrust of his career has been as an expert in counter insurgency operations and infiltration operations combined with an emphasis on electromagnetic weapons.
Radio Hypnotic Induced Control/ Electronic Dissolution of Memory (RHIC/EDOM)
Remote hypnosis was first reported — using allegedly para-psychological means — in the early 1930s, by L.L. Vasilev, Professor of Physiology in the University of Leningrad. Later, other scientists attempted to accomplish the same goal, using less mystic means. Over the years, certain journalists have asserted that the CIA has mastered a technology call RHIC-EDOM. RHIC means “Radio Hypnotic Intracerebral Control.” EDOM stands for “Electronic Dissolution of Memory.” Together, these techniques can remotely induce hypnotic trance, deliver suggestions to the subject, and erase all memory for both the instruction period and the act which the subject is asked to perform. RHIC uses the stimoceiver, or a microminiaturized offspring of that technology to induce a hypnotic state. Interestingly, this technique is also reputed to involve the use of INTRAMUSCULAR implants. Apparently, these implants are stimulated to induce a post-hypnotic suggestion. EDOM is nothing more than missing time itself — the erasure of memory from consciousness through the blockage of synaptic transmission in certain
areas of the brain. By jamming the brain’s synapses through a surfeit of acetocholine, neural transmission along selected pathways can be effectively stilled. RHIC/EDOM is the ultra-sophisticated application of post-hypnotic suggestion TRIGGERED AT WILL by radio transmission. It is a recurring hypnotic state, re-induced automatically at intervals by the same radio control. An individual is brought under hypnosis. This can be done either with his knowledge — or WITHOUT it by use of narco-hypnosis, which can be brought into play under many guises. He is then programmed to perform certain actions and maintain certain attitudes while acted upon by the radio signal. Other authors have mentioned this technique — specifically Walter Bowart (in his book OPERATION MIND CONTROL) and journalist James Moore, who, in a 1975 issue of a periodical called MODERN PEOPLE, claimed to have secured a 350-page manual, prepared in 1963, on RHIC-EDOM. He received the manual from CIA sources, although — interestingly — the technique is said to have originated in the military. The following quote by Moore on RHIC should prove especially intriguing to abduction researchers who have confronted odd “personality shifts” in abductees: Medically, these radio signals are directed to certain parts of the brain. When a part of your brain receives a tiny electrical impulse from outside sources, such as vision, hearing, an emotion is produced — anger at the sight of a gang of boys beating an old woman, for example. The same emotion of anger can be created by artificial radio signals sent to your brain by a controller. You could instantly feel the same white-hot anger without any apparent reason. If RHIC-EDOM exists, it goes a long way toward providing an earthbound rationale for alien abductions — or, at least, certain aspects of them. The phenomenon of “missing time” is no longer mysterious. Abductee implants, both intracerebral and otherwise, are explained. And note the reference to “recurring hypnotic state, re-induced automatically by the same radio command.” This situation may account for “repeater” abductees who, after their initial encounter, have regular sessions of “missing time” and abduction — even while a bedmate sleeps undisturbed.
Rauni Kilde, MD, former Chief Medical Officer of Finland, lectures and writes about an NSA mind control system using radio implants and microchips connected to satellites that is remarkably similar to what is described in the “NSA psyops” document. “With electro-magnetic frequency (EMF) brain stimulation fully coded,” she writes, “pulsating electromagnetic signals can be sent to the brain, causing the desired voice and visual effects to be experienced by the target. This is a form of electronic warfare.” Kilde warns that “connecting our brain functions via microchips (or even without them, according to the latest technology) to computers via satellites…poses the gravest threat to humanity.”
Janet Morris, Director of the US Global Strategies think tank visited Russia in 1991 to investigate acoustic psycho-correction technologies. Microwave signals send commands to the subconscious that are usually acted upon within one minute or less. The Russians demonstrated a working system that Morris (a non-lethal weapons expert) envisioned would be miniaturized into a hand held system. Morris began collaboration with General John Alexander at Los Alamos Labs. The chairman of the USGSC is Ray Cline, former deputy director of the CIA.
After retiring from the Army in 1988, Alexander joined the Los Alamos National Laboratories and began working with Janet Morris, the Research Director of the U.S. Global Strategy Council (USGSC), chaired by Dr Ray Cline, former Deputy Director of the CIA. Throughout 1990 the USGSC lobbied the main national laboratories, major defense contractors and industries, retired senior military and intelligence officers. The result was the creation of a Non-lethality Policy Review Group, led by Major General Chris S. Adams, USAF (retd.) former Chief of Staff, Strategic Air Command. They already have the support of Senator Sam Nunn, chair of the Senate Armed Services Committee. According to Janet Morris, the military attaché at the Russian Embassy has contacted USGSC about the possibility of converting military hardware to a non-lethal capability. In 1991 Janet Morris issued a number of papers giving more detailed information about USGSC’s concept of non-lethal weapons. Shortly after, the U.S. Army Training and Doctrine Command at Fort Monroe, VA, published a detailed draft report on the subject titled “Operations Concept for Disabling Measures.” The report included over twenty projects in which John Alexander is currently involved at the Los Alamos national Laboratories. In a memorandum dated April 10, 1991, titled “Do we need a Non-lethal Defense initiative?” Paul Wolfwitz, Under Secretary of Defense for Policy, wrote to Defense Secretary Dick Cheney, “A U.S. lead in non-lethal technologies will increase our options and reinforce our position in the post-Cold War world. Our Research and Development efforts must be increased.” (Armen Victorian)
In 1962, James V. Bennet, director of the US Bureau of Prisons, encouraged psychiatrists and social scientists to use the ―tremendous opportunity‖ that 24,000 incarcerated and helpless prisoners offered for experimentation. ―We here in Washington are anxious to have you undertake some of these things…perhaps on your own-undertake a little experiment on what you can do with the Muslims, what you can do with sociopathic individuals.‖
(1990) The London Observer reported, ―An electronic torture chamber, using a white noise generator designed to pulse sound at 11 Hz-apparently ultimately capable of destroying the human body-has been installed by a British company, Electronic Intelligence, inside the headquarters of the Special Branch of Dubai. Called ―The House of Fun‖, the torture chamber also houses a strobe light set at 11Hz and synchronized with the white noise generator, the combined effect of which is to reduce anyone inside the cell to a ―screaming helpless suppliant within moments.‖ The equipment was referred to as ―Prisoner Disorientation Equipment.‖ (Kieth 199)
There are basically three types of private organizations that are used, a CIA proprietary-a business designed to provide a service wanted by the CIA, it is secretly and wholly owned by the CIA while disguised to appear in public as a private business. According to a foreign service officer, ―the proprietaries tend to take on a life of their own, and several have grown too big and too independent to be either controlled from or dissolved by headquarters‖. A second kind of operation is a ―front‖ an organization whose business is a sham, kept in place to provide cover for other activities, an example of
which are the front companies used by Wilson and Shackley that had no real function other than cover. A third kind of organization is an independent organization closely allied to the CIA by shared ideology and mutual goals, and a staff of ex-CIA people. The Interarms Company is such an example, the world‘s largest private arms dealer is run by career CIA officer Samuel Cummings. (Kwitney COP pg100)
John Perkins wrote in his book, Confessions of an Economic Hit Man (EHM), that he was recruited in college by the NSA prior to entering the peace corps. Perkins was later indoctrinated and told, ―US intelligence agencies-including the NSA-would identify prospective EHMs, who could then be hired by international corporations. These EHMs would never be paid by the government, instead, they would draw their salaries from the private sector. As a result, their dirty work, if exposed, would be chalked up to corporate greed rather than to government policy. In addition, the corporations that hired them, although paid by the government agencies and their multinational banking counterparts (with taxpayer money), would be insulated from congressional oversight and public scrutiny, shielded by a growing body of legal initiatives, including trademark, international trade, and Freedom of Information Laws.‖ Perkins was hired by an international consulting firm, Chas T. Main, Inc. (MAIN) where his specialty was falsifying economic growth estimates to validate the building of huge infrastructure projects with loans from the IMF and World Bank. According to Perkins these loans were used to enrich construction firms like Bechtel and were never intended to be paid back, but instead served to keep the host country in debt to the World Bank. He met with leaders of Third World countries and negotiated deals that in effect lined the pockets of Perkin‘s corporate clients and those of the dictator while leaving the general population in perpetual poverty. Should the leader of the sovereign nation refuse to hand over the resources to corporate interests that leader would meet with an unfortunate accident, as happened to the Presidents of Ecuador and Panama, who both died in fiery plane crashes. The income ratio of the one-fifth of the world‘s population in the wealthiest countries to the one-fifth in the poorest countries went from 30 to 1 in 1960 to 74 to 1 in 1995. By 1990, developing countries had accumulated more than $1.3 trillion in foreign debt. By 2000, eighty six percent of the US EXIM Bank‘s $7.7 billion in new foreign export credits and guarantees went to just ten politically influential US companies, including Enron, Halliburton, GE, Boeing, Bechtel, United Technologies, Schlumberger, and Raytheon. (Perkins)
Economic Hit Men: The U.S. objective is simply to control the economic decisions of a country. The preferred instrument of U.S. foreign policy from about 1945 to 1980 was military dictatorships. Between 1980 and 1990 there were two tracks in U.S. policy. One was actually increasing support for repressive governments in Central America and elsewhere. But at the same time, you had a movement in the direction of utilizing debt as leverage, and, for the International Monetary Fund, structural adjustment programs became more important in the 1980s. Today, the U.S. prefers to exercise its power through economic channels. It wants a favorable investment economy. It wants to make sure that unions aren’t
strong. It wants to make sure that a country is not diverting its resources to the needs of its people, resources that are necessary for paying debt and doing other things. So what the U.S. wants is control, economic control, and it will use whatever leverage it has. What’s happening in Haiti, the other thing the U.S. doesn’t want, is a progressive government in power. It wants a government more valuable to its own interests and power. Holding back the [$146 million] Inter-American Development Bank loan (see Haiti Progrès, Vol. 19, No. 37, 11/28/01) is a way of trying to force a change of government. The U.S. doesn’t want authentic democracy. It wants democracy within various narrow channels that it dictates in terms of what economic choices are available to countries and peoples. (Nelson-Pallmeyer)
Network Solutions, a subsidiary of the National Science Foundation, registered all I.P. addresses as a free public service. Scientific Applications International Corp (SAIC) purchased Network Solutions and now I.P. addresses cost $50 per year. SAIC is an arm of the military industrial establishment, with forty thousand employees and over 90% of its $1.9 billion in 1994 revenues obtained from government contracts. The SAIC board is composed of three former Directors of CIA, ( Robert Gates, John Deutch, Bobby Ray Inman, NSA) two former heads of the DOD, (William Perry, Melvin Laird) and assorted generals. SAIC has been engaged in the creation and implementation of technology for the Army Global Command and Control System-the renovation of the Pentagon‘s computer and communication systems-and the upgrading of the national, state, and local law enforcement databases. In 1995 the Rand Corp., a research arm of the DOD, published a study entitled, ―Strategic Information Warfare‖, that predicted the importance of information dominance and speculated on how to repel and absorb internet attacks on the US and its allies. The unclassified version of the report stated that it was not necessary to take over and control the internet, but the purchase by SAIC of Network Solutions leads one to believe the classified version of the Rand report said something completely different. SAIC also was involved in the Remote Viewing/psychic spying studies for the CIA and DIA, along with Stanford Research Institute. It’s also interesting that SAIC is involved in developing and promoting so-called “non-lethal weapons”, which may be using remote-viewing as a front. Also interesting is that Information Warfare is often included as a sub-category of non-lethal warfare in military journals. Info War includes all the hacker and virus stuff, but it is broader than that. It includes the capability to intercept TV and radio transmissions from hostile countries, synthesize the voice and even the video of a foreign leader addressing his country, change the content, and re-broadcast it via satellite jamming. In the literature this technology is a reality to the folks at the Pentagon, and they’re not overlooking its potential for covert ops and psy-war. Another subset of Information Warfare involves “controlling the beliefs” of its subjects, including domestic ones. This used to be known as propaganda, or good-ole-fashioned lying, but “Information Warfare” has that oh-so-sexy Wired appeal to it. Military theorists like general Michael Aquino, US Army PSYOPS expert and founder of the Temple of Set, have argued that all war is psychological, and that killing people only provides an edge for the propaganda, which should not be limited to the enemy or during wartime.
After 9/11 the fortunes of SAIC have progressed at an astonishing rate. The Global War on Terror, a war without end, is perfectly suited for the corporation that functions as the brains of the National Security State. Revenues for 2006 were $8 billion dollars, with 9,000 government contracts now worth $13.6 billion in the pipeline. SAIC is now bigger than Halliburton or Bechtel and employs more people than the Department of labor, DOE, and HUD combined. Despite defrauding the government in a systematic manner and changes in political parties, their stock with the military industrial complex continues to rise. Civilians at SAIC joke that the company has so many admirals and generals in its ranks that it could start its own war. Some might argue that, in the case of Iraq, it did. Four years before the war it established the Center for Counterterrorism Technology and Analysis. Testimony by SAIC employees were key to making the case that Saddam Hussein was an imminent threat. The company virtually created the Iraq Reconstruction and Development Council, managed them, and paid them $33 million prior to the war. The operation reported to Douglas Feith, undersecretary of defense policy at the Pentagon. Feith, a key architect of the invasion, employed Christopher ―Ryan‖ Henry, former SAIC senior vice president. SAIC employed Shaha Riza, the girlfriend of Paul Wolfowitz, deputy secretary of defense. SAIC also contracted for the Office of Strategic Influence, set up by Rumsfeld to function as a ―Voice of America‖ program to supply good news about the war. In the wake of the disastrous intelligence failures before the war, SAIC personnel staffed the commission that was set up to investigate how American intelligence could have been so disastrously wrong. This is a curious turn of events, considering it was SAIC personnel who supplied the false intelligence in the first place. Their report concluded, ―The Commission found no indication the Intelligence Community distorted the evidence regarding Iraq‘s weapons of mass destruction‖.
In the 1970‘s and 1980‘s SAIC was hired by the government to reconstruct the radiation dose received by military personnel during atomic bomb tests. When SAIC did the numbers, very few veterans qualified for compensation. The Pentagon was off the hook and the ailing veterans were out of luck. In 1988 Congress waived the rules and gave veterans dying of cancer the benefit of the doubt. By then most of the veterans were dead. SAIC and Bechtel are partners in constructing Yucca Mountain, the $3.1 billion repository for high-level nuclear waste, waste that will remain lethal for at least 10,000 years. The Nuclear Regulatory Commission and the Department of Energy came under pressure from executives in the nuclear industry to help them cut costs of storing waste. The idea was to recycle the contaminated metals, nickel, aluminum, copper, steel, by mixing them with other metals. The diluted metals could then be made into useable items, knives, forks, baby strollers, eye glass frames, bicycles, frying pans…even used in construction. This had occurred before in the 1980‘s when radioactive table legs began turning up in the US everywhere from restaurants to nursing homes. A radioactive ring cost one man his arm. Because of this in 1992 Congress banned this form of recycling. The latest scheme worked because SAIC wrote the regulations for the N.R.C. that established a safe dose limit for recycling (there is no safe dose of radiation). SAIC at the same time contracted with the D.O.E. to recycle the materials for which it was drafting the regulations. This conflict of interest was discovered by accident and the contract put on hold. SAIC denied there was a conflict of interest. (Vanity Fair 3/07)
DynCorp is one of the three pre-eminent private mercenary corporations in the world, and is the dominant entity for training security forces in the Middle East. Herbert ―Pug‖ Winokur a lead investor and creator of DynCorp (CEO 1987-91) previously chaired the finance committee at Enron, where he somehow escaped the scrutiny of federal prosecutors. DynCorp is ubiquitous, it manages the Congressional telephone system and does the computerized bookkeeping for a dozen federal agencies, including DOD and HUD, and as such has presided over the loss (or theft) of trillions of dollars. DynCorp has a contract to manage the police and court systems in US-occupied Iraq. Arthur Anderson is the financial auditor of DynCorp, they are the same auditor that handled Enron‘s books. The HUD Inspector General testified before Congress that HUD had lost $17 billion in 1998 and $59 billion in 1999. In 2001 it was disclosed that the Pentagon could not account for $1.1 trillion for the fiscal year 2000. In a separate loss, it later became public that the DOD could not account for $2.3 trillion dollars, amounting to over 25% of its assets. The DOD budget is $480 billion a year, more than all the non-American military spending in the world combined, yet they managed to lose trillions. The financial data processing for US government accounting systems is done by DynCorp and Lockheed-Martin. DynCorp was given a $322 million contract to develop, produce, test, and store FDA licensed vaccines for the DOD.
DynCorp owns Blackwater, the company that employs the majority of the tens of thousands of security contractors in Iraq.
Hadron was founded in the 1980‘s by Dr. Earl Brian, who was an associate of Attorney General Edwin Meese. Brian was convicted on fraud charges in the 1980‘s. Ken Alibek is president of the subsidiary Hadron Advanced Biosystems, formerly Colonel Kanatjan Alibekov, who headed up Project Bonfire, the crash USSR program to destroy the US with biological weapons after an initial nuclear exchange. DARPA gave the company $12 million in funding for medical biodefense research, the focus of which is non-specific immunity. (Rupert pg479) (Rupert pg 251)
The Rendon Group, whose services have been retained during ―nearly every shooting conflict in the past two decades,‖ as James Bamford, an investigative reporter, wrote in Rolling Stone last fall. Hired by the CIA after the first gulf war to pave the way for regime change in Iraq, John Rendon helped to organize the Iraqi National Congress, Ahmed Chalabi‘s dissident group (which was later responsible for feeding bogus stories about Iraq‘s weapons of mass destruction to the press). More recently, though, as Bamford has reported, Rendon‘s firm received a Pentagon contract to mount ―a worldwide propaganda campaign deploying teams of information warriors to allied nations to assist them ‗in developing and delivering specific messages to the local population, combatants, front-line states, the media and the international community.‖ (Daniel Schulman, CJR)
Schlumberger is the world‘s premier oil drilling company that is present in some manner wherever oil is being developed. Schlumberger is also comprised of the world‘s most advanced surface seismic company, WesternGeco, jointly owned by Baker-Hughes. James Baker founded and runs Baker-Hughes, he is the world‘s foremost petroleum lawyer, a key player in the Caspian oil exploration in the 1990‘s. Schlumberger‘s board of directors include John M. Deutch, former CIA director for Clinton, along with Jamie
S. Gorelick. Gorelick is one of only four of the 9/11 commission members allowed to review presidential intelligence records. Oil companies are routinely used as cover for information gathering by US intelligence agencies, particularly because oil is a strategic commodity, and also because employees have an excuse to travel to just about anywhere in the world. Exxon Mobil, by virtue of its size, employs more intelligence assets than any other entity. Anthropologist and journalists as well are able to travel anywhere in the world without raising too much attention and have also historically been recruited by the CIA.
PNAC: Project for a New American Century
The blueprint, uncovered by the Sunday Herald, for the creation of a ‘global Pax Americana’ was drawn up for Dick Cheney (now vice-president), Donald Rumsfeld (defense secretary), Paul Wolfowitz (Rumsfeld’s deputy), George W Bush’s younger brother Jeb and Lewis Libby (Cheney’s chief of staff). The document, entitled Rebuilding America’s Defenses: Strategies, Forces And Resources For A New Century, was written in September 2000 by the neo-conservative think-tank Project for the New American Century (PNAC). The PNAC document supports a ‘blueprint for maintaining global US pre-eminence, precluding the rise of a great power rival, and shaping the international security order in line with American principles and interests’. This ‘American grand strategy’ must be advanced for ‘as far into the future as possible’, the report says. It also calls for the US to ‘fight and decisively win multiple, simultaneous major theatre wars as a ‘core mission’. The report describes American armed forces abroad as ‘the cavalry on the new American frontier’. The PNAC blueprint supports an earlier document written by Wolfowitz and Libby that said the US must ‘discourage advanced industrial nations from challenging our leadership or even aspiring to a larger regional or global role’. The plan represents a blueprint for what any other country would term American hegemony, an effort to control world affairs, and what a hostile country would term an attempt to take over the world. Key to this strategy is the effort to militarize space, to place anti-satellite weapons in orbit to deny other nations satellite capabilities, and to place strategic weapons in space to attack military hardware and personnel on the earth‘s surface. The placing of weapons in space is expressly prohibited by international treaties, and threatens to set off an arms race in space. PNAC identifies four key areas of interest, one of which refers to transforming the military to exploit the Revolution in Military Affairs. ―TRANSFORM U.S. ARMED FORCES. Finally, the Pentagon must begin now to exploit the so called “revolution in military affairs,” sparked by the introduction of advanced technologies into military systems; this must be regarded as a separate and critical mission worthy of a share of force structure and defense budgets.” This language referring to an RMA and advanced technologies is in fact referring to the use of microwave weapons on the battlefield for use against large-scale forces and against individual enemy soldiers.
Enron: Less than ten days after he became Vice President–promising that a Bush/Cheney Administration would “restore decency and integrity to the Oval Office”–Cheney took charge of the Administration’s energy policy task force, the National Energy Policy Development Group. No initiative interested Enron more, and Cheney welcomed the company’s active participation in its deliberations. Cheney was hardly a stranger to
the company. He had chaired Halliburton, a Texas-based oil services and construction conglomerate whose subsidiary, Brown & Root, helped build Houston’s Enron Field, and his return to politics–after he selected himself to be Bush’s running mate–benefited from Enron-linked contributions that paid for the Bush/Cheney campaign, the Florida recount fight fund and the inauguration. Cheney and his aides met at least six times with Lay and other Enron officials while preparing the group’s report, which is the basis for the Administration’s energy policy proposals. Additionally, Cheney’s staff met with an Enron-sponsored lobbying organization, the “Clean Power Group.” When Cheney and Lay met in April 2001, Lay handed Cheney a three-page “wish list” of corporate recommendations. The task force adopted all or significant portions of the recommendations in seven of eight policy areas. Seventeen policies sought by Enron or that clearly benefit the company–including proposals to extend federal control of transmission lines, use federal eminent-domain authority to override state decisions on transmission-line sitting, expedite permitting for new energy facilities and limit the use of price controls–were included. The Enron-Cheney connection so far has received troublingly limited attention from Congressional Democrats. Senator Joseph Lieberman announced that a committee he heads would issue more than two dozen subpoenas that could cast light on Enron-White House contacts, but Lieberman has so far limited the scope of the inquiry. Cheney aided an attempt by Enron to force the Maharashtra State Electricity Board in India to pay it at least $2.3 billion in connection with a failed $2.9 billion effort to develop a power plant. Vice President Dick Cheney cleared his calendar for an April 17 private meeting with Lay regarding what aides described as “energy policy matters” and “the energy crisis in California.” At the meeting Lay handed Cheney a memo that read in part: “The administration should reject any attempt to re-regulate wholesale power markets by adopting price caps….” Connections with Enron are not limited to Cheney’s office. From Army Secretary Thomas White, a former Enron executive, to Trade Representative Robert Zoellick, formerly on Enron’s advisory council, Enron’s tentacles have reached throughout the Bush White House, shaping tax, trade, energy and environmental policy. (The Nation John Nichols 4/15/02)
Every producing field follows a bell curve. Dr. M. King Hubbert using his model, (The Hubbert curve) predicted in 1957 that US domestic oil production would peak in 14 years. For this assertion he was ridiculed and laughed at. US production peaked within twelve months of his prediction and people stopped laughing. Dr. Hubbert also developed a bell curve for world oil production that predicts when the world supply will reach maximum output and then begin to decline. Peak oil is due to occur by his calculations in the year 2010. The discovery of new fields peaked in the 1960‘s and in 2003 it was the first year since the 1920‘s when a field in excess of 500 million barrels was not found. The remaining oil will be found in smaller and smaller fields that are more and more expensive to recover. The world now consumes a billion barrels every 11.5 days. The Caspian Sea oil reserves that the major US oil companies and BP-Amoco invested billions of dollars in were found to be a bust by the end of 2000, the giant fields of oil just aren‘t there. Instead of the expected 200 billion barrels there are 9-13 billion barrels. Hubbert‘s Peak is coinciding with an exploding world population, rising literacy rates that indicate increased consumer spending, and an exploding demand for oil and
other energy resources in China, Asia, and Africa. Most of the developing world is tied down by an artificially engineered debt to the World Bank and the IMF, but in China auto sales jumped by more than 50%. Policy makers, economists and financial markets are aware of the potential economic train wreck of declining supply and increasing demand, but have not gone public with this knowledge. OPEC nations of the Middle East will peak last, around 2010, when they will be supplying 40% of the world‘s oil demand. The majority of the remaining oil in the world is on the Eurasian continent, which includes the Middle East, the Caspian Basin, and Central Asia. The majority of the world oil supply there is concentrated in Saudi Arabia (25%), Iraq (11%), Iran (13%), Kuwait (11%), and UAE (8%). In order to secure the American way of life, to save us from $10 a gallon gas and a $6 big mac, the strategy of the hour is to militarily secure the remaining large oil fields in Eurasia and the routes for pipelines to bring these essential commodities to market. China will be forced either to buy into existing fields and production technology or it will be forced to use military means to secure an economic future. The nation that controls the allocation of these remaining fields will remain economically robust and able to dole out the oil to reward friends and punish or strangle their enemies. (Rupert pg 28)
Trans National Corporations (TNCs): The present economic reality (and that for the foreseeable future) is that the once abundant life-style for large segments of western citizens will continue to erode. This will inevitably lead to dissatisfaction that will increasingly manifest itself in civil disturbance. Economically powerless to change direction, governments may possibly resort to authoritarian remedies, fueling greater unrest and a repetition of the vicious cycle. This model is based on the clear evidence that “nations” no longer possess the economic might to “buck” the markets. The globalization of finance and the internationalization of “free markets”, has led to (or perhaps resulted from?) giant “stateless” transnational corporations. Collectively, TNC’s far outweigh the economic power of any one sovereign state. Under the combined onslaught of TNC’s acting in concert, (referred to as “market trends”) even G7 (in the form of combined Central Bank intervention) is often rendered powerless. Under this scenario, the future does not bode well. TNC’s will continue to accrue to themselves an increasing proportion of the world’s wealth, whereas nation states will grow increasingly reliant upon sovereign indebtedness to finance themselves or gradually assume “Third World” economies. The burden of “servicing” sovereign debt is met by a combination of fiscal measures, primarily increased domestic taxation (direct, indirect and more hidden measures) and decreased expenditure. Both measures impact heavily on the poorer classes and yet generally benefit the TNC’s who remain large tax recipients. Effectively powerless, the political structure in sovereign states will have little alternative but to present to its citizens a facade of being in control if it is to remain in power. Bereft of economic muscle, old-fashioned real “muscle” (in the form of soft-kill- technologies) are likely to become more meaningful to the rule of law concept. It is therefore self evident that LTL (less than lethal) weapons will thus be directed at the “rebellious” poorer classes. (David G. Guyatt)
Think Tanks: In the mid-1970s, at a historic low point in American conservatism, the CIA began a major campaign to turn corporate fortunes around. They did this in several ways. First, they helped create numerous foundations to finance their domestic
operations. Even before 1973, the CIA had co-opted the most famous ones, like the Ford, Rockefeller and Carnegie Foundations. But after 1973, they created more. One of their most notorious recruits was billionaire Richard Mellon Scaife. During World War II, Scaife’s father served in the OSS, the forerunner of the CIA. By his mid-twenties, both of Scaife’s parents had died, and he inherited a fortune under four foundations: the Carthage Foundation, the Sarah Scaife Foundation, the Scaife Family Foundations and the Allegheny Foundation. In the early 1970s, Scaife was encouraged by CIA agent Frank Barnett to begin investing his fortune to fight the “Soviet menace.” From 1973 to 1975, Scaife ran Forum World Features, a foreign news service used as a front to disseminate CIA propaganda around the world. Shortly afterwards he began donating millions to fund the New Right. Scaife’s CIA roots are typical of those who head the new conservative foundations. By 1994 the most active were:
Lynde and Harry Bradley Foundation
Charles G. Koch
David H. Koch
Claude R. Lambe
Philip M. McKenna
John M. Olin Foundation
Henry Salvatori Foundation
Sarah Scaife Foundation
Smith Richardson Foundation
Between 1992 and 1994, these foundations gave $210 million to conservative causes. Here is the breakdown of their donations:
$88.9 million for conservative scholarships;
$79.2 million to enhance a national infrastructure of think tanks and advocacy groups;
$16.3 million for alternative media outlets and watchdog groups;
$10.5 million for conservative pro-market law firms;
$9.3 million for regional and state think tanks and advocacy groups;
$5.4 million to “organizations working to transform the nations social views and giving practices of the nation’s religious and philanthropic leaders.”
The political machine they built is broad and comprehensive, covering every aspect of the political fight. It includes right-wing departments and chairs in the nation‘s top universities, think tanks, public relations firms, media companies, fake grassroots organizations that pressure Congress (irreverently known as “Astroturf” movements), “Roll-out-the-vote” machines, pollsters, fax networks, lobbyist organizations, economic seminars for the nation‘s judges, and more. And because corporations are the richest sector of society, their greater financing overwhelms similar efforts by Democrats. Besides creating foundations, the CIA helped organize the business community. There
have always been special interest groups representing business, like the U.S. Chamber of Commerce and the National Association of Manufacturers, and the CIA has long been involved with them. However, after 1973, a spate of powerful new groups would come into existence, like the Business Roundtable and the Trilateral Commission. These organizations quickly became powerhouses in promoting the business agenda. Their efforts clearly succeeded. With the 1975 SUN-PAC decision, corporations persuaded government to legalize corporate Political Action Committees (the lobbyist organizations that bribe our government). By 1992, corporations formed 67 percent of all PACs, and they donated 79 percent of all campaign contributions to political parties. In two landmark elections — 1980 and 1994 — corporations gave heavily and one-sidedly to Republicans, turning one or both houses of Congress over to the GOP. Democratic incumbents were shocked by the threat of being rolled completely out of power, so they quietly shifted to the right on economic issues, even though they continued a public façade of liberalism. Corporations went ahead and donated to Democratic incumbents in all other elections, but only as long as they abandoned the interests of workers, consumers, minorities and the poor. As expected, the new pro-corporate Congress passed laws favoring the rich: between 1975 and 1992, the amount of national household wealth owned by the richest 1 percent soared from 22 to 42 percent.
The CIA also helped create the conservative think tank movement. Prior to the 70s, think tanks spanned the political spectrum, with moderate think tanks receiving three times as much funding as conservative ones. At these early think tanks, scholars typically brainstormed for creative solutions to policy problems. This would all change after the rise of conservative foundations in the early 70s. The Heritage Foundation opened its doors in 1973, the recipient of $250,000 in seed money from the Coors Foundation. A flood of conservative think tanks followed shortly thereafter, and by 1980 they overwhelmed the scene. The new think tanks turned out to be little more than propaganda mills, rigging studies to “prove” that their corporate sponsors needed tax breaks, deregulation and other favors from government. Of course, think-tank studies are useless without publicity, and here the CIA proved especially valuable. Using propaganda techniques it had perfected at the Voice of America and Radio Free Europe, the CIA and its allies turned American AM radio into a haven for conservative talk show hosts. Yes — Rush Limbaugh uses the same propaganda techniques that Muscovites once heard from Voice of America. The CIA has also developed countless other media outlets, like Capital Cities (which eventually bought ABC), major PR firms like Hill & Knowlton, and of course, all the Agency‘s connections in the national news media. The following is a typical example of how the “New Media” operates. As most political observers know, the Republicans suffer from a “gender gap,” in which women prefer Democrats by huge majorities. This is, in fact, why Clinton has twice won the presidency. But, curiously enough, as the 90s progressed, conservative female pundits began popping up everywhere in the media. Hard-right pundits like Ann Coulter, Kellyanne Fitzpatrick, Laura Ingraham, Barbara Olson, Melinda Sidak, Anita Blair and Whitney Adams conditioned us to the idea of the conservative woman. This phenomenon was no accident. It turns out that Richard Mellon Scaife donated $450,000 over three years to the Independent Women’s Forum, a booking agency that heavily seeds such female conservative pundits into the media. The most obvious criticism of the New Overclass is
that their political machine is undemocratic. Using subversive techniques once aimed at communists, and with all the money they ever need to succeed, the Overclass undemocratically controls our government, our media, and even a growing part of academia. These institutions in turn allow the Overclass to control the supposedly “free” market. (Steve Kangas)
Eschelon: Signals Intelligence refers to the ability to eaves drop on cell phones, land lines, radios, and email. Eschelon was the name of the program that was exposed in Australia when it was charged with being used for political purposes. Eschelon‘s surveillance power lies in its ability ―to tap all international and some domestic communications circuits, and sift out messages which sound interesting. Computers automatically analyze every telex message or data signal, and can also identify calls to, say, a target telephone number in London, no matter from which country they originate.‖According to the BBC, ―Every international telephone call, fax, e-mail, or radio transmission can be listened to by powerful computers capable of voice recognition. They home in on a long list of key words, or patterns of messages. They are looking for evidence of international crime, like Terrorism.‖ Building on an original post WWII alliance between the US, Britain, Australia, New Zealand, and Canada, Eschelon had by the late 1980‘s expanded to include joint operations with Germany, Japan, and China. It was initiated under the legal premise that while it is not permissible for the US government to monitor the conversations of its citizens without a warrant, it is not illegal for British intelligence to monitor American citizens, etc. Once the ―take‖ has been pooled, the respective agencies can have safe access to their own domestic intelligence, because the Britons, Australians, or Germans did it, and not the home government. The primary operating agency for all Eschelon activities worldwide is the US National Security Agency. (Rupert pg 228) When Boeing beat European Airbus in a major sale worth billions of dollars the Europeans accused the US government of conducting industrial espionage on behalf of Boeing using Eschelon or related technologies.
PROMIS is a revolutionary computer software program that was developed in the 1970‘s by former NSA programmer and engineer Bill Hamilton. In terms of computer programs it represented the ―universal translator‖ of Star Trek. PROMIS (Prosecutor‘s Management Information System) is able to read and integrate any number of different computer programs or databases simultaneously, regardless of the language in which the original programs had been written or the current operating system. According to Bill Hamilton, Edwin Meese, Reagan‘s Attorney General, along with Dr. Earl Brian and others, stole the amazing software, modified it by installing a ―trap door‖ into that would allow those who knew of it to access the program in other computers, and then sold the software overseas to foreign intelligence agencies. Hamilton knew his software had been stolen when requests for tech support came in from people he hadn‘t sold it to. The Israeli Mossad under Rafi Eitan again modified the software and sold it throughout the Middle East using British publishing magnate Robert Maxwell as a cut out. The revolutionary software allowed anyone with the trap door code to enter every database in every computer in every language at will simultaneously. This ability represents perfect information gathering technology that is undetectable, the ultimate prize of every intelligence agency in the world. The CIA, through GE Aerospace in Herndon, Virginia
(GAO contract #82F624620), the FBI, and the NSA modified the back door but more importantly had enhanced the ultimate program with artificial intelligence or AI. The program, which came to be called other names such as SMART, had originally been capable of automatically and secretly drawing any information from any and all computers connected to the web. What new capabilities were now possible with artificial intelligence added to the mix, and what uses were the intelligence agencies putting it to besides stealing each other‘s information perfectly? The contractor that added the AI component, GE Aerospace, was purchased by Martin-Marietta, which merged to become Lockheed-Martin, the largest defense and aerospace contractor in the world. Ed Meese and his partisan Republican crowd were not the only ones who recognized the potential of PROMIS, Democrats had made their moves as well. Jackson Stevens is a presidential kingmaker, a lifelong supporter of George Bush, and the Annapolis roommate of Jimmy Carter. The billionaire Stevens‘ firm Systematics, later Axicom, had mated the illegal software with banking software. In the late 70‘s and 80‘s Systematics handled 60-70% of all electronic banking systems in the US. Steven‘s teamed with Worthen Bank, Lippo Group and BCCI, the drug/intelligence bank to penetrate every banking system in the world. PROMIS could be used to influence and predict financial markets worldwide. When Clinton was completely out of campaign funds it was Stevens that loaned him $3 million to keep his campaign going. Herbert ―Pug‖ Winokur CEO of DynCorp from 1989-97, is a PhD mathematician from Harvard where the mathematical breakthroughs using block-modeling gave rise to artificial intelligence. In the 60‘s Winokur did research for the DOD on the causes of inner city unrest in the wake of the 1967 Detroit riots. DynCorp was heavily involved in the evolution of PROMIS software. Winokur is a member of the board of the Harvard Endowment, which is not a benevolent university fund but an aggressive predatory investor with $19 billion in assets invested in HUD-subsidized housing, high-tech defense operations, and George W. Bush‘s failing oil company Harkin Energy. The Harvard Endowment saw its holdings skyrocket in the last decade, making 33% in 1999. The same year HUD announced a ―manual adjustment‖ to reconcile a $59-billion accounting shortfall between its accounts and the US Treasury account.
Geomatics is a company at the heart of the Canadian space program and is closely associated with Lockheed-Martin. Geomatics uses remote sensing from space to locate natural resources such as oil, precious metals, and other commodities. In the commodities markets of the world this kind of perfect information is the ultimate tool to predicting and controlling markets. Remote sensing can closely estimate the size of harvests of agricultural commodities such as coffee or oranges. Perfect information on the size of the orange harvest translates potentially to millions of dollars in the US commodity markets alone. Exploration for oil and gas can be very expensive, but advances in imaging technology, global positioning systems, and remote sensing technologies have advanced light years over the last few decades. This situation is custom-made for enhanced PROMIS software with back-door technology. What better way to map and inventory the world‘s resources by making each client nation pay for it. PROMIS software makes it possible to compile a worldwide database of every marketable natural resource. AI enhanced PROMIS based programs would be the perfect set-up to make billions of dollars in profits by manipulating the futures trade in, for
example a rare metal like tungsten, or exploiting a sudden surge in the price of gold and platinum.
The Royal Canadian Mounted Police (RCMP) were sold PROMIS software to use in their intelligence gathering operations, and began to suspect that their copies may have been altered and possibly all of their files were transparent and had been for some time. The RCMP had been given their version of PROMIS by the Canadian Security and Intelligence Service (CSIS), which was created with the assistance of the CIA. RCMP investigators stated that they and the CSIS had a rivalry similar to the one between the CIA and the FBI, and questioned whether any intelligence agency created by the CIA could be completely loyal to its native country. They further stated that they knew that the NSA had compromised their communications equipment. The Canadians put out a report that friendly nations were stealing sensitive technology, particularly related to aerospace, biotechnology, chemicals, communications, information technology, mining and metallurgy, nuclear energy, oil and gas, and the environment. The doctored versions of PROMIS were acquired from both Robert Maxwell and Dr. Earl Brian. Brian is a medical doctor who founded Hadron, has been involved in shady dealings with firms connected with disease research, cytology, and biotechnology. Hadron is at the heart of the US government operations involving biowarfare and vaccines. Ari Ben-Menashe is Isreal‘s top spy who in reports was linked to Iran-Contra scandal and the October Surprise that led to Reagan‘s election in 1980. PROMIS software is described in his book, Profits of War. The inventor of PROMIS software hired army CID investigator Bill McCoy to investigate the theft but the famed investigator who had broken some of the army‘s biggest cases ever was found dead of a heart attack. Within 48 hours of his death McCoy‘s body was cremated and two days later all of his files, furniture, and personal belongings had been removed from his home, which was painted and sanitized. The PROMIS saga leads to more than a dozen deaths, many of which share the same pattern, within 48 hours of death the body is cremated, residences sanitized and all records disappear. (Seymore, The Last Circle) (Rupert pg 169)
Total Information Awareness (TIA):
The Department of Homeland Security (DHS) will be given access to all state and local databases, complete access to all banking and stock transactions, and all private data bases on demand (medical records). They will monitor and control all communications at state and local levels, as well as build an ‗intranet‖ for corporations. Local police agencies that receive federal subsidies (all of them), will in effect become intelligence gathering units for the federal government.
Under the TIA program created by DARPA the government is now monitoring almost all activity of all Americans, including bank deposits, shopping, web surfing, academic grades, divorce records, spending, phone calls, utility usage, travel, virtually everything. It plans to track everything you do employing face recognition software that can stop you from making a withdrawal at the bank or from boarding a plane. The government has placed all its faith in incredible new technologies such as PROMIS software and exotic weaponry systems that are just beginning to be unveiled. TIA plans to recognize you by your voice, by your unique body odor, it even plans to use ―non-invasive neuroelectric sensors‖ to read your mind. (Washington Times 8/17/02 Frank J. Murray, Nasa Plans to Read Terrorist‘s Minds at Airports) Congress voted to ―unfund‖ the TIA office but the
AP reported in 2004 that the project was going forward in different offices of the Pentagon in a shell game.
Acxiom is the lead company to provide software and pull together to furnish the information to DARPA‘s ―Information Awareness Office‖ headed by John Poindexter. Billionaire Jackson Stevens owns Acxiom, (Alltel, Systematics) and had backed NATO Commander Wesley Clark for president in 2004. His company stole PROMIS software in the 1980‘s, and is using it to create TIA for John Poindexter. PROMIS software under the name Genoa was delivered to DARPA 23 days after Bush signed the Homeland Security bill in Nov. 2002. Admiral Poindexter, the convicted Iran-Contra felon and former Reagan National Security Advisor, said that Genoa provides ―tools for collaborative reasoning, estimating plausible futures, and creating actionable options for the decision maker.‖ Negative public reaction led to Poindexter‘s latest project, Futures Markets Applied to Prediction (FutureMAP). Investors using futures market analysis would predict the likelihood of a future terrorist attack, a correct prediction would yield a profit for the investor. In Washington lawmakers, mostly Democrats, expressed shock and disbelief at a program which was a gross violation of privacy in direct violation of the Constitution. Congress eliminated the TIA office but by 2004 the AP reported Poindexter‘s TIA effort had been transferred to US intelligence offices, Congressional, Federal, and research officials said the Advanced Research and Development Activity (ARDA) was engaged in similar research using some of the same scientists as Poindexter‘s program. (Rupert pg 479)
INSIDER TRADING 9/11
A ‗put‖ option is a bet that a stock price is going to fall precipitously. If one were to put a single put option contract on American Airlines at $30 per share and the stock fell to $18 one could purchase 100 shares at $18 and immediately sell them for $30, netting a profit of $12 per share. This is what happened on a far larger scale and with many companies around the world on 9/11. The levels of options purchased the week of 9/11 were more than six times higher than normal. A former member of the German Parliament then responsible for oversight of the German secret service estimated that profits by inside traders were $15 billion. CBS reported that ―at least seven countries are dissecting suspicious trades that may have netted more than $100 million in profits‖, a much more conservative figure. In one clear example among many reported by CBS and Associated Press stated, ―The trades…involved at least 450,000 shares of American Airlines…but what raised the red flag is more than 80% of the orders were ―puts‖, far outnumbering ―call‖ options, those betting the stock would rise…sources say they have never seen that kind of imbalance before. Normally the numbers are fairly even…an extremely unbalanced number of trades betting United‘s stock would fall also transformed into huge profits when it did fall after the hijackings. Shortly after 9/11 the SEC issued a list of 38 companies whose shares had been suspiciously traded, all the firms had seen unusual levels of put option purchases right before 9/11 and almost every company‘s shares had fallen sharply right after the attacks. The Herzliya Institute for Counterterrorism documented enormous suspicious trades in a story entitled ―Black Tuesday: The World‘s Largest Insider Trading Scam?‖ Convair, a German firm hired to retrieve the computer hard drives from the rubble of the WYC found that there was a deluge of electronic trading just minutes before the first plane struck. Richard Wagner, a
data retrieval expert, estimated that more than $100 million in illegal transactions appeared to have rushed through the WTC computers before and during the disaster. The Wall Street Journal reported there was an unusually high volume in the purchase of five-year Treasury notes just before the attacks, including one $5 billion dollar trade. T-Bills are used as safe havens for investors when the markets are in trouble and T-Bill prices rose immediately after the attacks. Deutsche Bank Alex. Brown is the American investment banking arm of the German giant Deutsche Bank, and was used to purchase some of these options.
One of the anonymous trades has left a $2.5 million prize unclaimed. The firm used to place the put options on United Airlines stock was managed until 1998 by the man who is now the number three Executive Director position at the CIA. A. B. ―Buzzy‖ Krongard became Vice Chairman of Banker‘s Trust when the two firms merged and his new position was to oversee ―private client relationships‖. Krongard had a special hands-on relationship with some of the wealthiest people in the world in a specialized banking operation that Senator Carl Levin identified as being connected to the laundering of drug money. Banker‘s Trust was acquired by Deutsche Bank in 1999 to form the single largest bank in Europe. Before the 9/11 attack, Kevin Ingram, an executive for Banker‘s Trust Deutsche Bank, pled guilty to laundering drug money to finance terrorist operations for groups linked to Osama Bin Laden. Deutsche Bank has been a favorite of the bin Laden family and was connected to the hijackers and their support network. Deutsche Bank had corresponding relationships with banks in Bahrain and Kuwait that served George W. Bush when he engaged in illegal insider trading of shares of his company Harken Energy. Both banks, Kuwait Finance House and Faysal Islamic Bank of Bahrain, had dealt with Al Qaeda and bin Laden, but when the Bush administration released its world-wide list of suspect financial institutions, vowing to track down terrorist financing, neither bank was on the list. Mayo Shattuck III is a powerful force in the financial world, head of the Alex Brown Deutsch Bank on 9/11, he had previously been involved in Enron helping them conceal their massive debt, as well as involved in an insider trading scam involving Adnon Kashoggi‘s Genesis Intermedia immediately before 9/11. He was midway through a 3 year $30 million contract as head of Alex Brown when the attacks came, and under his management some of the illegal trades on United Airlines were placed. Shattuck had taken over Alex Brown operations in 1997 after Krongard had officially gone to the CIA in 1998. Mayo Shattuck resigned on the day after 9/11. A close associate of CFR member Steven Bechtel of the Bechtel Corporation, Shattuck is now the CEO of Constellation Energy Group, one of the firms that participated in Dick Cheney‘s energy task force. Alex Brown refinanced the Carlyle Group when it purchased United Defense Technologies in 2000, their relationship with the Bush family business (Carlyle) goes back seven decades to George W. Bush‘s grandfather Prescott Bush and Brown Brothers, Harriman.
Nine agencies-SEC, NYSE, CBOE, DOJ, FBI, Secret Service, CIA, Treasury, and NSA opened investigations into insider trading immediately after 9/11 based on obvious evidence that they initially admitted. Not one of these agencies has to this day divulged any information to the public. The logic of insider trading on 9/11 was made clear by the Pentagon when it announced plans for a futures market on terrorist attacks called the Policy Analysis Market. The official program is predicated on the admission that people with advance knowledge of terror attacks would always seek to capitalize on that
knowledge. Public outrage over the program forced the resignation of convicted Iran-Contra felon John Poindexter. (Rupert pg 238)
On Aug. 16, 2005, The New York Times’ Philip Shenon revealed that a super-secret Pentagon “special action program” called Able Danger had tracked Mohammed Atta and three of the other Sept. 11, 2001 hijackers a year prior to the attacks; but Pentagon lawyers with the Special Operations Command refused to allow the information to be shared with the FBI, for fear of exposing the data-mining program to any public scrutiny. The Times learned of Able Danger from Lt. Col. Anthony Schaffer, who was the program’s liaison to the Defense Intelligence Agency at the time.
Operation Cyclone: Throughout the world … its agents, client states and satellites are on the defensive — on the moral defensive, the intellectual defensive, and the political and economic defensive. Freedom movements arise and assert themselves. They’re doing so on almost every continent populated by man — in the hills of Afghanistan, in Angola, in Kampuchea, in Central America … [They are] freedom fighters.‖
Is this a call to jihad (holy war) taken from one of Islamic fundamentalist Osama bin Laden’s notorious fatwas? Or perhaps a communique issued by the repressive Taliban regime in Kabul? In fact, this glowing praise of the murderous exploits of today’s supporters of arch-terrorist bin Laden and his Taliban collaborators, and their holy war against the ―evil empire‖, was issued by US President Ronald Reagan on March 8, 1985. The ―evil empire‖ was the Soviet Union, as well as Third World movements fighting US-backed colonialism, apartheid and dictatorship. How things change. In the aftermath of a series of terrorist atrocities — the most despicable being the mass murder of more than 3000 working people in New York and Washington on September 11 — bin Laden the ―freedom fighter‖ is now lambasted by US leaders and the Western mass media as a ―terrorist mastermind‖ and an ―evil-doer‖. Yet the US government refuses to admit its central role in creating the vicious movement that spawned bin Laden, the Taliban and Islamic fundamentalist terrorists that plague Algeria and Egypt — and perhaps the disaster that befell New York. The mass media has also downplayed the origins of bin Laden and his toxic brand of Islamic fundamentalism. In April 1978, the People’s Democratic Party of Afghanistan (PDPA) seized power in Afghanistan in reaction to a crackdown against the party by that country’s repressive government. The PDPA was committed to a radical land reform that favoured the peasants, trade union rights, an expansion of education and social services, equality for women and the separation of church and state. The PDPA also supported strengthening Afghanistan’s relationship with the Soviet Union. Such policies enraged the wealthy semi-feudal landlords, the Muslim religious establishment (many mullahs were also big landlords) and the tribal chiefs. They immediately began organizing resistance to the government’s progressive policies, under the guise of defending Islam. Washington, fearing the spread of Soviet influence (and worse the new government’s radical example) to its allies in Pakistan, Iran and the Gulf states, immediately offered support to the Afghan mujaheddin, as the ―contra‖ force was known. Following an internal PDPA power struggle in December 1979 which
toppled Afghanistan’s leader, thousands of Soviet troops entered the country to prevent the new government’s fall. This only galvanized the disparate fundamentalist factions. Their reactionary jihad now gained legitimacy as a ―national liberation‖ struggle in the eyes of many Afghans. The Soviet Union was eventually to withdraw from Afghanistan in 1989 and the mujaheddin captured the capital, Kabul, in 1992. Between 1978 and 1992, the US government poured at least US$6 billion (some estimates range as high as $20 billion) worth of arms, training and funds to prop up the mujaheddin factions. Other Western governments, as well as oil-rich Saudi Arabia, kicked in as much again. Wealthy Arab fanatics, like Osama bin Laden, provided millions more. Washington’s policy in Afghanistan was shaped by US President Jimmy Carter’s national security advisor, Zbigniew Brzezinski, and was continued by his successors. His plan went far beyond simply forcing Soviet troops to withdraw; rather it aimed to foster an international movement to spread Islamic fanaticism into the Muslim Central Asian Soviet republics to destabilize the Soviet Union. Brzezinski’s grand plan coincided with Pakistan military dictator General Zia ul-Haq’s own ambitions to dominate the region. US-run Radio Liberty and Radio Free Europe beamed Islamic fundamentalist tirades across Central Asia (while paradoxically denouncing the ―Islamic revolution‖ that toppled the pro-US Shah of Iran in 1979). Washington’s favoured mujaheddin faction was one of the most extreme, led by Gulbuddin Hekmatyar. The West’s distaste for terrorism did not apply to this unsavory ―freedom fighter‖. Hekmatyar was notorious in the 1970’s for throwing acid in the faces of women who refused to wear the veil. After the mujaheddin took Kabul in 1992, Hekmatyar’s forces rained US-supplied missiles and rockets on that city — killing at least 2000 civilians — until the new government agreed to give him the post of prime minister. Osama bin Laden was a close associate of Hekmatyar and his faction. Hekmatyar was also infamous for his side trade in the cultivation and trafficking in opium. Backing of the mujaheddin from the CIA coincided with a boom in the drug business. Within two years, the Afghanistan-Pakistan border was the world’s single largest source of heroin, supplying 60% of US drug users. In 1995, the former director of the CIA’s operation in Afghanistan was unrepentant about the explosion in the flow of drugs: ―Our main mission was to do as much damage as possible to the Soviets… There was a fallout in terms of drugs, yes. But the main objective was accomplished. The Soviets left Afghanistan.‖ According to Ahmed Rashid, a correspondent for the Far Eastern Economic Review, in 1986 CIA chief William Casey committed CIA support to a long-standing ISI proposal to recruit from around the world to join the Afghan jihad. At least 100,000 Islamic militants flocked to Pakistan between 1982 and 1992 (some 60,000 attended fundamentalist schools in Pakistan without necessarily taking part in the fighting). John Cooley, a former journalist with the US ABC television network and author has revealed that Muslims recruited in the US for the mujaheddin were sent to Camp Peary, the CIA’s spy training camp in Virginia, where young Afghans, Arabs from Egypt and Jordan, and even some African-American ―black Muslims‖ were taught ―sabotage skills‖. The November 1, 1998, British Independent reported that one of those charged with the 1998 bombings of US embassies in Kenya and Tanzania, Ali Mohammed, had trained ―bin Laden’s operatives‖ in 1989. These ―operatives‖ were recruited at the al Kifah Refugee Centre in Brooklyn, New York, given paramilitary training in the New York area and then sent to Afghanistan with US assistance to join Hekmatyar’s forces. Mohammed was a member of the US army’s elite Green Berets. The
program, reported the Independent, was part of a Washington-approved plan called Operation Cyclone. In Pakistan, recruits, money and equipment were distributed to the mujaheddin factions by an organization known as Maktab al Khidamar (Office of Services — MAK). MAK was a front for Pakistan’s CIA, the Inter-Service Intelligence Directorate. The ISI was the first recipient of the vast bulk of CIA and Saudi Arabian covert assistance for the Afghan contras. Bin Laden was one of three people who ran MAK. In 1989, he took overall charge of MAK. Among those trained by Mohammed were El Sayyid Nosair, who was jailed in 1995 for killing Israeli rightist Rabbi Meir Kahane and plotting with others to bomb New York landmarks, including the World Trade Center in 1993. The Independent also suggested that Shiekh Omar Abdel-Rahman, an Egyptian religious leader also jailed for the 1993 bombing of the World Trade Center, was also part of Operation Cyclone. He entered the US in 1990 with the CIA’s approval. A confidential CIA report concluded that the agency was ―partly culpable‖ for the 1993 World Trade Center blast, the Independent reported. Osama bin Laden, one of 20 sons of a billionaire construction magnate, arrived in Afghanistan to join the jihad in 1980. An austere religious fanatic and business tycoon, bin Laden specialized in recruiting, financing and training the estimated 35,000 non-Afghan mercenaries who joined the mujaheddin. The bin Laden family is a prominent pillar of the Saudi Arabian ruling class, with close personal, financial and political ties to that country’s pro-US royal family. Bin Laden senior was appointed Saudi Arabia’s minister of public works as a favour by King Faisal. The new minister awarded his own construction companies lucrative contracts to rebuild Islam’s holiest mosques in Mecca and Medina. In the process, the bin Laden family company in 1966 became the world’s largest private construction company. Osama bin Laden’s father died in 1968. Until 1994, he had access to the dividends from this ill-gotten business empire. (Bin Laden junior’s oft-quoted personal fortune of US$200-300 million has been arrived at by the US State Department by dividing today’s value of the bin Laden family net worth — estimated to be US$5 billion — by the number of bin Laden senior’s sons. A fact rarely mentioned is that in 1994 the bin Laden family disowned Osama and took control of his share.) Osama’s military and business adventures in Afghanistan had the blessing of the bin Laden dynasty and the reactionary Saudi Arabian regime. His close working relationship with MAK also meant that the CIA was fully aware of his activities. Milt Bearden, the CIA’s station chief in Pakistan from 1986 to 1989, admitted to the January 24, 2000, New Yorker that while he never personally met bin Laden, ―Did I know that he was out there? Yes, I did … [Guys like] bin Laden were bringing $20-$25 million a month from other Saudis and Gulf Arabs to underwrite the war. And that is a lot of money. It’s an extra $200-$300 million a year. And this is what bin Laden did.‖ In 1986, bin Laden brought heavy construction equipment from Saudi Arabia to Afghanistan. Using his extensive knowledge of construction techniques (he has a degree in civil engineering), he built ―training camps‖, some dug deep into the sides of mountains, and built roads to reach them. These camps, now dubbed ―terrorist universities‖ by Washington, were built in collaboration with the ISI and the CIA. The Afghan contra fighters, including the tens of thousands of mercenaries recruited and paid for by bin Laden, were armed by the CIA. Pakistan, the US and Britain provided military trainers. Tom Carew, a former British SAS soldier who secretly fought for the mujaheddin told the August 13, 2000, British Observer, ―The Americans were keen to teach the Afghans the techniques of urban
terrorism — car bombing and so on — so that they could strike at the Russians in major towns … Many of them are now using their knowledge and expertise to wage war on everything they hate.‖ Al Qaeda (the Base), bin Laden’s organization, was established in 1987-88 to run the camps and other business enterprises. It is a tightly-run capitalist holding company — albeit one that integrates the operations of a mercenary force and related logistical services with ―legitimate‖ business operations. Bin Laden has simply continued to do the job he was asked to do in Afghanistan during the 1980’s — fund, feed and train mercenaries. All that has changed is his primary customer. Then it was the ISI and, behind the scenes, the CIA. Today, his services are utilized primarily by the reactionary Taliban regime. Bin Laden only became a ―terrorist‖ in US eyes when he fell out with the Saudi royal family over its decision to allow more than 540,000 US troops to be stationed on Saudi soil following Iraq’s invasion of Kuwait. When thousands of US troops remained in Saudi Arabia after the end of the Gulf War, bin Laden’s anger turned to outright opposition. He declared that Saudi Arabia and other regimes — such as Egypt — in the Middle East were puppets of the US, just as the PDPA government of Afghanistan had been a puppet of the Soviet Union. He called for the overthrow of these client regimes and declared it the duty of all Muslims to drive the US out of the Gulf states. In 1994, he was stripped of his Saudi citizenship and forced to leave the country. His assets there were frozen. After a period in Sudan, he returned to Afghanistan in May 1996. He refurbished the camps he had helped build during the Afghan war and offered the facilities and services — and thousands of his mercenaries — to the Taliban, which took power that September. Today, bin Laden’s private army of non-Afghan religious fanatics is a key prop of the Taliban regime. Prior to the devastating September 11 attack on the twin towers of World Trade Center, US ruling-class figures remained unrepentant about the consequences of their dirty deals with the likes of bin Laden, Hekmatyar and the Taliban. Since the awful attack, they have been downright hypocritical. In an August 28, 1998, report posted on MSNBC, Michael Moran quotes Senator Orrin Hatch, who was a senior member of the Senate Intelligence Committee which approved US dealings with the mujaheddin, as saying he would make ―the same call again‖, even knowing what bin Laden would become. ―It was worth it. Those were very important, pivotal matters that played an important role in the downfall of the Soviet Union.‖ Hatch today is one of the most gung-ho voices demanding military retaliation. Another face that has appeared repeatedly on television screens since the attack has been Vincent Cannistrano, described as a former CIA chief of ―counter-terrorism operations‖. Cannistrano is certainly an expert on terrorists like bin Laden, because he directed their ―work‖. He was in charge of the CIA-backed Nicaraguan contras during the early 1980’s. In 1984, he became the supervisor of covert aid to the Afghan mujaheddin for the US National Security Council. The last word goes to Zbigniew Brzezinski: ―What was more important in the world view of history? The Taliban or the fall of the Soviet Empire? A few stirred up Muslims or the liberation of Central Europe and the end of the Cold War?‖ (Green Left Weekly)
The Pakistani ISI was used by the CIA to conduct a clandestine war against the Soviet occupation of Afghanistan. The covert plan was the brain child of Brzezinski of the Center for Strategic and International Studies. The US faked an attempt to overthrow the Soviet puppet leader in Afghanistan, the USSR was tricked into invading, and then the
CIA funneled arms to the ISI in Pakistan to launch a guerilla war using the Mujahedeen to tie them down in a Vietnam style quagmire. The plan was executed by Bill Casey under Ronald Reagan. During the 80‘s the heroin trade exploded, and Osama bin Laden, fighting alongside opium warlords like the CIA protégé Hekmatyar, gained experience in guerilla war and terrorist tactics. The United States believed that the Taliban was a group that could unite the country and provide a stable platform for the construction of pipelines. When the Taliban took power in 1996 it was orchestrated by the ISI and the oil company Unocal, with its Saudi ally Delta. The Washington Post reported that a quiet US military buildup was taking place in Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, and Uzbekistan for months before the 2000 Presidential election. The plans for the invasion were initiated during the Clinton administration. Opium production was banned by the Taliban and 80% of the world supply, 450 metric tons of pure heroin worth many billions went off line. Direct secret negotiations between the US led 6+2 group (Afghanistan neighbors Pakistan, China, Iran, Uzbekistan, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan, Russia, and the US) through State Department expert on South Asian affairs Karl ―Rick‖ Inderfurth negotiated with the Taliban. When negotiations failed to yield an agreement and GW Bush was elected, there was a flurry of meetings over pipeline issues and then the military option that had begun under Clinton was put into motion. As far back as 1997 US military personnel had been quietly dispatched to Central Asia, and by June of 2001 it seemed the die was cast. (Rupert pg 106)
Under the current US sponsored Afghan government led by former Unocal employee Ahmid Karzai, the warlords now control the production of successive record opium harvests. Heroin production in the area under their control is now estimated at 650 metric tons of pure heroin.
Human Testing Lawsuit Dismissed…In September, a lawsuit brought by the International Committee on Offensive Microwave Weapons (ICOMW) was dismissed in the U.S. district court in Washington. “We were asking the court to enforce a presidential memorandum which bans involuntary research on human subjects,” said the group’s director, Harlan Girard. The Philadelphia-based organization had alleged that the DOD and the CIA have conducted such experiments in their efforts to develop weapons systems using EMFs, lasers, microwaves and sound waves (see MWV, M/J98). The judge ruled that the group did not have standing to bring suit because the people alleged to have suffered from such testing were not ICOMW members. She acknowledged that Girard himself was a member, but stated that his own complaints were “too generalized and nonspecific to support a complaint.” Girard told Microwave News that the ICOMW could not afford an appeal. Instead, he said, the committee plans to raise the matter with the Inter-American Commission on Human Rights. A new report from the Coalition Against Torture and Racial Discrimination, an alliance of 15 U.S. human rights groups, states that the lawsuit’s charges deserve attention. “Given the past history of secret experimentation by the government,” the anti-torture group declares, “these allegations of continuing…government-sponsored human testing should not be dismissed without more thorough, impartial investigation.” (Microwave News 9/98)
One of the few MKULTRA victims to receive compensation from the LSD era of mind control was a Canadian citizen whose husband was a member of parliament. In the US the Olsen family received compensation after thirty years in part because Olsen was a government scientist from a distinct socioeconomic bracket. The use of prisoners, mental patients, children, and generally people from lower socioeconomic levels of society means that these people cannot fight back. The hurdles of the legal system and years of effort are beyond their means to overcome. A successful lawsuit from a former NSA employee details how he was targeted by his fellow employees and the methods used. (excerpt)
United States District Court
US District Court Judge, Staley Sporkin
DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA
John St Clair Akwei vs. National Security Agency Ft George G. Meade, MD, USA
(Civil Action 92-0449)
NSA Signals Intelligence uses EMF Brain Stimulation for Remote Neural Monitoring (RNM) and Electronic Brain Link (EBL). EMF Brain Stimulation has been in development since the MKULTRA program of the early 1950s, which included neurological research into radiation (non-ionizing EMF) and bioelectric research and development. The resulting secret technology is categorized at the National Archives as “Radiation Intelligence,” defined as “information from unintentionally emanated electromagnetic waves in the environment, not including radioactivity or nuclear detonation.”
Signals Intelligence implemented and kept this technology secret in the same manner as other electronic warfare programs of the US government. The NSA monitors available information about this technology and withholds scientific research from the public. There are also international intelligence agreements to keep this technology secret. The NSA has proprietary electronic equipment that analyzes electrical activity in humans from a distance. NSA computer-generated brain mapping can continuously monitor all of the electrical activity in the brain continuously. The NSA records
and decodes individual brain maps (of hundreds of thousands of persons) for national security purposes. EMF Brain Stimulation is also secretly used by the military for brain-to-computer link (in military fighter aircraft, for example). For electronic surveillance purposes, electrical activity in the speech center of the brain can be translated into the subject’s verbal thoughts. RNM can send encoded signals to the brain’s auditory cortex, thus allowing audio communications direct to the brain (bypassing the ears). NSA operatives can use this covertly to debilitate subjects by simulating auditory hallucinations characteristic of paranoid schizophrenia. Without any contact with the subject, Remote Neural Monitoring can map out electrical activity from the visual cortex of a subject’s brain and show images from the subject’s brain on a video monitor. NSA operatives see what the surveillance subject’s eyes are seeing. Visual memory can also be seen. RNM can send images direct to the visual cortex, bypassing the eyes and optic nerves. NSA operatives can use this surreptitiously to put images into a surveillance subject’s brain while they are in REM sleep for Every thought, reaction, motor command, auditory event and visual image in the brain has a corresponding “evoked potential” or set
of “evoked potentials.” The EMF emission from the brain can be decoded into the current thoughts, images and sounds in the subject’s brain. The NSA’s Signals Intelligence has the proprietary ability to monitor remotely and non-invasively information in the human brain by digitally decoding the evoked potentials in the 30-50 Hz, 5 milliwatt electromagnetic emissions from the brain. The frequency to which the various brain areas respond varies from 3 Hz to 50 Hz. Only NSA Signals Intelligence modulates signals in this frequency band.
TABLE 1: An example of EMF Brain Stimulation
Brain Area Bioelectric Information Induced
Resonance Through Modulation
Motor Control Cortex 10 Hz Motor impulse coordination
Auditory Cortex 15 Hz Sound which bypasses the ears
Visual Cortex 25 Hz Images in the brain bypassing the eyes
Somatosensory 9 Hz Phantom touch sense
Thought Center 20 Hz Imposed subconscious thoughts
Senator John Glenn sought to pass legislation in Congress that would make the use of human guinea pigs less likely. Here are excerpts from his speech on the Senate floor. ―The Plain-Dealer uncovered much evidence to suggest that the Federal Government continues to sponsor research where informed consent is not obtained. And this fact disturbed me greatly also. On August 15, 1994, the New York Times reported on ethical and legal questions regarding a company’s efforts to promote a drug that can make some children grow taller than they otherwise would. The drug in question, Protropin, has been approved by FDA for use in children whose bodies do not make sufficient quantities of human growth hormone. However, once approved, doctors may prescribe it for other purposes at their discretion. In this case the company was apparently surveying schools for short children and then trying to funnel those children to doctors who would prescribe the drug whether or not the children lacked the human growth hormone. This unapproved research was occurring without the oversight of an IRB. And at least 15,000 children have taken this drug.‖ On November 14, 1996, the Wall Street Journal published an article that examined the practice at one pharmaceutical firm, Eli Lilly and Co. in using homeless alcoholics in their clinical trials. The article raises some disturbing questions about the quality of the phase I trials conducted by this one company. Also serious ethical questions are raised concerning the appropriateness of paying homeless alcoholics significant sums to be human guinea pigs. It is not clear from the article whether these tests were reviewed by any IRB. What the government lacks in hard data about humans, it more than makes up for with volumes of statistics about laboratory animals. I wonder how many guinea pigs were used in U.S. research? The Agriculture Department knows: 333,379. How many hamsters in Ohio? 2,782. So we have all this
data on animals and little on human beings. I would hasten to add that the guinea pigs the Plain-Dealer refers to are the four-legged kind too and not the guinea pigs that are human being used for research. (The Animal Welfare Act is more protective of mice than any law that applies to men.) The intent therefore of this legislation is twofold: First, to fill in the gaps of coverage of the common rule by requiring all research involving human subjects to abide by the rule; and second, to elevate the importance of conducting research ethically, the bill provides criminal fines and penalties for failure to comply with the requirements of this law, and by extension 45 CFR 46. No Federal agency, other than HHS, has applied the additional protections described in 45 CFR 46 for vulnerable populations–pregnant women and their fetus, children, prisoners–to their own research. So the purpose of this legislation is to help close the gaps that exist within the current system for protecting research subjects. ―Specifically, the advisory committee recommended that informed consent of all human subjects of classified research be required, and that such requirement not be subject to waiver or exemption. Under current rule and executive order, it is possible to waive informed consent and IRB review for classified research. Title II of this legislation would prohibit the waiver of either informed consent or IRB review for classified research. I do not claim to have the magic bullet solution with this bill. However, I believe there are some key principles which should guide the Senate’s consideration of this legislation. These principles are: First, informed consent and independent review of experiments involving human subjects must be required. Second, anyone who violates the right of research subject to have informed consent, should be held criminally responsible for that violation. I want to put this in personal terms once again. You can imagine your spouse, husband, wife, father, mother, children, being experimented on without your knowledge or their knowledge. That is unconscionable, and we should not permit that. This legislation will close many of the loopholes that permit that to happen now.‖ The current law allows patients not to receive informed consent and provides no criminal penalty. Waivers are routinely granted for classified research projects that use human subjects, in other words, if I have an experimental drug that is classified, legally I don‘t have to tell you. The Animal Welfare Act is far more protective of animals used in scientific experiments than any legislation pertaining to human beings. The very good reason for this bizarre legal twist coming from the country that held the Nuremburg trials, is that it is necessary to use human beings in classified testing of military technology. The final proof of necessity over ethics is that Senator Glenn‘s bill was defeated, and it is still for all intents and purposes still ―legal‖ to use American citizens as cannon fodder for experimental science, both military and non-military.
Soldier cannot sue government for LSD experiments – U.S. v. Stanley, 479 U.S. 1005 (1986) In February 1958, James B. Stanley, a master sergeant in the Army stationed at Fort Knox, Kentucky, volunteered to participate in a program ostensibly designed to test the effectiveness of protective clothing and equipment as defenses against chemical warfare. He was released from his then-current duties and went to the Army’s Chemical Warfare Laboratories at the Aberdeen Proving Grounds in Maryland. Four times that month, Stanley was secretly administered doses of lysergic acid diethylamide (LSD), pursuant to an Army plan to study the effects of the drug on human subjects. According to his
Second Amended Complaint (the allegations of which we accept for purposes of this decision), as a result of the LSD exposure, Stanley has suffered from hallucinations and periods of incoherence and memory loss, was impaired in his military performance, and would on occasion “awake from sleep at night and, without reason, violently beat his wife and children, later being unable to recall the entire incident.” App. 5. He was discharged from the Army in 1969. One year later, his marriage dissolved because of the personality changes wrought by the LSD. On December 10, 1975, the Army sent Stanley a letter soliciting his cooperation in a study of the long-term effects of LSD on “volunteers who participated” in the 1958 tests. This was the Government’s first notification to Stanley that he had been given LSD during his time in Maryland. After an administrative claim for compensation was denied by the Army, Stanley filed suit under the Federal Tort Claims Act (FTCA), 28 U. S. C. 2671 et seq., alleging negligence in the administration, supervision, and subsequent monitoring of the drug testing program.
The court found, under Justice Scalia, that Stevens was not legally able to sue. The dissenting opinion written by JUSTICE BRENNAN, with whom JUSTICE MARSHALL joins, and with whom JUSTICE STEVENS joins as to Part III, concurring in part and dissenting in part: ―In experiments designed to test the effects of lysergic acid diethylamide (LSD), the Government of the United States treated thousands of its citizens as though they were laboratory animals, dosing them with this dangerous drug without their consent. One of the victims, James B. Stanley, seeks compensation from the Government officials who injured him. The Court holds that the Constitution provides him with no remedy, solely because his injuries were inflicted while he performed his duties in the Nation’s Armed Forces. If our Constitution required this result, the Court’s decision, though legally necessary, would expose a tragic flaw in that document. But in reality, the Court disregards the commands of our Constitution, and bows instead to the purported requirements of a different master, military discipline, declining to provide Stanley with a remedy because it finds “special factors counseling hesitation.” Bivens v. Six Unknown Fed. Narcotics Agents,403 U.S. 388, 396 (1971). This is abdication, not hesitation. I dissent.‖ Before addressing the legal questions presented, it is important to place the Government’s conduct in historical context. The medical trials at Nuremberg in 1947 deeply impressed upon the world that experimentation with unknowing human subjects is morally and legally unacceptable. The United States Military Tribunal established the Nuremberg Code as a standard against which to judge German scientists who experimented with human subjects. Its first principle was: 1. The voluntary consent of the human subject is absolutely essential.
TARGETED INDIVIDUALS: The typical targeted individual (TI) is female, in her early 40‘s, Caucasian, single, above average intelligence, who has been aware of being targeted for approximately 10 years or perhaps as far back as childhood. In the beginning they describe a gang stalking phase that may last 1-2 years where organized groups target them in the community for what the KKK referred to as mobbing. In effect the TI is harassed everywhere they go by strangers who say inappropriate things to them, often of a personal nature that no one else could know but themselves. Strangers will mob an
empty store moments after the TI enters, block their progress down the aisles or at the checkout counter. When the TI returns home their home may have been entered and left in disarray and personal items sabotaged. A tactic of psychological warfare is to take away the targets safety and security needs by entering the home at will. One story, not uncommon, is of a female target who was home alone and looking for a battery (ELF drains batteries) and remarked out loud, ―Why can‘t I find any batteries‖, the next day when she returns home the drawer is full of a dozen batteries. She wanted to call the police and tell them her home has been entered and her drawer is now full of batteries…this is impossible. Who would believe that someone broke into her home and did not steal anything, but instead deposited a dozen batteries and left. She has lost her safety and security needs and is unable to tell anyone about it for fear of being perceived as crazy. Most of these harassment events are designed so as to sound totally outlandish to anyone who is not a target of Cointelpro type activity. Part of the genius of the remote attacks is that they are hidden within a backdrop of several million mentally ill. The attacks are designed to mimic the effects of mental illness. Business and personal relationships are difficult if not impossible for the average TI. Health problems often occur with constant attacks from non-lethal weapons that leave people physically and mentally debilitated. Besides being slowly driven out of their minds by voice to skull attacks that feature live and recorded voices cursing them during all of their waking hours, microwave attacks literally cook them from the inside out. The ELF attack records the wave form of their EEG and downloads their ―inner voice‖ which is broadcast to the harassment groups through the internet and other means. Physical trauma and constant harassment by strangers in public places raises the stress level of the target to artificially high levels and pegs it there in an effort to mentally break down the target in a manner similar to what was done in the lab under MKULTRA. The psychological toll begins to instill paranoia and psychosis, which is when the manipulation of perception and the effort to ―reprogram‖ the thinking patterns of the TI begins in earnest. It is common to manipulate the behavior and speech of the people around them in social situations such that one is unsure just who is saying things to harass them and who is prompted to speak on sensitive topics by remote manipulation using the Smirnov or Malech patent. Some TI‘s report that the voices are trying to trick them into acts of violence, such as entering a school and shooting people. This is instructive in the wake of the wave of school shootings and other apparently spontaneous acts of random violence that have no clear motivation. The effort to cause school shootings is a classical destabilization campaign to raise the level of fear in society that promotes acceptance of repressive measures by the parents but also has led to school children living in fear and seeing armed uniformed men in the school that normalizes their acceptance of living in a police state. A main component of this form of mind control is the manipulation of belief systems in an experimental fashion in an effort to learn how to perfect the art of control through remote means. These horrific attacks continue for years in a terminal experiment that will end only with the death of the subject. Family members of TI‘s are brought into the program as well, targeting several generations at once. The victims have appealed to elected representatives for years but out of fear or complacency Congressmen have taken no action whatsoever despite being deluged with appeals for help from several thousand desperate people. TI attempts to organize with each other have tremendous obstacles, they are traumatized, isolated and have varying degrees of paranoia and psychosis that
have been instilled. The technology is very effective at breaking up relationships and setting groups of people against each other, so for decades no real progress has been made toward creating a TI organization able to fight back in the political or legal arena. Once a new psychology or belief system is installed in the TI, often the nature or intensity of the attacks will change, but this varies from person to person. There is a great deal of variation in the attacks on TI‘s where in some people only have gang stalking activity and other people might have only electronic harassment, of which there are a variety of, while most TI‘s experience the full gamut of person on person attacks as well as electronic torture of the mind and body.
Demonizing the victims is another technique that will be used to “justify” the unjustifiable. How would your life look if you had been under 24-hour harassment and thought surveillance (and/or other invasive surveillance) for years, and your worst enemy got to edit this down to “support” any picture he wanted to paint about you? Remember, you do not get a bit of due process, you cannot face your accuser or hear the charges against you, and the audience for this farce may well be too stupid or caught up in voyeurism to understand what is really going on.
The Weed and Seed program is touted as a method to prevent violent crime and drug trafficking in select neighborhoods using multiple government agencies, Federal, State, and local authorities to mobilize residents in a targeted are to assist law enforcement in identifying and removing violent offenders and drug traffickers from their neighborhoods. All these actions lead to rejuvenating ―seeding‖ operations to bring back desirable elements to replace the people who have been weeded out. Just how the many agencies in tandem with locals weed out the bad elements is not spelled out. The program is sponsored by the National Institute of Justice (NIJ) which on their website proudly proclaim that non-lethal weapons are being distributed at the local level to fight crime. Just what kind of non-lethal weapons are being used and on whom, is not exactly clear. One such system openly displayed by the NIJ for dissemination to local authorities is the active denial system and the milliwave radar system for burning human beings and seeing into private residences respectively.
The Milgram Experiment
Subjects were recruited for the Yale study through newspaper ads and direct mail. The experiments occurred in two rooms in the basement of Linsly-Chittenden Hall on the university’s Old Campus. The experiment was advertised as lasting one hour, for which the respondents would be paid $4.50 ($18.70 adjusted for inflation in 2006). The participants were men between the ages of 20 and 50, from all educational backgrounds, ranging from an elementary school dropout to participants with doctoral degrees. The participant and a confederate of the experimenter, who was an actor pretending to be another participant, were told by the experimenter that they would be participating in an experiment to test the effects of punishment on learning. The “teacher” was given a 45-volt electric shock from the electro-shock generator as a sample of the shock that the “learner” would supposedly receive during the experiment. The subjects believed that for each wrong answer, the learner was receiving actual shocks. In reality, there were no shocks. After the confederate was separated from the subject, the confederate set up a
tape recorder integrated with the electro-shock generator, which played pre-recorded sounds for each shock level. After a number of voltage level increases, the actor started to bang on the wall that separated him from the subject. After several times banging on the wall and complaining about his heart condition, the learner gave no further responses to questions and no further complaints. At this point, many people indicated their desire to stop the experiment and check on the learner. Some test subjects paused at 135 volts and began to question the purpose of the experiment. Most continued after being assured that they would not be held responsible. A few subjects began to laugh nervously or exhibit other signs of extreme stress once they heard the screams of pain coming from the learner. If at any time the subject indicated his desire to halt the experiment, he was given a succession of verbal prods by the experimenter, in this order:
1. Please continue.
2. The experiment requires you to continue, please go on.
3. It is essential that you continue.
4. You have no choice, you must continue.
If the subject still wished to stop after all four successive verbal prods, the experiment was halted. Otherwise, it was halted after the subject had given the maximum 450-volt shock three times in succession. Before the experiment was conducted Milgram polled fellow psychologists as to what the results would be. They unanimously believed that only a sadistic few (0.1%), would be prepared to give the maximum voltage. In Milgram’s first set of experiments, 67.5 percent (27 out of 40) of experimental participants administered the experiment’s final 450-volt shock, though many were quite uncomfortable in doing so; everyone paused at some point and questioned the experiment, some even saying they would return the check for the money they were paid. No participant steadfastly refused to give further shocks before the 300-volt level. Variants of the experiment were later performed by Milgram himself and other psychologists around the world with similar results. Apart from confirming the original results the variations have tested variables in the experimental setup. The percentage of participants who are prepared to inflict fatal voltages remains remarkably constant, between 61% and 66%, regardless of time or location.
In South America the intelligence services of US client states were often chosen and trained by the US intelligence agencies. The use of torture has been wide spread and applied with a zeal that is hard to imagine. The general idea of torturing a dissident or critic of the government was to physically and emotionally break the victim. The psychologically traumatized victims were then released back onto the streets of the community to serve as a warning to others who might contemplate openly challenging the authoritarian government. When people observed the shattered remnant of the person that once was vibrant and proud, they would think twice before raising their voices in protest.
One tactic of mind control is the use of ―triggers‖, a stimulus delivered to the victim that will evoke a memory of previous abuse. One example of this is the use of a coke bottle. When South American dissidents were taken into custody and tortured it was common
practice to use a coke bottle to sodomize the victim with. This initial act was designed to produce pain and suffering, as well as humiliation. Once the person was released back into the community, every time they came into contact with a coke bottle or even a coke commercial the stimulus of seeing the product or hearing the advertising jingle would ‗trigger‖ them…in other words they would immediately relive the pain, suffering, and humiliation of the initial torture. Since coke is the worlds most widely advertized and recognized symbol the victims of torture might be forced to relive their suffering every time they turned on the TV, radio, went into a store, or simply walked down the street.
“Street Theater” is a feature of the gang stalking used on targeted individuals in tandem with electronic harassment. “Street theater” is activity performed by persons complicit in the electronic weapons harassment, but are “skits”, as opposed to direct bodily attacks performed with the electronic harassment equipment. These “skits” are designed to imitate “the breaks” of normal living. Additionally, they are performed in such a way that the target, and ONLY the target, knows they are being harassed, but cannot convey to others that this is indeed harassment. Feelings of total hopelessness is one apparent purpose of these “skits”. (What is impossible to convey to people who are not targeted is that what is different about mind weapon research skits is QUANTITY. When you encounter “normal breaks of life” several times a day EVERY DAY, you are no longer talking about “normal”. Several “breaks” a day, of a type which you might expect every couple of months, is not natural or random. But try explaining this to someone who is not targeted.) Another apparent purpose of such “skits” is to discredit and isolate the target so that others will regard him or her as a “crank” and a “nut case”. Far from simple “pranks” or “practical jokes”, these skits provide the mind weapon researchers with extremely good cover. If the target is ever coerced into contact with psychiatry, the psychiatrists’ legal powers of imprisonment (without due process of law) dramatically increase and reinforce the isolation and labeling of the target. Many people know in advance that what they are experiencing will discredit them, and will thus put off complaining about or often, even admitting to themselves that they are being targeted. So although “street theater” seems to have a comedic ring to it, this component of gang stalking is one of the most serious forms of attack on individual targets and is perfect cover for the perpetrators. One example of street theater, keeping the previous example of ―triggers‖ in mind, might occur as the target is walking down the street in public, and a person steps in their way…the target looks up at them and notices that they are drinking a bottle of coke. The stranger looks into their eyes at close range, sneers a malicious sneer, and says ―you like coke, don‘t you?‖. Normally this would not be out of the ordinary, but considering the target was assaulted with a coke bottle the previous month and is trying to forget the violation, it takes on a whole new meaning. Typically many people are involved in Street Theater, so as the target steps around the initial perpetrator, trying not to think about what happened to them (and failing), they look up and are confronted with another perpetrator holding a coke bottle, licking the rim in a suggestive manner while making direct eye contact and sneering or laughing at the target. This seemingly innocuous act might be repeated by 10-20 people a day for months and years. The stimulus that is repeatedly delivered in street theater will become a trigger that the target is helpless to escape. If in the future, an innocent citizen drinks a coke in front of the
target they will be triggered again, and may consider the act sinister, even though there is no intent to make the victim of torture relive their experience. A secondary effect of the coke bottle skit is to make the target seem like a paranoid schizophrenic if they attempt to explain to the health care professional that 10-20 people a day are drinking coke in front of them and laughing or smiling at them. The target is alienated from the community and is unable to seek help from authorities or the mental health community.
Street theater takes many diverse forms, and here are a few examples:
On foot, far more often than in normal life, you have people cutting you off in store or bank lineups. Or you constantly find people getting “in your face” as you walk, both outdoors and especially in buildings and malls.
While driving, far more often than in normal life, you have cars speeding up to stop signs just ahead of you and brake to a stop part way into the intersection.
While driving, far more often than in normal life, you find other cars behaving in ways which block your progress. Mall parking lots are favorite places for this type of staged activity. Try explaining that to friends and see how many believe it is deliberate.
While away from home, more often than in normal life and at times you know you did not leave them, dirt or food droppings appear in your house or apartment.
While away from home or work, belongings turn up missing and you know for certain they were there when you left. Some days later these belongings may turn up in a place you know they were not, yet you cannot ever convince others this was theft and return.
While away from home, you find damage to clothing or furniture which you know did not occur from normal wear.
While at home or at work, you find bizarre, loud, annoying noise incidents which others nearby seem to “not notice” or “don’t care about”.
While in the supermarket checkout line, you find someone reaching into your shopping cart to remove an item — apparent purpose to force you to make another trip to the store prematurely.
These are just some examples of “street theater”. The number of variations on this “wear-you-down” activity seems unlimited, based on reports. Obviously the “researchers” put a great deal of priority and work on this aspect of their modern-day atrocities against humanity. Those targeted pray that the large number of targeted individuals we know are “out there” will eventually wake up and realize their quality of life is being stolen from them, and assist in exposing this thoroughly illegal activity. Journal of Applied Social Psychology (Blass, 1999)
Targeted Individuals Experiences:
Since government-backed electronic harassment and control is classified at the highest levels in all technologically capable governments, the description of effects is taken from the personal experiences of the “2,000 or so” known gang stalking with electronic harassment targets. The experimentees without exception report that once the harassment begins, in virtually all cases it continues for life. It continues in
every city, state, and country the target moves to. It continues in prisons and hospitals, even when the target is dying of cancer. Many targets are young seniors, some in their 70s and 80s. Some have children and the children are often subjected to the same “testing” as their parent(s). Pets are not only tortured, but even killed, painfully and violently. The effects pattern:
– All harassment consists of unique, carefully engineered-improvable events to produce psychological stress in the victim. There are no events which do not fit that apparent purpose.
– In every series of stress event type, ONE introductory event of very high energy/effect is staged. The obvious purpose is to be certain the victim KNOWS this is external harassment, and not just “bad luck”. From that time forward, the perpetrators appear to apply “Pavlov an training” so that they can get the victim to “jump” (or react in some way) to the same effect at a tiny fraction of the initial “introductory” event.
– This type of harassment started during the Cold War, and shows every characteristic of military and intelligence psychological warfare operations.
– This type of harassment points to CONTROL of the test subject. Endlessly repeated words generated inescapably within the skull are just one hypnosis-like experience.
– The total number and type of crimes, which make up gang stalking and electronic harassment simply could not take place without cover being supplied by government. Bizarre court decisions in which the target is forced into involuntary mental health treatment and a criminal spouse (for example, a pedophile father discovered “doing” his own child) clearly show that gang stalking and electronic harassment are heavily protected by all levels of government and the medical establishment.
Here is a list of most of the common effects. It is not exhaustive, but is intended to show the reader how the perpetrators’ palette of stress effects is broken down. Indent levels are used to show categories and sub-categories:
1. Invasive At-a-Distance Body Effects (including mind)
a. Sleep deprivation and fatigue
i. Silent but instantaneous application of “electronic
caffeine” signal, forces awake and keeps awake
ii. Loud noise from neighbors, often SYNCHRONIZED
to attempts to fall asleep
iii.Precision-to-the-second “allowed sleep” and “forced
awakening”; far too precise and repeated to be natural
iv. Daytime “fatigue attacks”, can force the victim to sleep
and/or weaken the muscles to the point of collapse
b. Audible Voice to Skull (V2S)
i. Delivered remotely, at a distance
ii. Made to appear as emanating from thin air
iii.Voices or sound effects only the victim can hear
c. Inaudible Voice to Skull (Silent Sound)
i. Delivered at a distance by radio signal;
manifested by sudden urges to do something/go somewhere
you would not otherwise want to; silent (ultrasonic)
hypnosis is possible
ii. Programming hypnotic “triggers” – i.e. specific phrases
or other cues which cause specific involuntary actions
d. Violent muscle triggering (flailing of limbs)
i. Leg or arm jerks to violently force awake and keep awake
ii. Whole body jerks, as if body had been hit by large jolt
iii.Violent shaking of body; seemingly as if on a vibrating
surface but where surface is in reality not vibrating
e. Precision manipulation of body parts (slow, specific purpose)
i. Manipulation of hands, forced to synchronize with closed-eyes
but FULLY AWAKE vision of previous day; very powerful and
coercive, not a dream.
ii. Slow bending almost 90 degrees BACKWARDS of one toe at a
time or one finger at a time
iii.Direct at-a-distance control of breathing and vocal cords;
including involuntary speech
iv. Spot blanking of memory, more than normal forgetfulness
f. Reading said-silently-to-self thoughts
i. Engineered skits where your thoughts are spoken to you
by strangers on street or events requiring knowledge of
what you were thinking
ii. Real time reading subvocalized words, as while the victim
reads a book, and BROADCASTING those words to nearby people
who form an amazed audience around the victim
g. Direct application of pain to body parts
i. Hot-needles-deep-in-flesh sensation
ii. Electric shocks (no wires whatsoever applied)
iii.Powerful and unquenchable itching, often applied precisely
when victim attempts to do something of a delicate or
iv. “Artificial fever”, sudden, no illness present
v. Sudden racing heartbeat, relaxed situation
h. Surveillance and tracking
i. Rapping under your feet as you move about your apartment,
on ceiling of apartment below
ii. Thru wall radar used to monitor starting and stopping
of your urination – water below turned on and off
in sync with your urine stream
2. Invasive Physical Effects at a Distance, non-body
a. Stoppage of power to appliances (temporary, breaker ON)
b. Manipulation of appliance settings
c. Temporary failures that “fix themselves”
d. Flinging of objects, including non-metallic
e. Precision manipulation of switches and controls
f. Forced, obviously premature failure of appliance or
3. External Stress-Generating “Skits”
a. Participation of strangers, neighbors, and in some cases
close friends and family members in harassment
i. Rudeness for no cause
ii. Tradesmen always have “problems”, block your car, etc.
iii.Purchases delayed, spoiled, or lost at a high rate
iv. Unusually loud music, noise, far beyond normal
b. Break-ins/sabotage at home
i. Shredding of clothing
ii. Destruction of furniture
iv. Engineered failures of utilities
c. Sabotage at work
i. Repetitive damage to furniture
ii. Deletion/corruption of computer files
iii.Planting viruses which could not have come from
your computer usage pattern
iv. Delivered goods delayed, spoiled, or lost at a high rate
v. Spreading of rumors, sabotage to your working reputation
vi. Direct sabotage and theft of completed work; tradesmen
often involved and showing obvious pleasure
End Game: The Plan
A new Phoenix program has melded the use of exotic technologies and turned them on enemies of the hard right, foreign and domestic. The maturation of silent kill and soft kill technologies has been mated to a Cointelpro style program being used against domestic dissidents. What began with Paperclip scientists and LSD has evolved over time, perfecting the art of sexual blackmail and targeting strategic targets within the government, military, industry and science, exactly as Estabrooks envisioned his infiltration program of a foreign power using hypnosis. Where once the laboratory was the venue of crime, now using non-lethal weapons, MKULTRA type experiments take place on US citizens within the community, in their own homes. Terminal experiments are now conducted using remote means with non-ionizing microwave weapons developed for the battlefield as anti-personnel weapons, used against potential threats with a mentality that views the loyal opposition as the enemy tantamount to a Communist insurgency that must be defeated using counterinsurgency warfare. US citizens that are subject to enrollment in this terminal experiment come from varied backgrounds, some have been targets of mind control and Satanic Ritual Abuse since the age of three or earlier, while others enter the looking glass in middle age. The type of human
experimental subject chosen resembles a melding of the criterion for MKULTRA in the lab, the Cointelpro program, and the Phoenix program. American society-the world is undergoing a counterinsurgency using weapons designed by DOD labs like Lawrence Livermore and Los Alamos that were supposed to be turned against our implacable enemies. The world of compartmentalization and black budgets of unlimited funds has given birth to Dr. Delgado‘s vision of a world of individuals that can be influenced, even shaped without their knowledge. Just as Eshelon vacuumed up millions of communication signals of phones and faxes, now supercomputers and satellites sift through the spectrum (10-20 Hz) of 6.5 billion brain waves. The Malech patent device coupled with PROMIS AI software running on super computers allows the NSA to interpret and interact with the stream of consciousness of targeted individuals. Computing power is the only hurdle for these high tech satellites to clear that would allow them to interact with all sentient life forms simultaneously. PROMIS software and artificial intelligence coupled to non-lethal weapons technology have combined to influence the course of human events in unforeseeable ways. Once identified as hostile or a potential threat, these targets can be influenced passively without their knowledge. If a target becomes resistant to influence or is deemed suitable for overt targeting their entry into the MHS program (Monarch Hits the Streets) is begun as an overt assault. Most targeted individuals enter the program due to similar factors, family connections to SRA cults or the intelligence community, political activism, Americans who live in foreign countries and ―go native‖, whistleblowers within government and industry, prisoners, mental patients, orphans and scientists with important technology that can support or threaten the program. Some people are targeted out of convenience, since private armies need motivation and training, often people are chosen merely as target practice. MHS began its inception during the Reagan administration and has mushroomed into a ―game‖ involving literally millions of individuals who are told that the target is a bad element in society, the groups are told a lie that they will respond to most readily, for example…A church group may be told that the Target is a pedophile, an abortion doctor, a political radical, a terrorist and a national security threat, a racist. Whatever story motivates the network is the lie that is told. There is an element of eugenics, targeting those who are viewed as a drain on society, what the Nazis termed ―empty eaters‖. Many targets are the disabled who are unable to work. Another aspect of the program is Revenge Incorporated, angry ex-spouses or business partners may enroll someone they wish to have revenge over, for a price. In a twist of life imitating art, targets are often broadcast on closed circuit television, radio, or on the internet in personal situations in their homes, much like a TV reality show. The target is portrayed in the worst light possible to amuse the paying audience, personal conversations and habits as well as internal thoughts and imagery are spread among the groups who use this inside knowledge to harass the target in public and provoke shame, outbursts of anger and confrontation. Targets are prompted by the remote technology to speak on sensitive topics or in a manner that will offend and motivate these private groups to participate. Most people who are viewing the target are not quite sure what they are watching, while others are sadistic enough not to care. The person who is targeted may feel at times they are being played with, while other times to the victim it seems like the microwave assault is trying to kill them. Make no mistake the objective is to incarcerate the victim into a mental facility, penal institution, or to force a suicide. Occasionally a target is murdered, generally in kind of a sweepstakes like game
that usually happens around a full moon. These networks operate everywhere in virtually every country, so any target that tries to flee will only find themselves targeted elsewhere. Anyone who attempts to help a target or reveal the hidden aspects of the program will themselves become a target. Perfecting the psychology of control is also an important goal of MHS. Psychologists, much like BISCUIT teams, are employed to tailor programs to the individual that will exploit their personal or ethnic weaknesses. Psychology classifies about 34 distinct personality types and learning how to control a certain type of individual can be applied to similar personality types or cultures in future operations. The ultimate goal is one of worldwide control along the lines of an Orwellian state where 1% of the population controls 15%, which in turn controls the remaining 84%. The paradigm of using groups that front for the intelligence services to squash internal dissent is foreign to most Americans but is in fact quite common. In Cuba a dissident writer may have a crowd assemble outside their home and chant slogans at them in an operation known as a Contra. Plainclothes police will typically emerge from the mob, drag them into the street and beat them and they might be officially arrested a few days later. HAARP may in fact allow this technique to be a thing of the past when ELF broadcast around 10 Hz interacts successfully with the 34 different personality types, backed up by sufficient computing power. A controlled world society will no longer need guns, tanks, or planes to fight wars, a one-world government run by the technological elite will shape the minds of the masses for a thousand years. Whether THE PLAN is a function of the CIA and military intelligence or if it is some type of Illuminati group is not terribly important, and without proof is a matter of conjecture. The Nazis came to power through an infiltration operation of the Weimer Republic, first militias were formed, then the members infiltrated the military, and finally the police forces. Once the police were compromised from within, German society had reached the point of no turning back on the road to self-annihilation and the destruction of Europe and 50 million people. America‘s turn has come to attempt a hostile takeover of the world, now the most technologically advanced society as was Germany, she is being used as a vehicle to enslave the free will of Mankind in a technological dictatorship of the mind. Once in place, it is doubtful that it will be dislodged or destroyed from within and there will be no state or group of states that are strong enough to overcome this new generation of speed of light weaponry that will be brought to bear. NSA satellites that represent the pinnacle of mind control technology have been placed in abnormally distant orbits, perhaps as far distant as the Lagrange Points, so far out of Earth orbit that they are for all practical purposes untouchable. Extreme magnetic disturbances may be capable of damaging or dislodging them but these events are uncommon. The average life span of a standard communications satellite is over 20 years. The Plan to take over the world using these exotic weapons has been progressing for several generations, and appears to have sprung from the ashes of defeated Nazi Germany at the end of WWII. Mind control techniques were aggressively pursued in the concentration camps and perfected and brought to the US under MKULTRA. Paperclip scientists have been at the forefront of research into EM weapons and their application towards mind control. Americans who participated at this level are often members of closed systems such as the Masons, as well as conservative hard right ideologies, but not exclusively. The inclusion of intelligence services from most industrialized nations into participation in targeting people who flee to other countries reveals a network that is capable of exerting influence in nearly every
society. The philosophy behind The Plan is both Hegelian and Gramtian, that is people are viewed as inanimate objects of little inherent value other than what they can do to advance the aims of the state, and the strategy of gradualism, slowly turning up the heat on an unsuspecting world so that when people finally are aware of efforts to mold society it is too late to do anything about it. At a distance one is forced to simply refer to it as Fascist. The production of traumatized children on such a mass scale in just the US alone leads one to conclude that Dr. Estabrooks infiltration campaign using mind control to take over a hostile nation, is in fact being applied to the world as a whole. The methodology of how to impose an Orwellian world state using mind control is a point of conjecture. A careful examination of the CIA and military intelligence psychological warfare campaigns leads one to believe that it will take the form of a destabilization campaign, that is a series of events that are designed to instill panic in the general population and psychological trauma that lead to a psychological collapse or capitulation of the will to resist. Bernal Diaz wrote a compelling history of the conquest of Mexico when in 1523 some 400 heavily armed men with superior weapons technology fought, defeated, and enslaved a civilization of 20 million people. The keys to their victory lay in superior weapons and confusion over whether the mounted soldiers were in fact human, but they did not triumph completely until small pox decimated the Aztec ranks. Superior weapons, blurring the lines of reality as to who or what one is fighting, and biological warfare were the factors that are most striking. The development in secrecy of a new RMA (revolution in military affairs) has the ability to turn the world upside down by itself. Psychological warfare and destabilization campaigns are the forte of the CIA and military intelligence, blurring the lines of what is real and what is not, is their specialty. Finally, the emphasis of current programs on biological warfare that verges on an obsession is glaringly obvious. A quick examination of biological warfare in terms of the plague or the Black Death shows that any society that loses 50% or more of its population experiences a psychological collapse and a conversion to a new religion. In any mass plague event this chain of events is repeated, societies fall apart, flee, and throw down their old gods who did not protect them and take up new gods that offer psychological reinforcement and comfort. Taking these factors into account, as well as past behaviors by the minds behind The Plan, it is fairly easy to postulate a scenario that would work well.
A series of catastrophic events, perhaps a nuclear event followed by a biological warfare attack that causes tremendous loss of life will prepare the minds of men by instilling trauma and thus vulnerability and suggestibility into every human heart. The attack of a superior armed force that may or may not be human, such is the power of their weaponry that nothing, not missiles, tanks, or anything known will stop them on the field of battle. This is exactly what the new revolution in military affairs (RMA) in speed of light weapons is, a force that will overcome all known battlefield technology. The psychological intimidation would be heightened if, like the Aztecs, the creatures you were fighting against might not be of this Earth. The alien abduction and alien invasion psychological warfare campaign is the longest ongoing such operation in history, beginning after WWII, and continuing to this day. The use of ELF (extremely low frequency) technology will give the final boost to capitulate, when those overmatched fighters still in the field hear the voice of the ―alien invaders‖ speaking directly into their minds, a message broadcast over the entire planet. Though this scenario may seem
outlandish, it is no more so then the psy-op campaigns that are ongoing today, or the stories spread by the CIA cutout ―religions‖ such as Scientology. All the tools for this operation are now in place or very nearly so, the RMA of speed of light weapons and ELF synthetic telepathy, the production of small pox and chimera viruses that human populations have no natural defense against, as well as the psychology of doubt surrounding the idea of hostile aliens who visit Earth. Popular culture is now swamped with books, television shows, and movies that reinforce and normalize the concept of hostile alien races with designs on the Earth. The only thing lacking is the sheer audacity and psychopathic mentality to put these events into action. A careful study of the personalities responsible for mind control crimes against humanity that populate the CIA and military intelligence communities will dispel any doubt that these people are perfectly capable of implementing such a PLAN.
The book, Trance Formation of America, written by a recovered mind control subject, contain her memories of being used by CIA director Bill Casey as a human carrier pidgeon. The subject is put into hypnotic trance, given a message by Casey, and sent to deliver the cryptic words to the leaders of the Dominican Republic and Haiti. The following subject matter may be what is referred to as a ―honey pot‖, that is, the truth mixed with lies in order to ensnare the unwarry in order to discredit them. I make no judgement about the truth or falsehood of the following excepts, instead I include it in an effort to reveal the mentality and themes that run throughout mind control operations, namely hypnotic couriers, drug smuggling, sexual slavery, manipulations of belief systems, and an apocalyptic emphasis on biological warfare.
In an area reserved for covert activities, out of view of tourists, I met with General Cedras in his Citadel office. . . .I had seen him at a monastery in Santo Domingo as ordered before, when Haiti was still being used by the CIA for Operation Watchtower to transport cocaine and Contra weapons from Cuba. Alone with Cedras and properly signaled, I began photographically reciting Casey’s message, “I have word of warning from the Vatican by way of the honorable and faithful William Casey. He sends word of impending doom that is to befall your neighbors on the darkside of Haiti. Voodoo manifests itself in mysterious ways while the way of the Lord is clear. Evil must be stopped at all costs. The cost shall be in terms of human casualty, as a plague is being visited upon the land. Woe unto them who have stood in the path of World Peace. By God’s design the New World Order shall come into being with or without the Haitians. All American operations in Haiti are now destined for your ports. Your people (the CIA-UN operated Dominicans) will flourish in peace and prosperity while the dark side (Haitians) drown in blood of this holy war that they have brought upon themselves. Close your borders swiftly and maintain guardians at the gate lest the Haitians infest your land with their evil plague. Inoculation of the masses shall be masked in the body and the blood shall carry their doom. As more and more Haitians turn to God in their final hour, the communion they partake will be Satan’s own. With their God as the scapegoat, your Island in the Son (sun) will be freed of the vile and wicked. I have seen a vision, a World Vision, and it is through communion with the ancients that we have been granted the keys to the Kingdom to unlock the gates of hell. The holy water sent herein has the blessings of the Vatican and must be sprinkled like rain upon the
Haitians. Our God reigns, and he rains rivers of blood upon the Haitian masses, and he reigns supreme upon your mission. Your mission is clear. You serve communion and let God sort them out. . .” The courier then travels to Haiti… Baby Doc’s applicable knowledge of the English language was limited by his intellect whereby an aide filled the need for an interpreter as I delivered Casey’s message. “I come in the name of peace. I have a message to you from William Casey, sanctioned by the Vatican. The Pope is in agreement with U.S. policy in Haiti. He has seen a vision, a sign from God. The vision is World Vision, whose people are reaching out to yours with charity in abundance. The goods and services provided require only that the people of Haiti anoint the sick, feed the hungry, and clothe the poor through his servants of World Vision. Their mission will separate the good seed from bad and restore peace in your region. The peace that shall be visited upon your land amongst your people is imminent, but not before the rivers run red with blood of the wicked. The vision is plague, and your people will fall in the streets pleading for mercy, and you will not be here to hear it. The time has come for you to leave. It is God’s will that you escape the plague with blessings from the Vatican, never to return to your homeland. Prepare your exodus today for tomorrow holds a promise of doom. Using your prophetic wisdom, warn the masses of impending doom and arm with World Vision. . . .” Whether these passages are truly a message from Bill Casey or not, they do incorporate the mentality of the personalities involved in these crimes against humanity.
Bibliography: Monarch: The New Phoenix Program
The War at Home, Brian Glick
The Franklin Conspiracy, John DeCamp
Psychic Dictatorship of the USA, Alex Constantine
Virtual Government, ― ―
Mass Control, Jim Kieth
Mind Control, World Control, ― ―
Angels Don‘t Play this HAARP, Begich
HAARP, Jerry E. Smith
The Body Electric, Becker
Cross Currents ― ―
The Search for the Manchurian Candidate, Marks
Journey into Madness, Gordon Thomas
Unshackled, Kathy Sullivan
Trance Formation of America, Phillips and O‘Brien
The Plutonium Files, Eileen Welsome
The Quest for the Nazi Personality, Zillmer
Blowback, Christopher Simpson
The Science of Coercion, ― ―
Strategic Information Warfare, Molander (Rand)
The Nazi Connection, Kuhl
The Beast Reawakens, Martin A. Lee
Harvest of Rage, Dyer
The Secret Government, Bill Moyers
The Sorrows of Empire, Chalmers Johnson
Confessions of an Economic Hitman, John Perkins
Bluebird, Colin Ross
The Evil that Men Do, Michaud
GI Guinea Pigs, Uhl
In the Name of Science, Goliszek
Body of Secret, Bamford
Challenging the Secret Government, Ohmsted
National Insecurity, Eisendrath
The Crimes of Patriots, Kwitney
Endless Enemies, ― ―
The CIA‘s Black Ops, Nutter
The Underground Empire, Mills
Unit 731 Testimony, Hal Gold
The US and Biological Warfare, Endicott and Hagerman
Factories of Death, Sheldon Harris
The Grand Chessboard, Brzezinski
Between Two Ages, ― ―
Animal Farm, ― ―
Brave New World, Aldous Huxley
The Doors of Perception, ― ―
Overthrow, Steven Kinzer
Dark Alliance, Gary Webb
Terrorist Stalking in America, David lawson
The author wishes to acknowledge the contributions of many authors, particularly Michael Rupert, Jim Kieth, Alex Constantine and Dr. Nick Begich.